User login
In‐hospital CPR Practices
An estimated 200,000 adult patients suffer cardiac arrest in US hospitals each year, of which <20% survive to hospital discharge.[1, 2] Patient survival from in‐hospital cardiac arrest (IHCA), however, varies widely across hospitals, and may be partly attributed to differences in hospital practices.[3, 4, 5] Although there are data to support specific patient‐level practices in the hospital, such as delivery of electrical shock for ventricular fibrillation within 2 minutes of onset of the lethal rhythm,[6] little is known about in‐hospital systems‐level factors. Similar to patient‐level practices, some organizational and systems level practices are supported by international consensus and guideline recommendations.[7, 8] However, the adoption of these practices is poorly understood. As such, we sought to gain a better understanding of current US hospital practices with regard to IHCA and resuscitation with the hopes of identifying potential targets for improvement in quality and outcomes.
METHODS
We conducted a nationally representative mail survey between May 2011 and November 2011, targeting a stratified random sample of 1000 hospitals. We utilized the US Acute‐Care Hospitals (FY2008) database from the American Hospital Association to determine the total population of 3809 community hospitals (ie, nonfederal government, nonpsychiatric, and nonlong‐term care hospitals).[9] This included general medical and surgical, surgical, cancer, heart, orthopedic, and children's hospitals. These hospitals were stratified into tertiles by annual in‐patient days and teaching status (major, minor, nonteaching), from which our sample was randomly selected (Table 1). We identified each hospital's cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR) committee (sometimes known as code committee, code blue committee, or cardiac arrest committee) chair or chief medical/quality officer, to whom the paper‐based survey was addressed, with instructions to forward to the most appropriate person if someone other than the recipient. This study was evaluated by the University of Chicago institutional review board and deemed exempt from further review.

Survey
The survey content was developed by the study investigators and iteratively adapted by consensus and beta testing to require approximately 10 minutes to complete. Questions were edited and formatted by the University of Chicago Survey Lab (Chicago, IL) to be more precise and generalizable. Surveys were mailed in May 2011 and resent twice to nonresponders. A $10 incentive was included in the second mailing. When more than 1 response from a hospital was received, the more complete survey was used, or if equally complete, the responses were combined. All printing, mailing, receipt control, and data entry were performed by the University of Chicago Survey Lab, and data entry was double‐keyed to ensure accuracy.
Response rate was calculated based on the American Association for Public Opinion Research standard response rate formula.[10] It was assumed that the portion of nonresponding cases were ineligible at the same rate of cases for which eligibility was determined. A survey was considered complete if at least 75% of individual questions contained a valid response, partially complete if at least 40% but less than 75% of questions contained a valid response, and a nonresponse if less than 40% was completed. Nonresponses were excluded from the analysis.
Statistical Analysis
Analyses were performed using a statistical software application (Stata version 11.0; StataCorp, College Station, TX). Descriptive statistics were calculated and presented as number (%) or median (interquartile range). A [2] statistic was used to assess bias in response rate. We determined a priori 2 indicators of resource allocation (availability of a CPR committee and dedicated personnel for resuscitation quality improvement) and tested their association with quality improvement initiatives, using logistic regression to adjust for hospital teaching status and number of admissions as potential confounders. All tests of significance used a 2‐sided P<0.05.
RESULTS
Responses were received from 439 hospitals (425 complete and 14 partially complete), yielding a response rate of 44%. One subject ID was removed from the survey and could not be identified, so it was excluded from any analyses. Hospital demographics were similar between responders and nonresponders (P=0.50) (Table 1). Respondents who filled out the surveys included chief medical/quality officers (n=143 [33%]), chairs of CPR committees (n=64 [15%]), members of CPR committees (n=29 [7%]), chiefs of staff (n=33 [8%]), resuscitation officers/nurses (n=27 [6%]), chief nursing officers (n=13 [3%]), and others (n=131 [30%]).
Teaching Status | Annual Inpatient Days | Total | ||
---|---|---|---|---|
<17,695 | 17,695‐52,500 | >52,500 | ||
| ||||
Major | 1/2 (50) | 1/8 (13) | 40/82 (49) | 42/92 (46) |
Minor | 13/39 (33) | 40/89 (45) | 62/133 (47) | 115/261 (44) |
Nonteaching | 141/293 (48) | 100/236 (42) | 40/118 (34) | 281/647 (43) |
Total | 156/335 (47) | 143/335 (43) | 145/336 (43) | 438/1,000 (44) |
Table 2 summarizes structure, equipment, quality improvement, and pre‐ and postarrest practices across the hospitals. Of note, 77% of hospitals (n=334) reported having a predesignated, dedicated code team, and 66% (n=281) reported standardized defibrillator make and model throughout their hospital. However, less than one‐third of hospitals utilized any CPR assist technology (eg, CPR quality sensor or mechanical CPR device). The majority of hospitals reported having a rapid response team (RRT) (n=391 [91%]). Although a therapeutic hypothermia protocol for postarrest care was in place in over half of hospitals (n=252 [58%]), utilization of hypothermia for patients with return of spontaneous circulation was infrequent.
Value | 2010 AHA Guidelines | |
---|---|---|
| ||
Structure | ||
Existing CPR committee | 270 (66) | |
CPR chair | ||
Physician only | 129 (48) | |
Nurse only | 90 (34) | |
Nurse/physician co‐chair | 31 (12) | |
Other | 17 (6) | |
Clinical specialty of chaira | ||
Pulmonary/critical care | 79 (35) | |
Emergency medicine | 71 (31) | |
Anesthesia/critical care | 43 (19) | |
Cardiology | 38 (17) | |
Other | 32 (14) | |
Hospital medicine | 23 (10) | |
Predetermined cardiac arrest team structure | 334 (77) | |
Notifications of respondersa | ||
Hospital‐wide PA system | 406 (93) | |
Pager/calls to individuals | 230 (53) | |
Local alarm | 49 (11) | |
Equipment | ||
AEDs used as primary defibrillator by location | ||
High‐acuity inpatient areas | 69 (16) | |
Low‐acuity inpatient areas | 109 (26) | |
Outpatient areas | 206 (51) | Class IIb, LOE Cb |
Public areas | 263 (78) | Class IIb, LOE Cb |
Defibrillator throughout hospital | ||
Same brand and model | 281 (66) | |
Same brand, different models | 93 (22) | |
Different brands | 54 (13) | |
CPR assist technology useda | ||
None | 291 (70) | |
Capnography | 106 (25) | Class IIb, LOE Cb |
Mechanical CPR | 25 (6) | Class IIb, LOE B/Cbc |
Feedback device | 17 (4) | Class IIa, LOE B |
Quality improvement | ||
IHCA tracked | 336 (82) | Supportedbd |
Data reviewed | Supportedbd | |
Data not tracked/never reviewed | 85 (20) | |
Intermittently | 53 (12) | |
Routinely | 287 (68) | |
Routine cardiac arrest case reviews/debriefing | 149 (34) | Class IIa, LOE C |
Dedicated staff to resuscitation QI | 196 (49) | |
Full‐time equivalent staffing, median (IQR) | 0.5 (0.251.2) | |
Routine simulated resuscitation training | 268 (62) | |
Pre‐ and postarrest measures | ||
Hospitals with RRT | 391 (91) | Class I, LOE Cb |
Formal RRT‐specific training | ||
Never | 50 (14) | |
Once | 110 (30) | |
Recurrent | 163 (45) | |
TH protocol/order set in place | 252 (58) | |
Percent of patients with ROSC receiving TH | Class IIb, LOE Bb | |
<5% | 309 (74) | |
5%25% | 68 (16) | |
26%50% | 11 (3) | |
51%75% | 10 (2) | |
>75% | 18 (4) |
Hospitals reported that routine responders to IHCA events included respiratory therapists (n=414 [95%]), critical care nurses (n=406 [93%]), floor nurses (n=396 [90%]), attending physicians (n=392 [89%]), physician trainees (n=162 [37%]), and pharmacists (n=210 [48%]). Figure 1 shows the distribution of responders and team leaders by hospital type. Of the nonteaching hospitals, attending‐level physicians were likely to respond at 94% (265/281) and routinely lead the resuscitations at 84% (236/281), whereas, of major teaching hospitals, attending physicians were only likely to respond at 71% (30/42) and routinely lead at 19% (8/42).
Two‐thirds of the hospitals had a CPR committee (n=270 [66%]), and 196 (49%) had some staff time dedicated to resuscitation quality improvement. Hospitals with a specific committee dedicated to resuscitation and/or dedicated staff for resuscitation quality improvement were more likely to routinely track cardiac arrest data (odds ratio [OR]: 3.64, 95% confidence interval [CI]: 2.056.47 and OR: 2.02, 95% CI: 1.16‐3.54, respectively) and review the data (OR: 2.67, 95% CI: 1.45‐4.92 and OR: 2.18, 95% CI: 1.22‐3.89, respectively), after adjusting for teaching status and hospital size. These hospitals were also more likely to engage in simulation training and debriefing (Table 3).
CPR Committee, n=406 | Dedicated QI Staff, n=398 | |
---|---|---|
| ||
IHCA tracking | 3.64 (2.056.47) | 2.02 (1.16‐3.54) |
Routinely review | 2.67 (1.45‐4.92) | 2.18 (1.22‐3.89) |
Simulation training | 2.63 (1.66‐4.18) | 1.89 (1.24‐2.89) |
Debriefing | 3.19 (1.89‐5.36) | 2.14 (1.39‐3.32) |
Ninety percent (n=391) of respondents agreed that there is room for improvement in resuscitation practice at my hospital, and 70% (n=302) agreed that improved resuscitation would translate into improved patient outcomes. Overall, 78% (n=338) cited at least 1 barrier to improved resuscitation quality, of which the lack of adequate training (n=233 [54%]) and the lack of an appropriate champion (n=230 [53%]) were the most common. In subgroup analysis, nonteaching hospitals were significantly more likely to report the lack of a champion than their teaching counterparts (P=0.001) (Figure 2). In addition, we analyzed the data by hospitals that reported lack of a champion was not a barrier and compared them to those for whom it was, and found significantly higher adherence across all the measures in Table 2 supported by the 2010 guidelines, with the exception of real‐time feedback (data not shown).

DISCUSSION
In this nationally representative sample of hospitals, we found considerable variability in cardiac arrest and resuscitation structures and processes, suggesting potential areas to target for improvement. Some practices, including use of RRTs and defibrillator standardization, were fairly routine, whereas others, such as therapeutic hypothermia and CPR assist technology, were rarely utilized. Quality initiatives, such as data tracking and review, simulation training, and debriefing were variable.
Several factors likely contribute to the variable implementation of evidence‐based practices. Guidelines alone have been shown to have little impact on practice by physicians in general.[11] This is supported by the lack of correlation we found between the presence, absence or strength of specific American Heart Association (AHA) emergency cardiovascular care treatment recommendations and the percent of hospitals reporting performing that measure. It is possible that other factors, such as a lack of familiarity or agreement with those guidelines, or the presence of external barriers, may be contributing.[12, 13] Specifically, the importance of a clinical champion was supported by our finding that hospitals reporting lack of a champion as a barrier were less likely to be adherent with guidelines. However, because the study did not directly test the impact of a champion, we wanted to be careful to avoid overstating or editorializing our results.
Some of the variability may also be related to the resource intensiveness of the practice. Routine simulation training and debriefing interventions, for example, are time intensive and require trained personnel to institute. That may explain the correlation we noted between these practices and the presence of CPR committee and dedicated personnel. The use of dedicated personnel was rare in this study, with less than half of respondents reporting any dedicated staff and a median of 0.5 full‐time equivalents for those reporting positively. This is in stark contrast to the routine use of resuscitation officers (primarily nurses dedicated to overseeing resuscitation practices and education at the hospital) in the United Kingdom.[14] Such a resuscitation officer model adopted by US hospitals could improve the quality and intensity of resuscitation care approaches.
Particularly surprising was the high rate of respondents (70%) reporting that they do not utilize any CPR assist technology. In the patient who does not have an arterial line, use of quantitative capnography is the best measure of cardiac output during cardiac arrest, yet only one‐quarter of hospitals reported using it, with no discrepancy between hospital type or size. A recent summit of national resuscitation experts expounded on the AHA guidelines suggesting that end‐tidal carbon dioxide should be used in all arrests to guide the quality of CPR with a goal value of >20.[8] Similarly, CPR feedback devices have an even higher level of evidence recommendation in the 2010 AHA guidelines than capnography, yet only 4% of hospitals reported utilizing them. Although it is true that introducing these CPR assist technologies into a hospital would require some effort on the part of hospital leadership, it is important to recognize the potential role such devices might play in the larger context of a resuscitation quality program to optimize clinical outcomes from IHCA.
Several differences were noted between hospitals based on teaching status. Although all hospitals were more likely to rely on physicians to lead resuscitations, nonteaching hospitals were more likely to report routine leadership by nurses and pharmacists. Nonteaching hospitals were also less likely to have a CPR committee, even after adjusting for hospital size. In addition, these hospitals were also more likely to report the lack of a clinical champion as a barrier to quality improvement.
There were several limitations to this study. First, this was a descriptive survey that was not tied to outcomes. As such, we are unable to draw conclusions about which practices correlate with decreased incidence of cardiac arrest and improved survival. Second, this was an optional survey with a somewhat limited response rate. Even though the characteristics of the nonresponding hospitals were similar to the responding hospitals, we cannot rule out the possibility that a selection bias was introduced, which would likely overestimate adherence to the guidelines. Self‐reported responses may have introduced additional errors. Finally, the short interval between the release of the 2010 guidelines and the administration of the first survey may have contributed to the variability in implementation of some practices, but many of the recommendations had been previously included in the 2005 guidelines.
We conclude that there is wide variability between hospitals and within practices for resuscitation care. Future work should seek to understand which practices are associated with improved patient outcomes and how best to implement these practices in a more uniform fashion.
Acknowledgements
The authors thank Nancy Hinckley, who championed the study; David Chearo, Christelle Marpaud, and Martha Van Haitsma of the University of Chicago Survey Lab for their assistance in formulating and distributing the survey; and JoAnne Resnic, Nicole Twu, and Frank Zadravecz for administrative support.
Disclosures: This study was supported by the Society of Hospital Medicine with a grant from Philips Healthcare (Andover, MA). Dr. Edelson is supported by a career development award from the National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute (K23 HL097157). In addition, she has received research support and honoraria from Philips Healthcare (Andover, MA), research support from the American Heart Association (Dallas, TX) and Laerdal Medical (Stavanger, Norway), and an honorarium from Early Sense (Tel Aviv, Israel). Dr. Hunt has received research support from the Laerdal Foundation for Acute Medicine (Stavanger, Norway), the Hartwell Foundation (Memphis, TN), and the Arthur Vining Davis Foundation (Jacksonville, FL), and honoraria from the Kansas University Endowment (Kansas City, KS), JCCC (Overland Park, KS), and the UVA School of Medicine (Charlottesville, VA) and the European School of Management (Berlin, Germany). Dr. Mancini is supported in part by an Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality grant (R18HS020416). In addition, she has received research support from the American Heart Association (Dallas, TX) and Laerdal Medical (Stavanger, Norway), and honoraria from Sotera Wireless, Inc. (San Diego, CA). Dr. Abella has received research support from the National Institutes of Health (NIH), Medtronic Foundation (Minneapolis, MN), and Philips Healthcare (Andover, MA); has volunteered with the American Heart Association; and received honoraria from Heartsine (Belfast, Ireland), Velomedix (Menlo Park, CA), and Stryker (Kalamazoo, MI). Mr. Miller is employed by the Society of Hospital Medicine.
- Trends in survival after in‐hospital cardiac arrest. N Engl J Med. 2012;367(20):1912–1920. , , , , , .
- Incidence of treated cardiac arrest in hospitalized patients in the United States. Crit Care Med. 2011;39(11):2401–2406. , , , et al.
- Racial differences in survival after in‐hospital cardiac arrest. JAMA. 2009;302(11):1195–1201. , , , et al.
- Hospital variation in time to defibrillation after in‐hospital cardiac arrest. Arch Intern Med. 2009;169(14):1265–1273. , , , , .
- Duration of resuscitation efforts and survival after in‐hospital cardiac arrest: an observational study. Lancet. 2012;380(9852):1473–1481. , , , et al.
- Delayed time to defibrillation after in‐hospital cardiac arrest. N Engl J Med. 2008;358(1):9–17. , , , .
- 2010 American Heart Association guidelines for cardiopulmonary resuscitation and emergency cardiovascular care science. Circulation. 2010;122(18 suppl 3):S640–S946.
- Cardiopulmonary resuscitation quality: improving cardiac resuscitation outcomes both inside and outside the hospital: a consensus statement from the American Heart Association. Circulation. 2013;128(4):417–435. , , , et al.
- American Hospital Association. 2008 AHA annual survey. AHA data viewer: survey instruments. 2012; Available at: http://www.ahadataviewer.com/about/hospital‐database. Accessed October 11, 2013.
- The American Association for Public Opinion Research. Standard Definitions: Final Dispositions of Case Codes and Outcome Rates for Surveys. 7th ed. Deerfield, IL: AAPOR; 2011.
- Do practice guidelines guide practice? The effect of a consensus statement on the practice of physicians. N Engl J Med. 1989;321(19):1306–1311. , , , , , .
- Why don't physicians follow clinical practice guidelines? A framework for improvement. JAMA. 1999;282(15):1458–1465. , , , et al.
- From best evidence to best practice: effective implementation of change in patients' care. Lancet. 2003;362(9391):1225–1230. , .
- Cardiopulmonary resuscitation standards for clinical practice and training in the UK. Accid Emerg Nurs. 2005;13(3):171–179. , , , et al.
An estimated 200,000 adult patients suffer cardiac arrest in US hospitals each year, of which <20% survive to hospital discharge.[1, 2] Patient survival from in‐hospital cardiac arrest (IHCA), however, varies widely across hospitals, and may be partly attributed to differences in hospital practices.[3, 4, 5] Although there are data to support specific patient‐level practices in the hospital, such as delivery of electrical shock for ventricular fibrillation within 2 minutes of onset of the lethal rhythm,[6] little is known about in‐hospital systems‐level factors. Similar to patient‐level practices, some organizational and systems level practices are supported by international consensus and guideline recommendations.[7, 8] However, the adoption of these practices is poorly understood. As such, we sought to gain a better understanding of current US hospital practices with regard to IHCA and resuscitation with the hopes of identifying potential targets for improvement in quality and outcomes.
METHODS
We conducted a nationally representative mail survey between May 2011 and November 2011, targeting a stratified random sample of 1000 hospitals. We utilized the US Acute‐Care Hospitals (FY2008) database from the American Hospital Association to determine the total population of 3809 community hospitals (ie, nonfederal government, nonpsychiatric, and nonlong‐term care hospitals).[9] This included general medical and surgical, surgical, cancer, heart, orthopedic, and children's hospitals. These hospitals were stratified into tertiles by annual in‐patient days and teaching status (major, minor, nonteaching), from which our sample was randomly selected (Table 1). We identified each hospital's cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR) committee (sometimes known as code committee, code blue committee, or cardiac arrest committee) chair or chief medical/quality officer, to whom the paper‐based survey was addressed, with instructions to forward to the most appropriate person if someone other than the recipient. This study was evaluated by the University of Chicago institutional review board and deemed exempt from further review.

Survey
The survey content was developed by the study investigators and iteratively adapted by consensus and beta testing to require approximately 10 minutes to complete. Questions were edited and formatted by the University of Chicago Survey Lab (Chicago, IL) to be more precise and generalizable. Surveys were mailed in May 2011 and resent twice to nonresponders. A $10 incentive was included in the second mailing. When more than 1 response from a hospital was received, the more complete survey was used, or if equally complete, the responses were combined. All printing, mailing, receipt control, and data entry were performed by the University of Chicago Survey Lab, and data entry was double‐keyed to ensure accuracy.
Response rate was calculated based on the American Association for Public Opinion Research standard response rate formula.[10] It was assumed that the portion of nonresponding cases were ineligible at the same rate of cases for which eligibility was determined. A survey was considered complete if at least 75% of individual questions contained a valid response, partially complete if at least 40% but less than 75% of questions contained a valid response, and a nonresponse if less than 40% was completed. Nonresponses were excluded from the analysis.
Statistical Analysis
Analyses were performed using a statistical software application (Stata version 11.0; StataCorp, College Station, TX). Descriptive statistics were calculated and presented as number (%) or median (interquartile range). A [2] statistic was used to assess bias in response rate. We determined a priori 2 indicators of resource allocation (availability of a CPR committee and dedicated personnel for resuscitation quality improvement) and tested their association with quality improvement initiatives, using logistic regression to adjust for hospital teaching status and number of admissions as potential confounders. All tests of significance used a 2‐sided P<0.05.
RESULTS
Responses were received from 439 hospitals (425 complete and 14 partially complete), yielding a response rate of 44%. One subject ID was removed from the survey and could not be identified, so it was excluded from any analyses. Hospital demographics were similar between responders and nonresponders (P=0.50) (Table 1). Respondents who filled out the surveys included chief medical/quality officers (n=143 [33%]), chairs of CPR committees (n=64 [15%]), members of CPR committees (n=29 [7%]), chiefs of staff (n=33 [8%]), resuscitation officers/nurses (n=27 [6%]), chief nursing officers (n=13 [3%]), and others (n=131 [30%]).
Teaching Status | Annual Inpatient Days | Total | ||
---|---|---|---|---|
<17,695 | 17,695‐52,500 | >52,500 | ||
| ||||
Major | 1/2 (50) | 1/8 (13) | 40/82 (49) | 42/92 (46) |
Minor | 13/39 (33) | 40/89 (45) | 62/133 (47) | 115/261 (44) |
Nonteaching | 141/293 (48) | 100/236 (42) | 40/118 (34) | 281/647 (43) |
Total | 156/335 (47) | 143/335 (43) | 145/336 (43) | 438/1,000 (44) |
Table 2 summarizes structure, equipment, quality improvement, and pre‐ and postarrest practices across the hospitals. Of note, 77% of hospitals (n=334) reported having a predesignated, dedicated code team, and 66% (n=281) reported standardized defibrillator make and model throughout their hospital. However, less than one‐third of hospitals utilized any CPR assist technology (eg, CPR quality sensor or mechanical CPR device). The majority of hospitals reported having a rapid response team (RRT) (n=391 [91%]). Although a therapeutic hypothermia protocol for postarrest care was in place in over half of hospitals (n=252 [58%]), utilization of hypothermia for patients with return of spontaneous circulation was infrequent.
Value | 2010 AHA Guidelines | |
---|---|---|
| ||
Structure | ||
Existing CPR committee | 270 (66) | |
CPR chair | ||
Physician only | 129 (48) | |
Nurse only | 90 (34) | |
Nurse/physician co‐chair | 31 (12) | |
Other | 17 (6) | |
Clinical specialty of chaira | ||
Pulmonary/critical care | 79 (35) | |
Emergency medicine | 71 (31) | |
Anesthesia/critical care | 43 (19) | |
Cardiology | 38 (17) | |
Other | 32 (14) | |
Hospital medicine | 23 (10) | |
Predetermined cardiac arrest team structure | 334 (77) | |
Notifications of respondersa | ||
Hospital‐wide PA system | 406 (93) | |
Pager/calls to individuals | 230 (53) | |
Local alarm | 49 (11) | |
Equipment | ||
AEDs used as primary defibrillator by location | ||
High‐acuity inpatient areas | 69 (16) | |
Low‐acuity inpatient areas | 109 (26) | |
Outpatient areas | 206 (51) | Class IIb, LOE Cb |
Public areas | 263 (78) | Class IIb, LOE Cb |
Defibrillator throughout hospital | ||
Same brand and model | 281 (66) | |
Same brand, different models | 93 (22) | |
Different brands | 54 (13) | |
CPR assist technology useda | ||
None | 291 (70) | |
Capnography | 106 (25) | Class IIb, LOE Cb |
Mechanical CPR | 25 (6) | Class IIb, LOE B/Cbc |
Feedback device | 17 (4) | Class IIa, LOE B |
Quality improvement | ||
IHCA tracked | 336 (82) | Supportedbd |
Data reviewed | Supportedbd | |
Data not tracked/never reviewed | 85 (20) | |
Intermittently | 53 (12) | |
Routinely | 287 (68) | |
Routine cardiac arrest case reviews/debriefing | 149 (34) | Class IIa, LOE C |
Dedicated staff to resuscitation QI | 196 (49) | |
Full‐time equivalent staffing, median (IQR) | 0.5 (0.251.2) | |
Routine simulated resuscitation training | 268 (62) | |
Pre‐ and postarrest measures | ||
Hospitals with RRT | 391 (91) | Class I, LOE Cb |
Formal RRT‐specific training | ||
Never | 50 (14) | |
Once | 110 (30) | |
Recurrent | 163 (45) | |
TH protocol/order set in place | 252 (58) | |
Percent of patients with ROSC receiving TH | Class IIb, LOE Bb | |
<5% | 309 (74) | |
5%25% | 68 (16) | |
26%50% | 11 (3) | |
51%75% | 10 (2) | |
>75% | 18 (4) |
Hospitals reported that routine responders to IHCA events included respiratory therapists (n=414 [95%]), critical care nurses (n=406 [93%]), floor nurses (n=396 [90%]), attending physicians (n=392 [89%]), physician trainees (n=162 [37%]), and pharmacists (n=210 [48%]). Figure 1 shows the distribution of responders and team leaders by hospital type. Of the nonteaching hospitals, attending‐level physicians were likely to respond at 94% (265/281) and routinely lead the resuscitations at 84% (236/281), whereas, of major teaching hospitals, attending physicians were only likely to respond at 71% (30/42) and routinely lead at 19% (8/42).
Two‐thirds of the hospitals had a CPR committee (n=270 [66%]), and 196 (49%) had some staff time dedicated to resuscitation quality improvement. Hospitals with a specific committee dedicated to resuscitation and/or dedicated staff for resuscitation quality improvement were more likely to routinely track cardiac arrest data (odds ratio [OR]: 3.64, 95% confidence interval [CI]: 2.056.47 and OR: 2.02, 95% CI: 1.16‐3.54, respectively) and review the data (OR: 2.67, 95% CI: 1.45‐4.92 and OR: 2.18, 95% CI: 1.22‐3.89, respectively), after adjusting for teaching status and hospital size. These hospitals were also more likely to engage in simulation training and debriefing (Table 3).
CPR Committee, n=406 | Dedicated QI Staff, n=398 | |
---|---|---|
| ||
IHCA tracking | 3.64 (2.056.47) | 2.02 (1.16‐3.54) |
Routinely review | 2.67 (1.45‐4.92) | 2.18 (1.22‐3.89) |
Simulation training | 2.63 (1.66‐4.18) | 1.89 (1.24‐2.89) |
Debriefing | 3.19 (1.89‐5.36) | 2.14 (1.39‐3.32) |
Ninety percent (n=391) of respondents agreed that there is room for improvement in resuscitation practice at my hospital, and 70% (n=302) agreed that improved resuscitation would translate into improved patient outcomes. Overall, 78% (n=338) cited at least 1 barrier to improved resuscitation quality, of which the lack of adequate training (n=233 [54%]) and the lack of an appropriate champion (n=230 [53%]) were the most common. In subgroup analysis, nonteaching hospitals were significantly more likely to report the lack of a champion than their teaching counterparts (P=0.001) (Figure 2). In addition, we analyzed the data by hospitals that reported lack of a champion was not a barrier and compared them to those for whom it was, and found significantly higher adherence across all the measures in Table 2 supported by the 2010 guidelines, with the exception of real‐time feedback (data not shown).

DISCUSSION
In this nationally representative sample of hospitals, we found considerable variability in cardiac arrest and resuscitation structures and processes, suggesting potential areas to target for improvement. Some practices, including use of RRTs and defibrillator standardization, were fairly routine, whereas others, such as therapeutic hypothermia and CPR assist technology, were rarely utilized. Quality initiatives, such as data tracking and review, simulation training, and debriefing were variable.
Several factors likely contribute to the variable implementation of evidence‐based practices. Guidelines alone have been shown to have little impact on practice by physicians in general.[11] This is supported by the lack of correlation we found between the presence, absence or strength of specific American Heart Association (AHA) emergency cardiovascular care treatment recommendations and the percent of hospitals reporting performing that measure. It is possible that other factors, such as a lack of familiarity or agreement with those guidelines, or the presence of external barriers, may be contributing.[12, 13] Specifically, the importance of a clinical champion was supported by our finding that hospitals reporting lack of a champion as a barrier were less likely to be adherent with guidelines. However, because the study did not directly test the impact of a champion, we wanted to be careful to avoid overstating or editorializing our results.
Some of the variability may also be related to the resource intensiveness of the practice. Routine simulation training and debriefing interventions, for example, are time intensive and require trained personnel to institute. That may explain the correlation we noted between these practices and the presence of CPR committee and dedicated personnel. The use of dedicated personnel was rare in this study, with less than half of respondents reporting any dedicated staff and a median of 0.5 full‐time equivalents for those reporting positively. This is in stark contrast to the routine use of resuscitation officers (primarily nurses dedicated to overseeing resuscitation practices and education at the hospital) in the United Kingdom.[14] Such a resuscitation officer model adopted by US hospitals could improve the quality and intensity of resuscitation care approaches.
Particularly surprising was the high rate of respondents (70%) reporting that they do not utilize any CPR assist technology. In the patient who does not have an arterial line, use of quantitative capnography is the best measure of cardiac output during cardiac arrest, yet only one‐quarter of hospitals reported using it, with no discrepancy between hospital type or size. A recent summit of national resuscitation experts expounded on the AHA guidelines suggesting that end‐tidal carbon dioxide should be used in all arrests to guide the quality of CPR with a goal value of >20.[8] Similarly, CPR feedback devices have an even higher level of evidence recommendation in the 2010 AHA guidelines than capnography, yet only 4% of hospitals reported utilizing them. Although it is true that introducing these CPR assist technologies into a hospital would require some effort on the part of hospital leadership, it is important to recognize the potential role such devices might play in the larger context of a resuscitation quality program to optimize clinical outcomes from IHCA.
Several differences were noted between hospitals based on teaching status. Although all hospitals were more likely to rely on physicians to lead resuscitations, nonteaching hospitals were more likely to report routine leadership by nurses and pharmacists. Nonteaching hospitals were also less likely to have a CPR committee, even after adjusting for hospital size. In addition, these hospitals were also more likely to report the lack of a clinical champion as a barrier to quality improvement.
There were several limitations to this study. First, this was a descriptive survey that was not tied to outcomes. As such, we are unable to draw conclusions about which practices correlate with decreased incidence of cardiac arrest and improved survival. Second, this was an optional survey with a somewhat limited response rate. Even though the characteristics of the nonresponding hospitals were similar to the responding hospitals, we cannot rule out the possibility that a selection bias was introduced, which would likely overestimate adherence to the guidelines. Self‐reported responses may have introduced additional errors. Finally, the short interval between the release of the 2010 guidelines and the administration of the first survey may have contributed to the variability in implementation of some practices, but many of the recommendations had been previously included in the 2005 guidelines.
We conclude that there is wide variability between hospitals and within practices for resuscitation care. Future work should seek to understand which practices are associated with improved patient outcomes and how best to implement these practices in a more uniform fashion.
Acknowledgements
The authors thank Nancy Hinckley, who championed the study; David Chearo, Christelle Marpaud, and Martha Van Haitsma of the University of Chicago Survey Lab for their assistance in formulating and distributing the survey; and JoAnne Resnic, Nicole Twu, and Frank Zadravecz for administrative support.
Disclosures: This study was supported by the Society of Hospital Medicine with a grant from Philips Healthcare (Andover, MA). Dr. Edelson is supported by a career development award from the National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute (K23 HL097157). In addition, she has received research support and honoraria from Philips Healthcare (Andover, MA), research support from the American Heart Association (Dallas, TX) and Laerdal Medical (Stavanger, Norway), and an honorarium from Early Sense (Tel Aviv, Israel). Dr. Hunt has received research support from the Laerdal Foundation for Acute Medicine (Stavanger, Norway), the Hartwell Foundation (Memphis, TN), and the Arthur Vining Davis Foundation (Jacksonville, FL), and honoraria from the Kansas University Endowment (Kansas City, KS), JCCC (Overland Park, KS), and the UVA School of Medicine (Charlottesville, VA) and the European School of Management (Berlin, Germany). Dr. Mancini is supported in part by an Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality grant (R18HS020416). In addition, she has received research support from the American Heart Association (Dallas, TX) and Laerdal Medical (Stavanger, Norway), and honoraria from Sotera Wireless, Inc. (San Diego, CA). Dr. Abella has received research support from the National Institutes of Health (NIH), Medtronic Foundation (Minneapolis, MN), and Philips Healthcare (Andover, MA); has volunteered with the American Heart Association; and received honoraria from Heartsine (Belfast, Ireland), Velomedix (Menlo Park, CA), and Stryker (Kalamazoo, MI). Mr. Miller is employed by the Society of Hospital Medicine.
An estimated 200,000 adult patients suffer cardiac arrest in US hospitals each year, of which <20% survive to hospital discharge.[1, 2] Patient survival from in‐hospital cardiac arrest (IHCA), however, varies widely across hospitals, and may be partly attributed to differences in hospital practices.[3, 4, 5] Although there are data to support specific patient‐level practices in the hospital, such as delivery of electrical shock for ventricular fibrillation within 2 minutes of onset of the lethal rhythm,[6] little is known about in‐hospital systems‐level factors. Similar to patient‐level practices, some organizational and systems level practices are supported by international consensus and guideline recommendations.[7, 8] However, the adoption of these practices is poorly understood. As such, we sought to gain a better understanding of current US hospital practices with regard to IHCA and resuscitation with the hopes of identifying potential targets for improvement in quality and outcomes.
METHODS
We conducted a nationally representative mail survey between May 2011 and November 2011, targeting a stratified random sample of 1000 hospitals. We utilized the US Acute‐Care Hospitals (FY2008) database from the American Hospital Association to determine the total population of 3809 community hospitals (ie, nonfederal government, nonpsychiatric, and nonlong‐term care hospitals).[9] This included general medical and surgical, surgical, cancer, heart, orthopedic, and children's hospitals. These hospitals were stratified into tertiles by annual in‐patient days and teaching status (major, minor, nonteaching), from which our sample was randomly selected (Table 1). We identified each hospital's cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR) committee (sometimes known as code committee, code blue committee, or cardiac arrest committee) chair or chief medical/quality officer, to whom the paper‐based survey was addressed, with instructions to forward to the most appropriate person if someone other than the recipient. This study was evaluated by the University of Chicago institutional review board and deemed exempt from further review.

Survey
The survey content was developed by the study investigators and iteratively adapted by consensus and beta testing to require approximately 10 minutes to complete. Questions were edited and formatted by the University of Chicago Survey Lab (Chicago, IL) to be more precise and generalizable. Surveys were mailed in May 2011 and resent twice to nonresponders. A $10 incentive was included in the second mailing. When more than 1 response from a hospital was received, the more complete survey was used, or if equally complete, the responses were combined. All printing, mailing, receipt control, and data entry were performed by the University of Chicago Survey Lab, and data entry was double‐keyed to ensure accuracy.
Response rate was calculated based on the American Association for Public Opinion Research standard response rate formula.[10] It was assumed that the portion of nonresponding cases were ineligible at the same rate of cases for which eligibility was determined. A survey was considered complete if at least 75% of individual questions contained a valid response, partially complete if at least 40% but less than 75% of questions contained a valid response, and a nonresponse if less than 40% was completed. Nonresponses were excluded from the analysis.
Statistical Analysis
Analyses were performed using a statistical software application (Stata version 11.0; StataCorp, College Station, TX). Descriptive statistics were calculated and presented as number (%) or median (interquartile range). A [2] statistic was used to assess bias in response rate. We determined a priori 2 indicators of resource allocation (availability of a CPR committee and dedicated personnel for resuscitation quality improvement) and tested their association with quality improvement initiatives, using logistic regression to adjust for hospital teaching status and number of admissions as potential confounders. All tests of significance used a 2‐sided P<0.05.
RESULTS
Responses were received from 439 hospitals (425 complete and 14 partially complete), yielding a response rate of 44%. One subject ID was removed from the survey and could not be identified, so it was excluded from any analyses. Hospital demographics were similar between responders and nonresponders (P=0.50) (Table 1). Respondents who filled out the surveys included chief medical/quality officers (n=143 [33%]), chairs of CPR committees (n=64 [15%]), members of CPR committees (n=29 [7%]), chiefs of staff (n=33 [8%]), resuscitation officers/nurses (n=27 [6%]), chief nursing officers (n=13 [3%]), and others (n=131 [30%]).
Teaching Status | Annual Inpatient Days | Total | ||
---|---|---|---|---|
<17,695 | 17,695‐52,500 | >52,500 | ||
| ||||
Major | 1/2 (50) | 1/8 (13) | 40/82 (49) | 42/92 (46) |
Minor | 13/39 (33) | 40/89 (45) | 62/133 (47) | 115/261 (44) |
Nonteaching | 141/293 (48) | 100/236 (42) | 40/118 (34) | 281/647 (43) |
Total | 156/335 (47) | 143/335 (43) | 145/336 (43) | 438/1,000 (44) |
Table 2 summarizes structure, equipment, quality improvement, and pre‐ and postarrest practices across the hospitals. Of note, 77% of hospitals (n=334) reported having a predesignated, dedicated code team, and 66% (n=281) reported standardized defibrillator make and model throughout their hospital. However, less than one‐third of hospitals utilized any CPR assist technology (eg, CPR quality sensor or mechanical CPR device). The majority of hospitals reported having a rapid response team (RRT) (n=391 [91%]). Although a therapeutic hypothermia protocol for postarrest care was in place in over half of hospitals (n=252 [58%]), utilization of hypothermia for patients with return of spontaneous circulation was infrequent.
Value | 2010 AHA Guidelines | |
---|---|---|
| ||
Structure | ||
Existing CPR committee | 270 (66) | |
CPR chair | ||
Physician only | 129 (48) | |
Nurse only | 90 (34) | |
Nurse/physician co‐chair | 31 (12) | |
Other | 17 (6) | |
Clinical specialty of chaira | ||
Pulmonary/critical care | 79 (35) | |
Emergency medicine | 71 (31) | |
Anesthesia/critical care | 43 (19) | |
Cardiology | 38 (17) | |
Other | 32 (14) | |
Hospital medicine | 23 (10) | |
Predetermined cardiac arrest team structure | 334 (77) | |
Notifications of respondersa | ||
Hospital‐wide PA system | 406 (93) | |
Pager/calls to individuals | 230 (53) | |
Local alarm | 49 (11) | |
Equipment | ||
AEDs used as primary defibrillator by location | ||
High‐acuity inpatient areas | 69 (16) | |
Low‐acuity inpatient areas | 109 (26) | |
Outpatient areas | 206 (51) | Class IIb, LOE Cb |
Public areas | 263 (78) | Class IIb, LOE Cb |
Defibrillator throughout hospital | ||
Same brand and model | 281 (66) | |
Same brand, different models | 93 (22) | |
Different brands | 54 (13) | |
CPR assist technology useda | ||
None | 291 (70) | |
Capnography | 106 (25) | Class IIb, LOE Cb |
Mechanical CPR | 25 (6) | Class IIb, LOE B/Cbc |
Feedback device | 17 (4) | Class IIa, LOE B |
Quality improvement | ||
IHCA tracked | 336 (82) | Supportedbd |
Data reviewed | Supportedbd | |
Data not tracked/never reviewed | 85 (20) | |
Intermittently | 53 (12) | |
Routinely | 287 (68) | |
Routine cardiac arrest case reviews/debriefing | 149 (34) | Class IIa, LOE C |
Dedicated staff to resuscitation QI | 196 (49) | |
Full‐time equivalent staffing, median (IQR) | 0.5 (0.251.2) | |
Routine simulated resuscitation training | 268 (62) | |
Pre‐ and postarrest measures | ||
Hospitals with RRT | 391 (91) | Class I, LOE Cb |
Formal RRT‐specific training | ||
Never | 50 (14) | |
Once | 110 (30) | |
Recurrent | 163 (45) | |
TH protocol/order set in place | 252 (58) | |
Percent of patients with ROSC receiving TH | Class IIb, LOE Bb | |
<5% | 309 (74) | |
5%25% | 68 (16) | |
26%50% | 11 (3) | |
51%75% | 10 (2) | |
>75% | 18 (4) |
Hospitals reported that routine responders to IHCA events included respiratory therapists (n=414 [95%]), critical care nurses (n=406 [93%]), floor nurses (n=396 [90%]), attending physicians (n=392 [89%]), physician trainees (n=162 [37%]), and pharmacists (n=210 [48%]). Figure 1 shows the distribution of responders and team leaders by hospital type. Of the nonteaching hospitals, attending‐level physicians were likely to respond at 94% (265/281) and routinely lead the resuscitations at 84% (236/281), whereas, of major teaching hospitals, attending physicians were only likely to respond at 71% (30/42) and routinely lead at 19% (8/42).
Two‐thirds of the hospitals had a CPR committee (n=270 [66%]), and 196 (49%) had some staff time dedicated to resuscitation quality improvement. Hospitals with a specific committee dedicated to resuscitation and/or dedicated staff for resuscitation quality improvement were more likely to routinely track cardiac arrest data (odds ratio [OR]: 3.64, 95% confidence interval [CI]: 2.056.47 and OR: 2.02, 95% CI: 1.16‐3.54, respectively) and review the data (OR: 2.67, 95% CI: 1.45‐4.92 and OR: 2.18, 95% CI: 1.22‐3.89, respectively), after adjusting for teaching status and hospital size. These hospitals were also more likely to engage in simulation training and debriefing (Table 3).
CPR Committee, n=406 | Dedicated QI Staff, n=398 | |
---|---|---|
| ||
IHCA tracking | 3.64 (2.056.47) | 2.02 (1.16‐3.54) |
Routinely review | 2.67 (1.45‐4.92) | 2.18 (1.22‐3.89) |
Simulation training | 2.63 (1.66‐4.18) | 1.89 (1.24‐2.89) |
Debriefing | 3.19 (1.89‐5.36) | 2.14 (1.39‐3.32) |
Ninety percent (n=391) of respondents agreed that there is room for improvement in resuscitation practice at my hospital, and 70% (n=302) agreed that improved resuscitation would translate into improved patient outcomes. Overall, 78% (n=338) cited at least 1 barrier to improved resuscitation quality, of which the lack of adequate training (n=233 [54%]) and the lack of an appropriate champion (n=230 [53%]) were the most common. In subgroup analysis, nonteaching hospitals were significantly more likely to report the lack of a champion than their teaching counterparts (P=0.001) (Figure 2). In addition, we analyzed the data by hospitals that reported lack of a champion was not a barrier and compared them to those for whom it was, and found significantly higher adherence across all the measures in Table 2 supported by the 2010 guidelines, with the exception of real‐time feedback (data not shown).

DISCUSSION
In this nationally representative sample of hospitals, we found considerable variability in cardiac arrest and resuscitation structures and processes, suggesting potential areas to target for improvement. Some practices, including use of RRTs and defibrillator standardization, were fairly routine, whereas others, such as therapeutic hypothermia and CPR assist technology, were rarely utilized. Quality initiatives, such as data tracking and review, simulation training, and debriefing were variable.
Several factors likely contribute to the variable implementation of evidence‐based practices. Guidelines alone have been shown to have little impact on practice by physicians in general.[11] This is supported by the lack of correlation we found between the presence, absence or strength of specific American Heart Association (AHA) emergency cardiovascular care treatment recommendations and the percent of hospitals reporting performing that measure. It is possible that other factors, such as a lack of familiarity or agreement with those guidelines, or the presence of external barriers, may be contributing.[12, 13] Specifically, the importance of a clinical champion was supported by our finding that hospitals reporting lack of a champion as a barrier were less likely to be adherent with guidelines. However, because the study did not directly test the impact of a champion, we wanted to be careful to avoid overstating or editorializing our results.
Some of the variability may also be related to the resource intensiveness of the practice. Routine simulation training and debriefing interventions, for example, are time intensive and require trained personnel to institute. That may explain the correlation we noted between these practices and the presence of CPR committee and dedicated personnel. The use of dedicated personnel was rare in this study, with less than half of respondents reporting any dedicated staff and a median of 0.5 full‐time equivalents for those reporting positively. This is in stark contrast to the routine use of resuscitation officers (primarily nurses dedicated to overseeing resuscitation practices and education at the hospital) in the United Kingdom.[14] Such a resuscitation officer model adopted by US hospitals could improve the quality and intensity of resuscitation care approaches.
Particularly surprising was the high rate of respondents (70%) reporting that they do not utilize any CPR assist technology. In the patient who does not have an arterial line, use of quantitative capnography is the best measure of cardiac output during cardiac arrest, yet only one‐quarter of hospitals reported using it, with no discrepancy between hospital type or size. A recent summit of national resuscitation experts expounded on the AHA guidelines suggesting that end‐tidal carbon dioxide should be used in all arrests to guide the quality of CPR with a goal value of >20.[8] Similarly, CPR feedback devices have an even higher level of evidence recommendation in the 2010 AHA guidelines than capnography, yet only 4% of hospitals reported utilizing them. Although it is true that introducing these CPR assist technologies into a hospital would require some effort on the part of hospital leadership, it is important to recognize the potential role such devices might play in the larger context of a resuscitation quality program to optimize clinical outcomes from IHCA.
Several differences were noted between hospitals based on teaching status. Although all hospitals were more likely to rely on physicians to lead resuscitations, nonteaching hospitals were more likely to report routine leadership by nurses and pharmacists. Nonteaching hospitals were also less likely to have a CPR committee, even after adjusting for hospital size. In addition, these hospitals were also more likely to report the lack of a clinical champion as a barrier to quality improvement.
There were several limitations to this study. First, this was a descriptive survey that was not tied to outcomes. As such, we are unable to draw conclusions about which practices correlate with decreased incidence of cardiac arrest and improved survival. Second, this was an optional survey with a somewhat limited response rate. Even though the characteristics of the nonresponding hospitals were similar to the responding hospitals, we cannot rule out the possibility that a selection bias was introduced, which would likely overestimate adherence to the guidelines. Self‐reported responses may have introduced additional errors. Finally, the short interval between the release of the 2010 guidelines and the administration of the first survey may have contributed to the variability in implementation of some practices, but many of the recommendations had been previously included in the 2005 guidelines.
We conclude that there is wide variability between hospitals and within practices for resuscitation care. Future work should seek to understand which practices are associated with improved patient outcomes and how best to implement these practices in a more uniform fashion.
Acknowledgements
The authors thank Nancy Hinckley, who championed the study; David Chearo, Christelle Marpaud, and Martha Van Haitsma of the University of Chicago Survey Lab for their assistance in formulating and distributing the survey; and JoAnne Resnic, Nicole Twu, and Frank Zadravecz for administrative support.
Disclosures: This study was supported by the Society of Hospital Medicine with a grant from Philips Healthcare (Andover, MA). Dr. Edelson is supported by a career development award from the National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute (K23 HL097157). In addition, she has received research support and honoraria from Philips Healthcare (Andover, MA), research support from the American Heart Association (Dallas, TX) and Laerdal Medical (Stavanger, Norway), and an honorarium from Early Sense (Tel Aviv, Israel). Dr. Hunt has received research support from the Laerdal Foundation for Acute Medicine (Stavanger, Norway), the Hartwell Foundation (Memphis, TN), and the Arthur Vining Davis Foundation (Jacksonville, FL), and honoraria from the Kansas University Endowment (Kansas City, KS), JCCC (Overland Park, KS), and the UVA School of Medicine (Charlottesville, VA) and the European School of Management (Berlin, Germany). Dr. Mancini is supported in part by an Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality grant (R18HS020416). In addition, she has received research support from the American Heart Association (Dallas, TX) and Laerdal Medical (Stavanger, Norway), and honoraria from Sotera Wireless, Inc. (San Diego, CA). Dr. Abella has received research support from the National Institutes of Health (NIH), Medtronic Foundation (Minneapolis, MN), and Philips Healthcare (Andover, MA); has volunteered with the American Heart Association; and received honoraria from Heartsine (Belfast, Ireland), Velomedix (Menlo Park, CA), and Stryker (Kalamazoo, MI). Mr. Miller is employed by the Society of Hospital Medicine.
- Trends in survival after in‐hospital cardiac arrest. N Engl J Med. 2012;367(20):1912–1920. , , , , , .
- Incidence of treated cardiac arrest in hospitalized patients in the United States. Crit Care Med. 2011;39(11):2401–2406. , , , et al.
- Racial differences in survival after in‐hospital cardiac arrest. JAMA. 2009;302(11):1195–1201. , , , et al.
- Hospital variation in time to defibrillation after in‐hospital cardiac arrest. Arch Intern Med. 2009;169(14):1265–1273. , , , , .
- Duration of resuscitation efforts and survival after in‐hospital cardiac arrest: an observational study. Lancet. 2012;380(9852):1473–1481. , , , et al.
- Delayed time to defibrillation after in‐hospital cardiac arrest. N Engl J Med. 2008;358(1):9–17. , , , .
- 2010 American Heart Association guidelines for cardiopulmonary resuscitation and emergency cardiovascular care science. Circulation. 2010;122(18 suppl 3):S640–S946.
- Cardiopulmonary resuscitation quality: improving cardiac resuscitation outcomes both inside and outside the hospital: a consensus statement from the American Heart Association. Circulation. 2013;128(4):417–435. , , , et al.
- American Hospital Association. 2008 AHA annual survey. AHA data viewer: survey instruments. 2012; Available at: http://www.ahadataviewer.com/about/hospital‐database. Accessed October 11, 2013.
- The American Association for Public Opinion Research. Standard Definitions: Final Dispositions of Case Codes and Outcome Rates for Surveys. 7th ed. Deerfield, IL: AAPOR; 2011.
- Do practice guidelines guide practice? The effect of a consensus statement on the practice of physicians. N Engl J Med. 1989;321(19):1306–1311. , , , , , .
- Why don't physicians follow clinical practice guidelines? A framework for improvement. JAMA. 1999;282(15):1458–1465. , , , et al.
- From best evidence to best practice: effective implementation of change in patients' care. Lancet. 2003;362(9391):1225–1230. , .
- Cardiopulmonary resuscitation standards for clinical practice and training in the UK. Accid Emerg Nurs. 2005;13(3):171–179. , , , et al.
- Trends in survival after in‐hospital cardiac arrest. N Engl J Med. 2012;367(20):1912–1920. , , , , , .
- Incidence of treated cardiac arrest in hospitalized patients in the United States. Crit Care Med. 2011;39(11):2401–2406. , , , et al.
- Racial differences in survival after in‐hospital cardiac arrest. JAMA. 2009;302(11):1195–1201. , , , et al.
- Hospital variation in time to defibrillation after in‐hospital cardiac arrest. Arch Intern Med. 2009;169(14):1265–1273. , , , , .
- Duration of resuscitation efforts and survival after in‐hospital cardiac arrest: an observational study. Lancet. 2012;380(9852):1473–1481. , , , et al.
- Delayed time to defibrillation after in‐hospital cardiac arrest. N Engl J Med. 2008;358(1):9–17. , , , .
- 2010 American Heart Association guidelines for cardiopulmonary resuscitation and emergency cardiovascular care science. Circulation. 2010;122(18 suppl 3):S640–S946.
- Cardiopulmonary resuscitation quality: improving cardiac resuscitation outcomes both inside and outside the hospital: a consensus statement from the American Heart Association. Circulation. 2013;128(4):417–435. , , , et al.
- American Hospital Association. 2008 AHA annual survey. AHA data viewer: survey instruments. 2012; Available at: http://www.ahadataviewer.com/about/hospital‐database. Accessed October 11, 2013.
- The American Association for Public Opinion Research. Standard Definitions: Final Dispositions of Case Codes and Outcome Rates for Surveys. 7th ed. Deerfield, IL: AAPOR; 2011.
- Do practice guidelines guide practice? The effect of a consensus statement on the practice of physicians. N Engl J Med. 1989;321(19):1306–1311. , , , , , .
- Why don't physicians follow clinical practice guidelines? A framework for improvement. JAMA. 1999;282(15):1458–1465. , , , et al.
- From best evidence to best practice: effective implementation of change in patients' care. Lancet. 2003;362(9391):1225–1230. , .
- Cardiopulmonary resuscitation standards for clinical practice and training in the UK. Accid Emerg Nurs. 2005;13(3):171–179. , , , et al.
© 2014 Society of Hospital Medicine
The Nonmotor Symptoms of Parkinson’s Disease: Update on Diagnosis and Treatment
From the Department of Neurology, Movement Disorders Division, University of Pittsburgh Medical Center, Pittsburgh, PA.
Abstract
- Objective: To review the prevalence, diagnosis, and treatment of the nonmotor symptoms (NMS) associated with Parkinson’s disease (PD).
- Methods: Narrative review of the literature.
- Results: The NMS of PD are becoming increasingly recognized as having a critical role in the impact of this neurodegenerative movement disorder. This has led to significant investigative efforts to identify new or better NMS therapies. The preponderance of PD patients will be diagnosed with 1 or multiple NMS during the course of their disease, with many of these symptoms occurring months or even years prior to receiving the PD diagnosis. Despite the high prevalence and impact on disease burden, NMS often go undetected due to a lack of reporting by patients or insufficient interrogation by physicians. Further complicating NMS management is that only a few therapies have the level of evidence needed to support their use in the treatment of NMS.
- Conclusion: The practitioner needs to be aware of NMS and conduct thorough patient questioning in order to recognize, diagnose, and address NMS in PD patients.
Parkinson’s disease (PD) is a neurodegenerative movement disorder with an estimated prevalence of 1% to 2% among the population over the age of 65 years [1]. Recognition and clinical diagnosis of PD is primarily made based on the cardinal motor features, including rigidity, tremor, bradykinesia, and postural instability. The motor symptoms are neuropathologically associated with accumulation of alpha-synuclein with Lewy body formation and neurodegeneration of the nigrostriatal dopamine system. Postmortem evaluation of the brains of PD patients has revealed more widespread degeneration in nondopaminergic systems, including several brainstem nuclei (raphe nucleus, locus ceruleus, dorsal vagal nucleus), limbic and neocortical structures, as well as the peripheral autonomic system [2,3].
The nonmotor symptoms (NMS) of PD are the clinical manifestations of this extensive degeneration, which suggests that NMS are intrinsic and fundamental features of PD. NMS are exceedingly common, and up to 90% of PD patients will experience nonmotor features, including depression, anxiety, sleep disturbances, cognitive impairment, and dysautonomia [4,5] (Table).
NMS have a greater impact on quality of life as compared to the motor symptoms [6,7], but are frequently underrecognized [8]. Evidence suggests that unless there is systematic and specific interrogation by practioners, NMS will elude recognition [9–11]. Recognizing NMS as part of PD is complicated by the fact that these symptoms are common in the general population and not specific for PD [12,13]. NMS can occur at any stage of the disease and may predate diagnosis [12], although as PD progresses the NMS become more prevalent, with a greater impact on health care costs and institutionalization rates than motor features [14,15].
Neuropsychiatric Symptoms
Depression
Epidemiology and Diagnosis
Depression is one of the most common neuropsychiatric manifestations observed in PD patients, with prevalence reports between 4% and 72%, though likely to be closer to 30% to 45% [16–20]. The severity of depression in the PD population has been shown to be greater than in patients with matched chronic disabilities [21,22] and also greater than in the general population over the age of 65 years [23]. The onset of depression can occur at any stage of the disease, even predating the diagnosis. Additionally, depression has more than twice the impact on health status than motor symptoms [24].
Though the mechanisms are not fully understood, it is suspected that psychosocial as well as neuropathological changes contribute to the pathogenesis of depression in PD. In a study comparing 104 PD patients and 61 patients with equivalent disability scores, functional disability was found to be responsible for only 9% of the variation of depression scores [22]. The increased prevalence of depression in PD patients can in part be explained by the neuropathological changes seen in post-mortem studies. Two neurotransmitters that are fundamental in the pathogenesis of depression are serotonin, from the raphe nuclei, and norepinepherine, from the locus ceruleus [20]. Both of these brainstem structures demonstrate alpha-synucleinopathy-associated degeneration and these changes can precede the development of motor dysfunction [3].
Diagnosing depression in PD is complicated by the fact that there is overlap between other PD symptoms and clinical features of depression (ie, amotivation, bradykinesia, fatigue, and sleep disturbances). However, many depressed PD patients are less likely to report feelings of guilt or failure and tend to have higher rates of anxiety [9,20,25]. Typically, PD patients are more likely to be diagnosed with minor depression or dysthymia rather than a major depressive disorder [19,20]. Formal testing through systematic questionnaires are diagnostically useful in the clinic, and serial testing can reveal changes over time to guide more effective treatment. Validated tools to evaluate depression in PD include the Beck Depression Inventory, Hamilton Depression Rating Scale, Montgomery-Asberg Depression Rating Scale, Geriatric DRS, and Hospital Anxiety and Depression scale [20].
Treatment Options
Treatment of depression in PD demonstrates generally poorer responses to typical antidepressants and side effects that may worsen other PD symptoms. Selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs) have been widely used as there are generally few drug-drug interactions and minimal effect on motor symptoms; however, several studies have demonstrated little benefit on depression in PD [26]. In a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial of the antidepressants paroxetine and venlafaxine, both were found to be effective and well tolerated [27]. Tricyclic anti-depressants (TCAs) have also demonstrated efficacy. In randomized controlled trials comparing TCAs to SSRIs, a greater benefit on depression symptoms has been found with TCAs [28–30]. The use of TCAs, however, is limited by anticholinergic side effects that occasionally worsen orthostatic hypotension or cognitive impairment [15,31]. Dopamine agonists have also been studied in depressed PD patients. In a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial [32] and a prospective observational study [33], pramipexole demonstrated significant improvements in depression symptoms. Ropinirole also demonstrated significant symptomatic improvement [34]. These studies suggest that while SSRIs are commonly used, evidence is accumulating to support the role of TCAs, SNRIs, and dopamine agonists in the treatment of depression in PD.
Other therapies have also been tried in pharmacologic-resistant patients. Electroconvulsive therapy has been reported to improve both depression and motor symptoms [35,36]; however, this is a treatment reserved for patients with severe and drug-refractory depression. A randomized controlled trial investigating cognitive behavioral therapy has also demonstrated improvement of depression scores [37]. The role of physical activity as treatment for depression in PD patients is unclear. As described in a recent review by Loprinzi et al [38], the literature is contradictory, with one group experiencing reduced depression but with no signficant effect in several other studies.
Anxiety
Epidemiology and Diagnosis
The prevalence of anxiety in PD patients is about 40% [39], which is 2 times greater than in the general population [9]. Anxiety may worsen PD symptoms, especially tremor and cognition. Risk factors for anxiety include the female gender, greater motor fluctuations, prior history of anxiety, and younger age of PD onset [40]. As with depression, some patients also report worsening of anxious symptoms during “off” states [41]. Screening tools that have been validated to help practitioners identify anxiety in PD include the Hospital Anxiety and Depression Scale, Beck Anxiety Inventory, Zung Self-rating Anxiety Scale, Spielberger State Trait Anxiety Inventory, and Hamilton Anxiety Rating Scale [15].
Treatment Options
The treatment of diagnosed anxiety in PD is primarily with benzodiazepines, which are particularly beneficial in patients whose tremors are exacerbated by anxiety or stress. The use of benzodiazepines has not been evaluated by a randomized controlled trial and use should be limited given the potential risks of sedation, cognitive effects, and psychomotor agitation. Other case studies have found benefit with serotonergic medications like fluoxetine or citalopram (especially with concomitant depression) or with optimization of levodopa therapy [42,43].
Hallucinations, Delusions, and Psychosis
Epidemiology
The prevalence of visual hallucinations in PD patients is about 20% to 40% [44,45]. Risk factors for psychotic symptoms include cognitive impairment, advanced age, prolonged duration of disease, depression, severe dysautonomia, and sleep disorders [46–48]. Early recognition of hallucinations is critical because of a strong correlation between the manifestation of psychosis and the need for nursing home placement or hospitalization. With early and effective treatment there is a decreased need for placement and a reduction on caregiver burden [44,49].
Treatment Options
Hallucinations can occur in delirium and it is important to first rule out an underlying infection or an offending medication, especially if there is a sudden onset or worsening of symptoms. Psychotic symptoms have been reported in drug-naive patients, though they are often iatrogenically induced with dopaminergic agents. All antiparkinsonian medications are capable of inducing or exacerbating hallucinations [9,50]. Additionally, psychotic symptoms tend to improve when dopaminergic agonists are reduced or eliminated. However, there is no clear relationship between the dose of dopaminergic agents and manifestation of hallucinations [48,51,52]. If hallucinations persist or there are motor complications that arise from reduction of dopaminergic agents, initiation of clozapine has been demonstrated to be efficacious in a rater-blinded prospective study and in a retrospective analysis [53–55]; however, regular monitoring for neutropenia is required. Quetiapine has demonstrated similar benefit without significant effects on motor symptoms in a randomized, rater-blinded study and in an evidence-based review [56,57]. It is also important to review or eliminate other medications that may contribute to hallucinations.
Cognitive Impairment
Epidemiology
The prevalence of dementia in the PD population is 20% to 40% [58], though almost 80% of PD patients ultimately develop cognitive decline [59]. Overall, a PD patient is 6 times more likely to develop dementia than someone in the general population [60]. There may be parallel progression of cognitive impairment and motor symptoms, but there is no correlation with overall duration of disease [60,61]. Risk factors linked with the presence of dementia include older age at onset of PD, presence of hallucinations, and male gender [62,63].
Cognitive dysfunction can be detected early in PD through neuropsychological testing; however, impairment of cognition is often insidious and may not be appreciated until symptoms become severe. Several screening tools have been used to evaluate for cognitive impairment in PD including the Mini-Mental State Exam (MMSE), Montreal Cognitive Assessment (MoCA), Mini-Mental Parkinson, Scales for Outcomes of Parkinson’s disease–Cognition, and others. Accumulating evidence, however, is suggestive of the superiority of the MoCA in the detection of cognitive deficits associated
with PD [64].
Dementia is a substantial burden for the caregiver and is a significant contributor to mortality in PD patients [65]. Cognitive impairment often presents with other behavioral symptoms, which further hastens placement outside the home and increases cost of caring for PD patients [49,66].
Cognitive impairment in Parkinson’s disease is typically associated with degeneration of primarily subcortical structures. PD patients with mild cognitive impairment were found to have deficits most significantly in memory, executive function, memory, and language abilities [67]. A recent study by Mak et al evaluated grey matter volumes by structural MRI in PD patients with evidence of mild cognitive impairment by MMSE and MoCA as compared with findings in cognitively intact patients. This demonstrated decreased brain volumes in areas that correlate with affected cognitive domains including the left insula, left superior frontal and left middle temporal areas [68].
Treatment Options
Prior to initiation of therapy, it is important to evaluate the patient for depression and to rule out pseudodementia. Bradyphrenia, or slowness of thought, should also be considered, as this symptom may also lead to an incorrect dementia diagnosis. Lastly, a thorough review of medications should be performed and offending agents including anticholinergics, TCAs, dopamine agonists, and amantadine should be discontinued as these can worsen cognition.
Rivastigmine has demonstrated modest improvement in cognitive performance in PD patients with dementia in a large multicenter, placebo-controlled study [69]. Other cholinesterase inhibitors (ie, donepezil or galantamine) are not recommended at this time due to limited studies or contradictory results in the literature [31,54]. Caution is advised with use of cholinesterase inhibitors as they may worsen tremor or autonomic dysfunction; also, use is limited by nausea or other gastrointestinal symptoms. Memantine, an NMDA receptor antagonist, has also been investigated in randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trials and demonstrated modest improvement of cognition and is generally well tolerated [70,71].
Nonpharmacologic therapy includes physical exercise, which has demonstrated improvement in memory tasks and processing speed [72]. Cognitive training has been less rigorously studied; however, a recent single-blinded controlled study demonstrated significant improvement of learning and memory in PD patients who completed computer-based cognitive training [73].
Compulsive Disorders
Impulse Control Disorders
Impulse control disorders (ICDs) are inappropriate behaviors resulting from a failure to resist an impulse, which leads to pleasure-seeking activities at the expense of relationships and ability to function socially. In PD, ICDs are expressed as pathologic gambling, hypersexuality, binge eating, compulsive shopping, and excessive spending [9,66]. The prevalence of all ICDs in PD is 15% to 20% and a patient may be diagnosed with multiple ICDs [74]. Dopamine agonist use has been implicated in the development of ICDs and this risk is further increased with the addition of levodopa [75,76]. Clinical features associated with ICDs include young age of onset, male gender, family history of addiction, depression or anxiety, and disinhibition or impulsive traits [77,78].
Traditionally, treatment consists of reduction or elimination of dopamine agonists, though adjustment of levodopa therapy may also be necessary. Amantadine as an adjunct therapy has been shown in a randomized, double-blind crossover study to reduce impulsivity in a few patients with pathologic gambling [79].
Dopamine Dysregulation Syndrome
Dopamine dysregulation syndrome (DDS) is characterized by compulsive use of dopaminergic medications beyond what is needed to treat parkinsonian symptoms, and is associated with social impairment. Patients describe addictive symptoms like craving or intense desire to obtain more dopaminergic medication [9,74]. Like ICDs, treatment of DDS consists of modification to dopaminergic medications, though patients with DDS may also require psychiatric evaluation and treatment.
Punding
Punding is another compulsive disorder that is defined as an intense fascination with objects and is associated with repetitive handling, manipulation, sorting, or arrangement of the items [80]. Occurrence of punding has been associated with higher total daily levels of levodopa, although one study has also implicated dopamine agonists [15,81]. As with the other compulsive disorders, punding also tends to respond well to reduction or discontinuation of levodopa. Studies have demonstrated modest benefit with SSRIs or atypical antipsychotics in long-term follow-up [82,83], though one study reported worsening of punding with quetiapine [84].
Apathy
Epidemiology and Treatment
Apathy is often characterized by a loss of motivation or inability to initiate goal-directed behavior, which results in dependence on others for activities of daily living and increases caregiver burden [85]. Patients demonstrate indifference, lack of interest, or inability to express or describe emotion. The apathetic patient may lack spontaneous and voluntary activity, and their affect display is often flattened [86].
With a prevalence of 30% to 50% [87], apathy is as common as depression in PD patients [66,88]. Risk factors associated with apathy include advanced age, severity of depression, severity of motor dysfunction, and dementia [89]. Apathy is frequently mistaken for depression given the significant overlap in symptoms; however, the patient with pure apathy will deny sadness or depressed feelings. It is also important to distinguish apathy from motor impairment or cognitive dysfunction that could explain the behavioral changes. No medications have reliably been shown to improve apathy, though it may be improved with initiation of dopaminergic therapy, especially early in the course [86,90].
Sleep Disorders
The original report of PD by James Parkinson describes sleep disturbances and daytime somnolence [91], which suggests that sleep disorders may be an intrinsic feature of the neurodegenerative process of PD itself.
REM Behavioral Disorder
Epidemiology and Diagnosis
Rapid eye movement behavioral disorder (RBD) is a parasomnia characterized by vocalizations and motor activity during dreaming due to loss of normal atonia associated with rapid eye movement (REM) sleep. Patients enact their dreams, which may lead to violent behaviors that can injure the patient or their bed partner. RBD is seen in 25% to 50% of PD patients [92,93], with variability depending on diagnostic technique and patient selection. Polysomnography is the most important diagnostic tool and demonstrates increased chin tone and limb movements during REM sleep in RBD [94,95]. Diagnosis can also be made clinically with patient and bed partner reports, though sensitivity is only approximately 30% [15].
Interestingly, many studies are now investigating the relationship between presence of RBD and later onset of neurodegenerative disorders. Multiple studies have shown that 40% to 65% of patients diagnosed with idiopathic RBD later develop an alpha-synucleinopathy, which includes PD, dementia with Lewy bodies, or multiple system atrophy within 10 years [92,95]. Prior studies report that as many as 90% of patients with idiopathic RBD develop neurodegenerative synucleinopathy when followed over 14 years [96]. Idiopathic RBD is currently being investigated as a potential clinical marker of pre-symptomatic PD in a multicenter observational study. If RBD is an early marker for neurodegenerative disease, it may be used to identify patients for neuroprotective trials as treatments are developed.
Treatment Options
Low-dose clonazepam (0.25–1 mg) is the mainstay of therapy, especially for patients that injure themselves or bed partners [97]; however, the use of benzodiazepines is historical and there remain no randomized controlled double-blind studies to evaluate the efficacy of clonazepam. Use of clonazepam may be limited by daytime sedation, confusion, or psychomotor agitation [31,97,98]. Melatonin (doses between 3–12 mg at bedtime) has also demonstrated benefit in RBD in a double-blind, placebo-controlled trial and in a small case series, with fewer side effects and no addiction potential as compared to clonazepam [99,100]. Case reports also support the use of several other effective medications, including cholinesterase inhibitors (rivastigmine and donepezil) and dopaminergic agents (pramipexole and levodopa) [15,20].
Restless Leg Syndrome and Periodic Limb Movements in Sleep
Epidemiology
Restless leg syndrome (RLS) and periodic limb movements in sleep (PLMS) cause disruptions of sleep and have an important impact on quality of sleep in PD patients. RLS is described as a strong urge to move the legs, accompanied by an uncomfortable sensation that is exacerbated at rest and relieved by movement. RLS is more frequently diagnosed in patients with PD, though prevalence reports vary widely [15]. Secondary causes for RLS should be investigated including iron deficiency, uremia and polyneuropathy. Several case reports demonstrate onset or worsening of RLS with use of antidepressants [101, 102] or antipsychotics like risperidone, aripiprazole, and quetiapine [103,104].
PLMS occurs in approximately 80% to 90% of patients with RLS, though may be present independently, and when seen on polysomnography is supportive of RLS [105]. PLMS is characterized by repetitive dorsiflexion of the foot, extension of the great toe, and may be accompanied by flexion of the knee and hip. The prevalence of PLMS in PD is approximately 60% and correlates with severity of PD motor features [106].
Treatment Options
Treatment of RLS should be initiated with nonpharmacologic therapies including good sleep hygiene, exercise, leg massage, and heat or ice packs [105,107]. Dopamine (DA) agonists are the primary treatment for RLS; however, even modest adjustments in levodopa can be helpful. One drawback to levodopa therapy is augmentation (a worsening or reappearance of symptoms) when serum levels fall due to the short half-life of levodopa [107,108]. DA agonists are less likely to cause augmentation. Both pramipexole and ropinirole have been extensively investigated in controlled, randomized, double-blind studies with benefits in 70% to 90% of patients with RLS and PLMS; however, there is a risk of developing compulsive behaviors [109–112]. Another option for PD patients is rotigotine, which has demonstrated improvement of RLS symptoms in a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial and has the added benefit that it may also help with motor symptoms [113,114].
More recently, gabapentin enacarbil has demonstrated improvement of moderate to severe RLS and was well tolerated in multiple randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trials [107,115,116]. Lastly, opioids (tramadol, oxycodone, codeine) have been shown to be effective, especially in the treatment of RLS that is refractory to other treatments [105,107].
Insomnia
Epidemiology
The most common sleep disorder in PD is insomnia, with a prevalence between 37% to 88% [14,117]. Insomnia is associated with difficulty in initiation or maintenance of sleep. Disruption of sleep typically leads to daytime somnolence and patient reports of a strong impact on motor disability and overall quality of life. There are several contributors to insomnia in PD patients including nocturia, depression, RLS, dystonia, and akinesia/rigidity/difficulty turning in bed [118].
Treatment Options
The use of carbidopa/levodopa controlled-release formulations at bedtime is associated with improved sleep duration and nocturnal akinesia, although it does not demonstrate a significant improvement in overall sleep ratings [54]. Hypnotics like eszopiclone and zolpidem have also demonstrated improved quality of sleep in limited controlled trials and a meta-analysis, but use is limited by sedation, dizziness, and falls [54,119]. Benzodiazepines improve sleep latency, but there is a risk of cognitive impairment, tolerance, and falls [117,120]. Melatonin at 3 to 5 mg and 50 mg doses have been investigated in 2 randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trials; however, there was a modest benefit and it was concluded that there is insufficient evidence to support the use of melatonin [54]. Nevertheless, melatonin is well tolerated and may be tried with minimal risk [54]. More recently, a randomized controlled trial using doxepin has demonstrated improvement of insomnia scores and was generally well tolerated [121].
Excessive Daytime Sleepiness and Abrupt Sleep Onset
EDS and Fatigue: Epidemiology and Treatment
A common complaint by PD patients is excessive daytime sleepiness (EDS), which can be verified with multiple sleep latency testing. EDS frequency varies in the literature, but is seen in approximately 15% to 50% of PD patients [4,122]. The etiology is usually multifactorial, with insomnia, dysautonomia, and depression as contributing factors [117]. A longer duration of symptoms, greater total load of levodopa, cognitive decline, and male gender are all risk factors for EDS [122,123]. It has been proposed that EDS is an intrinsic feature of PD; however, there is also an association with the use of antiparkinsonian medications. A randomized controlled trial demonstrated that use of the dopamine agonist pramipexole was associated with greater somnolence as compared to levodopa therapy (35% vs. 13%); however, this difference was only seen during the initial escalation phase [124]. Additionally, the combined use of dopamine agonists and levodopa has shown an even greater risk of EDS [125]. The evidence for the use of stimulants for EDS is lacking. The few studies conducted with modafinil have not demonstrated a robust improvement of EDS [126–128]. Other stimulants like methylphenidate have been studied with improvement of Epworth Sleepiness Score, though no randomized control trials have been undertaken [129].
It is important to distinguish EDS, a propensity for daytime sleep, from fatigue or excessive tiredness associated with mental or physical exertion [117]. Fatigue is often multifactorial and may be related to insomnia, sleep apnea, sedating effects of medications, frequent awakenings from nocturia, and degeneration of brain areas regulating sleep/wake cycles related to the underlying disease process [20, 117]. It is also important to consider depression and dementia in the differential, as these disorders may be erroneously be diagnosed as fatigue. Treatment of fatigue should include regular mild exercise, maintenance of a stimulating environment, removal of sedating medications, and management of intrinsic sleep disorders if present [117]. The use of stimulants for fatigue is controversial. A small randomized controlled trial (n = 48) using modafinil demonstrated improvement on the global clinical impression scale for fatigue but no significant change on the Fatigue Severity Scale; this study was limited by the power and points to the need for a larger study [130].
Sleep Attacks: Epidemiology and Treatment
Abrupt sleep onset, or “sleep attacks,” occurs when transition from wake to sleep is unavoidable and may occur without warning. Sleep attacks are threefold more likely to occur in patients using DA agonists, with an associated dose-related increase in risk [131]. Adjustment or elimination of DA agonists often improves sleep attacks, though it is important to address concurrent EDS if present. Nonpharmacologic treatments to consider include mild exercise, early morning bright light exposure, and a stimulating environment [117].
Sleep-Disordered Breathing/Obstructive Sleep Apnea
Epidemiology and Treatment
Sleep-disordered breathing (SDB) consists of either a deficit in the drive to breathe as in central sleep apnea, or may be due to an blockage of the airway as seen in obstructive sleep apnea (OSA). Apnea leads to oxygen desaturations that consequently trigger awakenings throughout the night, which in turn is experienced by the patient as daytime somnolence [117]. The prevalence of SDB and OSA is variable in the literature, ranging from no increased risk in PD patients [132,133] to 50% prevalence in PD patients [134,135]. Discussions with bed partners, history of snoring, and clinical reports of EDS or daytime fatigue are important indicators of SDB. Polysomnography confirms the diagnosis and can direct treatment, which frequently includes application of CPAP devices during sleep.
Autinomic Dysfunction
Orthostatic Hypotension
Epidemiology and Diagnosis
Orthostatic hypotension (OH) is defined as a 20-mm Hg fall in systolic blood pressure or 10-mm Hg drop in diastolic blood pressure within 3 minutes of a change in position. The prevalence of OH in PD patients is 30% to 60% [136,137]. Symptoms of OH can occur early in the disease and may precede diagnosis of PD [137]. Patients experience OH as dizziness, drowsiness, palpitations, nausea, or loss of consciousness. Additionally, falls and supine hypertension that accompany OH are associated with increased risk of morbidity and mortality in PD patients [138]. Several medications used in the treatment of PD can exacerbate OH, including levodopa, DA agonists, MAO-B inhibitors, and TCAs [139].
Treatment Options
First-line therapies for OH include nonpharmacologic methods such as compression stockings, sleeping with head elevated to 30 degrees, increased water and salt intake, more frequent small meals, and slowly changing position [140]. Additionally, it is important to discuss the removal or reduction of all antihypertensives with the patient’s PCP. Fludrocortisone (a mineralacorticoid) and domperidone (a peripheral dopamine antagonist not currently approved for use in the United States) modestly improved OH in a 2-phase, randomized, controlled, double-blind, crossover trial [141]. Pyridostigmine has also demonstrated improvement of standing blood pressure and OH symptoms in a double-blind, randomized cross-over study and has the additional benefit of not worsening supine hypertension [142]. Other effective treatments include midodrine, per a randomized, double-blind multicenter study [143], as well as droxidopa in a double-blind, crossover, placebo-controlled study [144]. Currently there is insufficient evidence to support the preferential use of any specific agent in the treatment of OH in PD.
Gastrointestinal Dysmotility
Constipation: Epidemiology and Treatment
Constipation is reported by nearly 60% of PD patients [145]. Constipation can precede the development of motor symptoms of PD, and the prevalence of GI disturbances increases with age and longer duration of disease. Nearly one third of patients will have been diagnosed with a GI disturbance within the year prior to PD diagnosis [146], which is associated with an increased risk for the development PD [147]. People with constipation (defined as < 1 bowel movement per day) but without a PD diagnosis had more nigral Lewy body degeneration postmortem [148] compared with people without constipation.
Treatments for constipation include dietary modification, increased fluid intake, and mild exercise. Macrogol significantly improved constipation in PD patients and was very well tolerated in a randomized placebo-controlled study [149]. Lubiprostone, a GI active prostaglandin, is also effective in the short-term treatment of constipation in a placebo-controlled trial [150].
Gastroparesis: Epidemiology and Treatment
Gastroparesis, like constipation, is related to enteric dopaminergic cell loss and degeneration of the dorsal motor nucleus of the vagus [151]. Patients experience gastroparesis as early satiety, full sensation, and nausea. Decreased gastric motility leads to retention of food as well as medications, which can slow absorption and delay onset of action for many medications including levodopa. Domperidone has both prokinetic and antiemetic properties, which have been beneficial in the treatment of gastroparesis [152], but its use is not currently approved in the United States.
Dysphagia: Epidemiology and Treatment
Dysphagia is associated with more advanced stages of PD as well as a significant increase in morbidity. Swallow exercises have demonstrated improvement of dysphagia [153]. The impact of levodopa therapy on dysphagia in the literature is controversial. Videofluoroscopic examination is the most common method for evaluation of swallowing disorders and provides important information for speech-language pathologists regarding recommendations for dietary modifications [154]. Adjustment of medication regimens to avoid an oral route is also helpful. This includes Parcopa, orally disintegrating carbidopa/levodopa tablets, and transdermal approaches like the rotigotine patch. For some patients, enteral nutrition is needed and placement of nasogastric tubes or percutaneous endoscopic gastrostomy tubes are an option.
Sialorrhea (Drooling)
Epidemiology
Difficulty handling oral secretions due to impaired or infrequent swallowing results in sialorrhea in up to 75% of PD patients [155], which is a significant embarrassment for most patients [156]. PD patients with drooling have difficulty speaking, eating, and engaging in social interactions, which significantly impacts perceived quality of life [157].
Treatment Options
Botulinum toxin (A and B) injections into the submandibular or parotid glands have demonstrated efficacy in multiple double-blind, randomized, placebo-controlled studies for the treatment of sialorrhea in PD patients; however, injections are associated with greater invasiveness and cost [158–160]. Glycopyrrolate, an anticholinergic drug, was also efficacious in the treatment of sialorrhea in the short term in a double-blind, randomized, placebo-controlled study [161]. Alternatively, gum chewing increases swallow frequency, improves drooling, and also shows a benefit with dysphagia [162].
Genitourinary Disturbances
Bladdery dysfunction: Epidemiology and Treatment
Bladder dysfunction in PD is often secondary to hyperactivity of the detrusor muscle leading to urinary urgency, increased urinary frequency, and nocturia. Less commonly, hypoactive detrusor muscle causes difficulty with initiation of urination, delayed bladder emptying, and recurrent infections. Urinary disturbances may occur before the onset of motor symptoms or early on in the disease course [12]. Disease severity is associated with greater urinary disturbances, and more than 50% of advanced PD patients report severe bladder symptoms [163].
Anticholinergic medications such as oxybutynin, solifenacin, and tolterodine are commonly used in the treatment of detrusor hyperactivity and demonstrate significant improvement in detrusor pressure in a recent systemic review and meta-analysis [164]. PD patients on these agents should be closely monitored for side effects including cognitive impairment, somnolence, hallucinations, confusion, and blurred vision. Other treatments include botulinum toxin injections into the detrusor muscle, which has demonstrated safety and efficacy in a recent systematic review [165].
Erectile dysfunction: Epidemiology and Treatment
Erectile dysfunction (ED) is reported by more than 60% of male PD patients [145] and is thought to be related to hypothalamic dysfunction and modification of the dopamine-oxytocin pathway [166]. Effects of PD medications, cognitive impairment, fatigue, apathy, and low testosterone contribute to loss of libido and ED [20,167]. Phosphodiesterase inhibitors such as sildenafil, vardenafil, and tadalafil are possibly useful in the treatment of ED in PD patients, though randomized trials have been limited [166,168]. Apomorphine sublingually is another medication that has demonstrated improvement of ED in a double-blind, crossover study and can be considered for patients with contraindications to phosphodiesterase inhibitors [169].
Sensory Symptoms
Pain
Epidemiology
Sensory disturbances in PD include diminished ability to identify odors, visual abnormalities (blurred vision, abnormal color perception, double vision), and pain. Pain is the most disabling sensory disturbance, though frequently underreported. Nearly two thirds of PD patients report pain, [170], though only half of patients receive any treatment [171]. Pain may also be a presenting symptom that precedes the clinical diagnosis of PD [172,173].
Treatment Options
There are several types of pain described by PD patients, the most common of which is musculoskeletal, typically involving the shoulder. Other types include dystonic, radicular, and central pain [174]. First-line treatment of musculoskeletal complaints includes nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs) and physiotherapy. Modification of levodopa regimen (including altering timing and frequency or adding controlled release formulations) can often provide relief for dystonic pain, and also for central pain for some patients [173, 174]. Deep brain stimulation, with subthalamic nucleus or globus pallidus targets, has demonstrated improvement with dystonic, central, and musculoskeletal pain in a small clinical study [175].
Conclusion
NMS are an intrinsic part of PD, may predate diagnosis, and substantially affect the majority of patients with PD. For many of these patients, NMS have a greater impact on quality of life and health care costs than the cardinal motor symptoms that define the disease. Many of these symptoms are not recognized by practioners and often are not volunteered by PD patients, making it important for practitioners to routinely and directly inquire about NMS. Treatment of NMS in PD is challenging, and only a few therapies have the level of evidence needed to support their use in the treatment of these problems. Nevertheless, proper recognition and addressing of these symptoms afford the clinician an opportunity to make a positive and potentially significant impact on the PD patient’s quality of life.
Corresponding author: Samay Jain, MD, MS, Dept of Neurology, 811 Kaufmann Bldg, Pittsburgh, PA 15213, [email protected].
Financial disclosures: None.
1. Alves G, Forsaa EB, Pedersen KF, et al. Epidemiology of Parkinson's disease. J Neurol 2008;255 Suppl 5:18–32.
2. Stern MB, Lang A, Poewe W. Toward a redefinition of Parkinson's disease. Mov Disord 2012;27:54–60.
3. Braak H, Del Tredici K, Rub U, et al. Staging of brain pathology related to sporadic Parkinson's disease. Neurobiol Aging 2003;24:197–211.
4. Tandberg E, Larsen JP, Karlsen K. A community-based study of sleep disorders in patients with Parkinson's disease. Mov Disord 1998;13:895–9.
5. Shulman LM, Taback RL, Bean J, Weiner WJ. Comorbidity of the nonmotor symptoms of Parkinson's disease. Mov Disord 2001;16:507–10.
6. Park A, Stacy M. Non-motor symptoms in Parkinson's disease. J Neurol 2009;256 Suppl 3:293–8.
7. Chaudhuri KR, Schapira AH. Non-motor symptoms of Parkinson's disease: dopaminergic pathophysiology and treatment. Lancet Neurol 2009;8:464–74.
8. Shulman LM, Taback RL, Rabinstein AA, Weiner WJ. Non-recognition of depression and other non-motor symptoms in Parkinson's disease. Parkinsonism Relat Disord 2002;8:193–7.
9. Bonnet AM, Jutras MF, Czernecki V, et al. Nonmotor symptoms in Parkinson's disease in 2012: relevant clinical aspects. Parkinsons Dis 2012:2012:198316.
10. Chaudhuri KR, Healy DG, Schapira AH. Non-motor symptoms of Parkinson's disease: diagnosis and management. Lancet Neurol 2006;5:235–45.
11. Hussl AK, Seppi K, Poewe W. Nonmotor symptoms in Parkinson's disease. Expert Rev Neurother 2013;13:581–3.
12. O'Sullivan SS, Williams DR, Gallagher DA, et al. Nonmotor symptoms as presenting complaints in Parkinson's disease: a clinicopathological study. Mov Disord 2008;23:101–6.
13. Lang AE. A critical appraisal of the premotor symptoms of Parkinson's disease: potential usefulness in early diagnosis and design of neuroprotective trials. Mov Disord 2011;26:775–83.
14. Barone P, Antonini A, Colosimo C, et al. The PRIAMO study: A multicenter assessment of nonmotor symptoms and their impact on quality of life in Parkinson's disease. Mov Disord 2009;24:1641–9.
15. Bernal-Pacheco O, Limotai N, Go CL, Fernandez HH. Nonmotor manifestations in Parkinson disease. Neurologist 2012;18:1–16.
16. Lemke MR, Fuchs G, Gemende I, et al. Depression and Parkinson's disease. J Neurol 2004;251 Suppl 6: VI/24–7.
17. Ravina, B, Camicioli R, Como PG, et al, The impact of depressive symptoms in early Parkinson disease. Neurology 2007;69:342–7.
18. Jasinska-Myga B, Putzke JD Wider C, et al. Depression in Parkinson's disease. Can J Neurol Sci 2010;37:61–6.
19. Slaughter JR, Slaughter KA, Nichols D, et al. Prevalence, clinical manifestations, etiology, and treatment of depression in Parkinson's disease. J Neuropsychiatry Clin Neurosci 2001;13:187–96.
20. Simuni T, Sethi K. Nonmotor manifestations of Parkinson's disease. Ann Neurol 2008;64 Suppl 2:S65–80.
21. Ehmann TS, Beninger RJ, Gawel MJ, Riopelle RJ. Depressive symptoms in Parkinson's disease: a comparison with disabled control subjects. J Geriatr Psychiatry Neurol 1990;3:3–9.
22. Menza MA, Mark MH. Parkinson's disease and depression: the relationship to disability and personality. J Neuropsychiatry Clin Neurosci 1994;6:165–9.
23. CDC. Current depression among adults–United States, 2006 and 2008. Morb Mort Weekly Rep 2010;59:1229–35.
24. Hinnell C, Hurt CS, Landau S, et al. Nonmotor versus motor symptoms: how much do they matter to health status in Parkinson's disease? Mov Disord 2012;27:236–41.
25. Cummings JL. Depression and Parkinson's disease: a review. Am J Psychiatry 1992;149:443–54.
26. Weintraub D, Morales KH, Moberg PJ, et al. Antidepressant studies in Parkinson's disease: a review and meta-analysis. Mov Disord 2005;20:1161–9.
27. Richard IH, McDermott MP, Kurlan R, et al. A randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial of antidepressants in Parkinson disease. Neurology 2012;78:1229–36.
28. Menza M, Dobkin RD, Marin H, et al. A controlled trial of antidepressants in patients with Parkinson disease and depression. Neurology 2009;72:886–92.
29. Okun MS, Fernandez HH. Will tricyclic antidepressants make a comeback for depressed Parkinson disease patients? Neurology 2009;72:868–9.
30. Antonini A, Tesei S, Zecchinelli A, et al. Randomized study of sertraline and low-dose amitriptyline in patients with Parkinson's disease and depression: effect on quality of life. Mov Disord 2006;21:1119–22.
31. Pedrosa DJ, Timmermann L. Review: management of Parkinson's disease. Neuropsychiatr Dis Treat 2013;9: 321–40.
32. Barone P, Poewe W, Albrecht S, et al. Pramipexole for the treatment of depressive symptoms in patients with Parkinson's disease: a randomised, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial. Lancet Neurol 2010;9:573–80.
33. Lemke MR, Brecht HM, Koester J, et al. Anhedonia, depression, and motor functioning in Parkinson's disease during treatment with pramipexole. J Neuropsychiatry Clin Neurosci 2005;17:214–20.
34. Rektorova I, Balaz M, Svatova J, et al. Effects of ropinirole on nonmotor symptoms of Parkinson disease: a prospective multicenter study. Clin Neuropharmacol 2008;31:261–6.
35. Van der Wurff FB, Stek ML, Hoogendijk WL, Beekman AT. Electroconvulsive therapy for the depressed elderly. Cochrane Database Syst Rev 2003(2):CD003593.
36. Okun MS, Watts RL. Depression associated with Parkinson's disease: clinical features and treatment. Neurology 2002;58(4 Suppl 1):S63–70.
37. Dobkin RD, Menza M, Allen LA, et al. Cognitive-behavioral therapy for depression in Parkinson's disease: a randomized, controlled trial. Am J Psychiatry 2013;168:1066–74.
38. Loprinzi PD, Herod SM, Cardinal BJ, Noakes TD. Physical activity and the brain: A review of this dynamic, bi-directional relationship. Brain Res 2013;1539:95–104.
39. Richard IH. Anxiety disorders in Parkinson's disease. Adv Neurol 2005;96:42–55.
40. Leentjens AF, Dujardin K, Marsh L, et al. Symptomatology and markers of anxiety disorders in Parkinson's disease: a cross-sectional study. Mov Disord 2011;26:484–92.
41. Witjas T, Kaphan E, Azulay JP, et al. Nonmotor fluctuations in Parkinson's disease: frequent and disabling. Neurology 2002;59:408–13.
42. Olanow CW, Stern MB, Sethi K. The scientific and clinical basis for the treatment of Parkinson disease Neurology 2009;72(21 Suppl 4):S1–136.
43. Richard IH, Schiffer RB, Kurlan R. Anxiety and Parkinson's disease. J Neuropsychiatry Clin Neurosci 1996;8:383–92.
44. Fenelon G, Alves G. Epidemiology of psychosis in Parkinson's disease. J Neurol Sci 2010;289:12–7.
45. Papapetropoulos S, Katzen H, Schrag A, et al. A questionnaire-based (UM-PDHQ) study of hallucinations in Parkinson's disease. BMC Neurol 2008;8:21.
46. Fenelon G, Mahieux F, Huon R, Ziegler M. Hallucinations in Parkinson's disease: prevalence, phenomenology and risk factors. Brain 2000;123 (Pt 4):733–45.
47. Papapetropoulos S, Mash DC. Psychotic symptoms in Parkinson's disease. From description to etiology. J Neurol 2005;252:753–64.
48. Aarsland D, Larsen JP, Cummins JL, Laake K. Prevalence and clinical correlates of psychotic symptoms in Parkinson disease: a community-based study. Arch Neurol 1999;56:595–601.
49. Aarsland D, Larsen JP, Tandberg E, Laake K. Predictors of nursing home placement in Parkinson's disease: a population-based, prospective study. J Am Geriatr Soc 2000;48:938–42.
50. Lohle M, Storch A, Reichmann H, Beyond tremor and rigidity: non-motor features of Parkinson's disease. J Neural Transm 2009;116:1483–92.
51. Fenelon G. Psychosis in Parkinson's disease: phenomenology, frequency, risk factors, and current understanding of pathophysiologic mechanisms. CNS Spectr 2008;13(3 Suppl 4):18–25.
52. Merims D, Shabtai H, Korczyn AD, et al. Antiparkinsonian medication is not a risk factor for the development of hallucinations in Parkinson's disease. J Neural Transm 2004;111:1447–53.
53. Merims D, Balas M, Peretz C, et al. Rater-blinded, prospective comparison: quetiapine versus clozapine for Parkinson's disease psychosis. Clin Neuropharmacol 2006;29:331–7.
54. Seppi K, Weintraub D, Coelho M, et al. The Movement Disorder Society Evidence-Based Medicine Review Update: Treatments for the non-motor symptoms of Parkinson's disease. Mov Disord 2011;26 Suppl 3:S42–80.
55. Fernandez HH, Donnelly EM, Friedman JH. Long-term outcome of clozapine use for psychosis in parkinsonian patients. Mov Disord 2004;19:831–3.
56. Morgante L, Epifanio A, Spina E, et al. Quetiapine and clozapine in parkinsonian patients with dopaminergic psychosis. Clin Neuropharmacol 2004;27:153–6.
57. Miyasaki JM, Shannon K, Voon V, et al. Practice parameter: evaluation and treatment of depression, psychosis, and dementia in Parkinson disease (an evidence-based review): report of the Quality Standards Subcommittee of the American Academy of Neurology. Neurology 2006;66:996–1002.
58. Riedel O, Klotsche J, Spottke A, et al. Cognitive impairment in 873 patients with idiopathic Parkinson's disease. Results from the German Study on Epidemiology of Parkinson's Disease with Dementia (GEPAD). J Neurol 2008;255:255–64.
59. Aarsland D, Andersen K, Larsen JP, et al. Prevalence and characteristics of dementia in Parkinson disease: an 8-year prospective study. Arch Neurol 2003;60:387–92.
60. Aarsland D, Andersen K, Larsen JP, et al. Risk of dementia in Parkinson's disease: a community-based, prospective study. Neurology 2001;56:730–6.
61. Riggeal BD, Crucian GP, Seignourel P, et al. Cognitive decline tracks motor progression and not disease duration in Parkinson patients. Neuropsychiatr Dis Treat 2007;3:955–8.
62. Hughes TA, Ross HF, Musa S, et al. A 10-year study of the incidence of and factors predicting dementia in Parkinson's disease. Neurology 2000;54:1596–602.
63. Hobson P, Meara J. Risk and incidence of dementia in a cohort of older subjects with Parkinson's disease in the United Kingdom. Mov Disord 2004;19:1043–9.
64. Hoops S, Nazem S, Siderowf AD, et al. Validity of the MoCA and MMSE in the detection of MCI and dementia in Parkinson disease. Neurology 2009;73:1738–45.
65. Louis ED, Marder K, Cote L, et al. Mortality from Parkinson disease. Arch Neurol 1997;54:260–4.
66. Fernandez HH. Nonmotor complications of Parkinson disease. Cleve Clin J Med 2012;79 Suppl 2:S14–8.
67. Sollinger AB, Goldstein FC, Lah JJ, et al. Mild cognitive impairment in Parkinson's disease: subtypes and motor characteristics. Parkinsonism Relat Disord 2010;16:177–80.
68. Mak E, Zhou J, Tan LC, et al. Cognitive deficits in mild Parkinson's disease are associated with distinct areas of grey matter atrophy. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 2013 Oct 16.
69. Emre M, Aarsland D, Albanese A, et al. Rivastigmine for dementia associated with Parkinson's disease. N Engl J Med 2004;351:2509–18.
70. Aarsland D, Ballard C, Walker Z, et al. Memantine in patients with Parkinson's disease dementia or dementia with Lewy bodies: a double-blind, placebo-controlled, multicentre trial. Lancet Neurol 2009;8:613–8.
71. Leroi I, Overshott R, Byrne EJ, et al. Randomized controlled trial of memantine in dementia associated with Parkinson's disease. Mov Disord 2009;24:1217–21.
72. Speelman AD, van de Warrenburg BP, van Nimwegen M, et al. How might physical activity benefit patients with Parkinson disease? Nat Rev Neurol 2013;7:528–34.
73. Naismith SL, Mowszowski L, Diamond K, Lewis SJ. Improving memory in Parkinson's disease: a healthy brain ageing cognitive training program. Mov Disord 2013;28:1097–103.
74. Weintraub D, Koester J, Potenza MN, et al. Impulse control disorders in Parkinson disease: a cross-sectional study of 3090 patients. Arch Neurol 2010;67:589–95.
75. Voon V, Reynolds B, Brezing C, et al. Impulsive choice and response in dopamine agonist-related impulse control behaviors. Psychopharmacology (Berl) 2010;207:645–59.
76. Weintraub D, Siderowf AD, Potenza MN, et al. Association of dopamine agonist use with impulse control disorders in Parkinson disease. Arch Neurol 2006; 63:969–73.
77. Pontone G, Williams JR, Bassett SS, Marsh L. Clinical features associated with impulse control disorders in Parkinson disease. Neurology 2006;67:1258–61.
78. Voon V, Mehta AR, Hallett M. Impulse control disorders in Parkinson's disease: recent advances. Curr Opin Neurol 2011;24:324–30.
79. Thomas A, Bonanni L, Gambi F, et al. Pathological gambling in Parkinson disease is reduced by amantadine. Ann Neurol 2010;68:400–4.
80. Miyasaki JM, Al Hassan K, Lang AE, Voon V. Punding prevalence in Parkinson's disease. Mov Disord 2007;22:1179–81.
81. Nguyen FN, Chang YL, Okun MS, et al. Prevalence and characteristics of punding and repetitive behaviors among Parkinson patients in North-Central Florida. Int J Geriatr Psychiatry 2010;25:540–1.
82. Sohtaoglu M, Demiray DY, Kenangil G, et al. Long term follow-up of Parkinson's disease patients with impulse control disorders. Parkinsonism Relat Disord 2010;16:334–7.
83. Antonini A, Cilia R. Behavioural adverse effects of dopaminergic treatments in Parkinson's disease: incidence, neurobiological basis, management and prevention. Drug Saf 2009;
32:475–88.
84. Miwa H, Morita S, Nakanishi I, Kondo T, Stereotyped behaviors or punding after quetiapine administration in Parkinson's disease. Parkinsonism Relat Disord 2004;10:177–80.
85. Skorvanek M, Rosenberger J, Gdovinova Z, et al. Apathy in elderly nondemented patients with parkinson's disease: clinical determinants and relationship to quality of life. J Geriatr Psychiatry Neurol 2013;26:237–43.
86. Marin RS, Fogel BS, Hawkins J, et al. Apathy: a treatable syndrome. J Neuropsychiatry Clin Neurosci 1995;7:23–30.
87. Pluck GC, Brown RG. Apathy in Parkinson's disease. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 2002;73:636–42.
88. Kirsch-Darrow L, Fernandez HH, Marsiske M, et al. Dissociating apathy and depression in Parkinson disease. Neurology 2006;67:33–8.
89. Pedersen KF, Alves G, Aarsland D, Larsen JP. Occurrence and risk factors for apathy in Parkinson disease: a 4-year prospective longitudinal study. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 2009;80:1279–82.
90. Czernecki V, Pillon B, Houeto JL, et al. Motivation, reward, and Parkinson's disease: influence of dopatherapy. Neuropsychologia 2002;40:2257–67.
91. Parkinson J. An essay on the shaking palsy. Sherwood, Neely, and Jones; 1817.
92. Schenck CH, Mahowald WM. REM sleep behavior disorder: clinical, developmental, and neuroscience perspectives 16 years after its formal identification in SLEEP. Sleep 2002;25:120–38.
93. Sixel-Doring F, Trautmann E, Mollenhauer B, Trenkwalder C. Associated factors for REM sleep behavior disorder in Parkinson disease. Neurology 2011;77:1048–54.
94. Eisensehr I, v Lindeiner H, Jager M, Noachtar S. REM sleep behavior disorder in sleep-disordered patients with versus without Parkinson's disease: is there a need for polysomnography? J Neurol Sci 2001;186:7–11.
95. Postuma RB, Gagnon JF, Montplaisir JY. REM sleep behavior disorder and prodromal neurodegeneration - where are we headed? Tremor Other Hyperkinet Mov (N Y) 2013;3.
96. Iranzo A, Tolosa E, Gelpi E, et al. Neurodegenerative disease status and post-mortem pathology in idiopathic rapid-eye-movement sleep behaviour disorder: an observational cohort study. Lancet Neurol 2013;12: 443–53.
97. Schenck CH, Mahowald MW. Rapid eye movement sleep parasomnias. Neurol Clin 2005;23:1107–26.
98. Anderson KN, Shneerson JM. Drug treatment of REM sleep behavior disorder: the use of drug therapies other than clonazepam. J Clin Sleep Med 2009;5:235–9.
99. Boeve BF, Silber MH, Ferman TJ. Melatonin for treatment of REM sleep behavior disorder in neurologic disorders: results in 14 patients. Sleep Med 2003;4:281–4.
100. Kunz D, Mahlberg R. A two-part, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial of exogenous melatonin in REM sleep behaviour disorder. J Sleep Res 2010;19:591–6.
101. Perroud N, Lazignac C, Baleydier B, et al. Restless legs syndrome induced by citalopram: a psychiatric emergency? Gen Hosp Psychiatry 2007;29:72–4.
102. Buskova J, Vorlova T, Pisko J, Sonka K, Severe sleep-related movement disorder induced by sertraline. Sleep Med 2012;13:769–70.
103. Rittmannsberger H, Werl R. Restless legs syndrome induced by quetiapine: report of seven cases and review of the literature. Int J Neuropsychopharmacol 2013;16:1427–31.
104. Perez-Lloret S, Rey MV, Bondon-Guitton E, et al. Drugs associated with restless legs syndrome: a case/noncase study in the French pharmacovigilance database. J Clin Psychopharmacol 2012;32:824–7.
105. Aurora RN, Kristo DA, Bista SR, et al. The treatment of restless legs syndrome and periodic limb movement disorder in adults-an update for 2012: practice parameters with an evidence-based systematic review and meta-analyses: an American Academy of Sleep Medicine Clinical Practice Guideline. Sleep 2012;35:1039–62.
106. Covassin N, Neikrug AB, Liu L, et al. Clinical correlates of periodic limb movements in sleep in Parkinson's disease. J Neurol Sci 2012;316:131–6.
107. Rios Romenets S, Postuma RB. Treatment of restless legs syndrome. Curr Treat Options Neurol 2013;15:396-409.
108. Hogl B, Paulus W, Clarenbach P, Trenkwalder C, Restless legs syndrome: diagnostic assessment and the advantages and risks of dopaminergic treatment. J Neurol 2006;253 Suppl 4:IV22-8.
109. Garcia-Borreguero D, Kohnen R, Silber MH, et al. The long-term treatment of restless legs syndrome/Willis-Ekbom disease: evidence-based guidelines and clinical consensus best practice guidance: a report from the International Restless Legs Syndrome Study Group. Sleep Med 2013;14:675–84.
110. Montagna P, Hornyak M, Ulfberg J, et al. Randomized trial of pramipexole for patients with restless legs syndrome (RLS) and RLS-related impairment of mood. Sleep Med 2011;12:34–40.
111. Partinen M, Hirvonen K, Jama L, et al. Efficacy and safety of pramipexole in idiopathic restless legs syndrome: a polysomnographic dose-finding study--the PRELUDE study. Sleep Med 2006;7:407–17.
112. Trenkwalder C Garcia-Borreguero D, Montagna P, et al. Ropinirole in the treatment of restless legs syndrome: results from the TREAT RLS 1 study, a 12 week, randomised, placebo controlled study in 10 European countries. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 2004;75:92–7.
113. Hening WA, Allen RP, Ondo WG, et al. Rotigotine improves restless legs syndrome: a 6-month randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial in the United States. Mov Disord 2010;25:1675–83.
114. Oertel WH, Benes H, Garcia-Borreguero D, et al. Rotigotine transdermal patch in moderate to severe idiopathic restless legs syndrome: a randomized, placebo-controlled polysomnographic study. Sleep Med 2010;11:848–56.
115. Lee DO, Ziman RB, Perkins AT, et al. A randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled study to assess the efficacy and tolerability of gabapentin enacarbil in subjects with restless legs syndrome. J Clin Sleep Med 2011;7:282–92.
116. Kushida CA, Walters AS, Becker P, et al. A randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, crossover study of XP13512/GSK1838262 in the treatment of patients with primary restless legs syndrome. Sleep 2009;32:159–68.
117. Menza M, Dobkin RD, Marin H, Bienfait K. Sleep disturbances in Parkinson's disease. Mov Disord 2010;25 Suppl 1:S117–22.
118. Louter M, van Sloun RJ, Pevernagie DA, et al. Subjectively impaired bed mobility in Parkinson disease affects sleep efficiency. Sleep Med 2013;14:668–74.
119. Menza M, Dobkin RD, Marin H, et al. Treatment of insomnia in Parkinson's disease: a controlled trial of eszopiclone and placebo. Mov Disord 2010;25:1708–14.
120. Nowell PD, Mazumdar S, Buysse DJ, et al. Benzodiazepines and zolpidem for chronic insomnia: a meta-analysis of treatment efficacy. JAMA 1997;278:2170–7.
121. Rios Romenets S, Creti L, Fichten C, et al. Doxepin and cognitive behavioural therapy for insomnia in patients with Parkinson's disease – a randomized study. Parkinsonism Relat Disord 2013;19:670–5.
122. Ondo WG, Dat Vuong K, Khan H, et al. Daytime sleepiness and other sleep disorders in Parkinson's disease. Neurology 2001;57:1392–6.
123. Razmy A, Lang AE, Shapiro CM, Predictors of impaired daytime sleep and wakefulness in patients with Parkinson disease treated with older (ergot) vs newer (nonergot) dopamine agonists. Arch Neurol 2004;61:97–102.
124. Holloway RG, Shoulson I, Fahn S, et al. Pramipexole vs levodopa as initial treatment for Parkinson disease: a 4-year randomized controlled trial. Arch Neurol 2004;61:1044–53.
125. Paus S, Brecht HM, Koster J, et al. Sleep attacks, daytime sleepiness, and dopamine agonists in Parkinson's disease. Mov Disord 2003;18:659–67.
126. Hogl B, Saletu M, Brandauer E, et al. Modafinil for the treatment of daytime sleepiness in Parkinson's disease: a double-blind, randomized, crossover, placebo-controlled polygraphic trial. Sleep 2002;25:905–9.
127. Ondo WG, Fayle R, Atassi F, Jankovic J. Modafinil for daytime somnolence in Parkinson's disease: double blind, placebo controlled parallel trial. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 2005;76:1636-–9.
128. Adler CH, Caviness JN, Hentz JG, et al. Randomized trial of modafinil for treating subjective daytime sleepiness in patients with Parkinson's disease. Mov Disord 2003;18:287–93.
129. Devos D, Krystkowiak P, Clement F, et al. Improvement of gait by chronic, high doses of methylphenidate in patients with advanced Parkinson's disease. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 2007;78:470–5.
130. Tyne HL, Taylor J, Baker GA, Steiger MJ. Modafinil for Parkinson's disease fatigue. J Neurol 2010;257:452–6.
131. Avorn J, Schneeweiss S, Sudarsky LR, et al. Sudden uncontrollable somnolence and medication use in Parkinson disease. Arch Neurol 2005;62:1242–8.
132. Trotti LM, Bliwise DL. No increased risk of obstructive sleep apnea in Parkinson's disease. Mov Disord 2010;25:2246–9.
133. da Silva-Junior FP, do Prado GF, Barbosa ER, et al. Sleep disordered breathing in Parkinson's disease: A critical appraisal. Sleep Med Rev 2013 Jul 22.
134. Noradina AT, Karim NA, Hamidon BB, et al. Sleep-disordered breathing in patients with Parkinson's disease. Singapore Med J 2010;51:60–4.
135. Oerlemans WG, de Weerd AW. The prevalence of sleep disorders in patients with Parkinson's disease. A self-reported, community-based survey. Sleep Med 2002;3:147–9.
136. Low PA. Prevalence of orthostatic hypotension. Clin Auton Res 2008;18 Suppl 1:8–13.
137. Goldstein DS. Orthostatic hypotension as an early finding in Parkinson's disease. Clin Auton Res 2006;16:46–54.
138. Sharabi Y, Goldstein DS. Mechanisms of orthostatic hypotension and supine hypertension in Parkinson disease. J Neurol Sci 2011;310:123–8.
139. Sanchez-Ferro A, Benito-Leon J, Gomez-Esteban JC. The management of orthostatic hypotension in Parkinson's disease. Front Neurol 2013;4:64.
140. Lahrmann H, Cortelli P, Hilz M, et al. EFNS guidelines on the diagnosis and management of orthostatic hypotension. Eur J Neurol 2006;13:930–6.
141. Schoffer KL, Henderson RD, O'Maley K, O'Sullivan JD. Nonpharmacological treatment, fludrocortisone, and domperidone for orthostatic hypotension in Parkinson's disease. Mov Disord 2007;22:1543–9.
142. Singer W, Sandroni P, Opfer-Gehrking TL, et al. Pyridostigmine treatment trial in neurogenic orthostatic hypotension. Arch Neurol 2006;63:513–8.
143. Low PA, Gilden JL, Freeman R, et al. Efficacy of midodrine vs placebo in neurogenic orthostatic hypotension. A randomized, double-blind multicenter study. Midodrine Study Group. JAMA 1997;277:1046–51.
144. Kaufmann H. L-dihydroxyphenylserine (Droxidopa): a new therapy for neurogenic orthostatic hypotension: the US experience. Clin Auton Res 2008;18 Suppl 1:19–24.
145. Magerkurth C, Schnitzer R, Braune S. Symptoms of autonomic failure in Parkinson's disease: prevalence and impact on daily life. Clin Auton Res 2005;15:76–82.
146. Makaroff L, Gunn A, Gervasoni C, Richy F. Gastrointestinal Disorders in Parkinson's Disease: Prevalence and Health Outcomes in a US Claims Database. J Parkinsons Dis 2011;1:65–74.
147. Abbott RD, Petrovitch H, White LR, et al. Frequency of bowel movements and the future risk of Parkinson's disease. Neurology 2001;57:456–62.
148. Abbott RD, Ross GW, Petrovitch H, et al. Bowel movement frequency in late-life and incidental Lewy bodies. Mov Disord 2007;22:1581–6.
149. Zangaglia R, Martignoni E, Glorioso M, et al. Macrogol for the treatment of constipation in Parkinson's disease. A randomized placebo-controlled study. Mov Disord 2007;22:1239–44.
150. Ondo WG, Kenney C, Sullivan K, et al. Placebo-controlled trial of lubiprostone for constipation associated with Parkinson disease. Neurology 2012;78:1650–4.
151. Cersosimo MG, Benarroch EE. Neural control of the gastrointestinal tract: implications for Parkinson disease. Mov Disord 2008;23:1065–75.
152. Reddymasu SC, Soykan I, McCallum RW. Domperidone: review of pharmacology and clinical applications in gastroenterology. Am J Gastroenterol 2007;102:2036–45.
153. Argolo N, Sampaio M, Pinho P, et al. Do swallowing exercises improve swallowing dynamic and quality of life in Parkinson's disease? NeuroRehabilitation 2013;32:949–55.
154. Troche MS, Sapienza CM, Rosenbek JC. Effects of bolus consistency on timing and safety of swallow in patients with Parkinson's disease. Dysphagia 2008;23:26–32.
155. Edwards LL, Quigley EM, Pfeiffer RF. Gastrointestinal dysfunction in Parkinson's disease: frequency and pathophysiology. Neurology 1992;42:726–32.
156. Kalf JG, Smit AM, Bloem BR, et al. Impact of drooling in Parkinson's disease. J Neurol 2007;254:1227–32.
157. Leibner J, Ramjit A, Sedig L, et al. The impact of and the factors associated with drooling in Parkinson's disease. Parkinsonism Relat Disord 2010;16:475–7.
158. Mancini F, Zangaglia R, Cristina S, et al. Double-blind, placebo-controlled study to evaluate the efficacy and safety of botulinum toxin type A in the treatment of drooling in parkinsonism. Mov Disord 2003;18:685–8.
159. Lagalla G, Millevolte M, Capecci M, et al. Long-lasting benefits of botulinum toxin type B in Parkinson's disease-related drooling. J Neurol 2009;256:563–7.
160. Lagalla G, Millevolte N, Capecci M, et al. Botulinum toxin type A for drooling in Parkinson's disease: a double-blind, randomized, placebo-controlled study. Mov Disord 2006;21:704–7.
161. Arbouw ME, Movig KL, Koopmann M, et al. Glycopyrrolate for sialorrhea in Parkinson disease: a randomized, double-blind, crossover trial. Neurology 2010; 74:1203–7.
162. South AR, Somers, Jog MS. Gum chewing improves swallow frequency and latency in Parkinson patients: a preliminary study. Neurology 2010;74:1198–202.
163. Winge K, Nielsen KK. Bladder dysfunction in advanced Parkinson's disease. Neurourol Urodyn 2012;31:1279–83.
164. Madhuvrata P, Singh PM, Hasafa Z, Abdel-Fattah M. Anticholinergic drugs for adult neurogenic detrusor overactivity: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Eur Urol 2012;62:816–30.
165. Soljanik I. Efficacy and safety of botulinum toxin a intradetrusor injections in adults with neurogenic detrusor overactivity/neurogenic overactive bladder: a systematic review. Drugs 2013;73:1055–66.
166. Sakakibara R, Uchiyama T, Yamanishi T, Kishi M. Genitourinary dysfunction in Parkinson's disease. Mov Disord 2010;25:2–12.
167. Kummer A, Cardoso F, Teixeira AL. Loss of libido in Parkinson's disease. J Sex Med 2009;6:1024–31.
168. Lombardi G, Nelli F, Celso M, et al. Treating erectile dysfunction and central neurological diseases with oral phosphodiesterase type 5 inhibitors. Review of the literature. J Sex Med 2012 9(4): 970–85.
169. Dula E, Bukofzer S, Perdok R, George M. Double-blind, crossover comparison of 3 mg apomorphine SL with placebo and with 4 mg apomorphine SL in male erectile dysfunction. Eur Urol 2001;39(5): 558–3
170. Negre-Pages L, Regragui W, Bouhassira D, et al. Chronic pain in Parkinson's disease: the cross-sectional French DoPaMiP survey. Mov Disord 2008;23:1361–9.
171. Beiske AG, Loge JH, Ronningen A, Svensson E. Pain in Parkinson's disease: Prevalence and characteristics. Pain 2009. 141:173–7.
172. Lin CH, Wu RM, H.Y. Chang HY, et al. Preceding pain symptoms and Parkinson's disease: a nationwide population-based cohort study. Eur J Neurol 2013;20:1398–404.
173. Ha AD, Jankovic J. Pain in Parkinson's disease. Mov Disord 2012; 27:485–91.
174. Ford B. Pain in Parkinson's disease. Mov Disord 2010;25 Suppl 1:S98–103.
175. Loher TJ, Burgunder JM, Weber S, et al. Effect of chronic pallidal deep brain stimulation on off period dystonia and sensory symptoms in advanced Parkinson's disease. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 2002;73:395–9.
176. Ramirez-Ruiz B, Marti MJ, Tolosa E, et al. Longitudinal evaluation of cerebral morphological changes in Parkinson's disease with and without dementia. J Neurol 2005;252:1345–52.
177. Jellinger KA. Formation and development of Lewy pathology: a critical update. J Neurol 2009;256 Suppl 3:270–9.
178. Levy R, Dubois B. Apathy and the functional anatomy of the prefrontal cortex-basal ganglia circuits. Cereb Cortex 2006;16:916–28.
179. Connor JR, Boyer PJ, Menzies SL, et al. Neuropathological examination suggests impaired brain iron acquisition in restless legs syndrome. Neurology 2003;61: 304–9.
180. Earley CJ, Barker P, Horská A, Allen RP. MRI-determined regional brain iron concentrations in early- and late-onset restless legs syndrome. Sleep Med 2006;7: 458–61.
181. Saper CB, Chou TC, Scammell TE. The sleep switch: hypothalamic control of sleep and wakefulness. Trends Neurosci 2001;24:726–31.
182. Boeve BF, Silber MH, Saper CB, et al. Pathophysiology of REM sleep behaviour disorder and relevance to neurodegenerative disease. Brain 2007;130(Pt 11): 2770–88.
183. Benarroch EE, Schmeichel AM, Paris J. Involvement of the ventrolateral medulla in parkinsonism with autonomic failure. Neurology 2000;54:963–8.
184. Chudler EH, Dong WK. The role of the basal ganglia in nociception and pain. Pain 1995;60:3–38.
185. Wolters E. Non-motor extranigral signs and symptoms in Parkinson's disease. Parkinsonism Relat Disord 2009;15 Suppl 3:S6–12.
186. Davidsdottir S, Cronin-Golomb A, Lee A. Visual and spatial symptoms in Parkinson's disease. Vision Res 2005;45:1285–96.
From the Department of Neurology, Movement Disorders Division, University of Pittsburgh Medical Center, Pittsburgh, PA.
Abstract
- Objective: To review the prevalence, diagnosis, and treatment of the nonmotor symptoms (NMS) associated with Parkinson’s disease (PD).
- Methods: Narrative review of the literature.
- Results: The NMS of PD are becoming increasingly recognized as having a critical role in the impact of this neurodegenerative movement disorder. This has led to significant investigative efforts to identify new or better NMS therapies. The preponderance of PD patients will be diagnosed with 1 or multiple NMS during the course of their disease, with many of these symptoms occurring months or even years prior to receiving the PD diagnosis. Despite the high prevalence and impact on disease burden, NMS often go undetected due to a lack of reporting by patients or insufficient interrogation by physicians. Further complicating NMS management is that only a few therapies have the level of evidence needed to support their use in the treatment of NMS.
- Conclusion: The practitioner needs to be aware of NMS and conduct thorough patient questioning in order to recognize, diagnose, and address NMS in PD patients.
Parkinson’s disease (PD) is a neurodegenerative movement disorder with an estimated prevalence of 1% to 2% among the population over the age of 65 years [1]. Recognition and clinical diagnosis of PD is primarily made based on the cardinal motor features, including rigidity, tremor, bradykinesia, and postural instability. The motor symptoms are neuropathologically associated with accumulation of alpha-synuclein with Lewy body formation and neurodegeneration of the nigrostriatal dopamine system. Postmortem evaluation of the brains of PD patients has revealed more widespread degeneration in nondopaminergic systems, including several brainstem nuclei (raphe nucleus, locus ceruleus, dorsal vagal nucleus), limbic and neocortical structures, as well as the peripheral autonomic system [2,3].
The nonmotor symptoms (NMS) of PD are the clinical manifestations of this extensive degeneration, which suggests that NMS are intrinsic and fundamental features of PD. NMS are exceedingly common, and up to 90% of PD patients will experience nonmotor features, including depression, anxiety, sleep disturbances, cognitive impairment, and dysautonomia [4,5] (Table).
NMS have a greater impact on quality of life as compared to the motor symptoms [6,7], but are frequently underrecognized [8]. Evidence suggests that unless there is systematic and specific interrogation by practioners, NMS will elude recognition [9–11]. Recognizing NMS as part of PD is complicated by the fact that these symptoms are common in the general population and not specific for PD [12,13]. NMS can occur at any stage of the disease and may predate diagnosis [12], although as PD progresses the NMS become more prevalent, with a greater impact on health care costs and institutionalization rates than motor features [14,15].
Neuropsychiatric Symptoms
Depression
Epidemiology and Diagnosis
Depression is one of the most common neuropsychiatric manifestations observed in PD patients, with prevalence reports between 4% and 72%, though likely to be closer to 30% to 45% [16–20]. The severity of depression in the PD population has been shown to be greater than in patients with matched chronic disabilities [21,22] and also greater than in the general population over the age of 65 years [23]. The onset of depression can occur at any stage of the disease, even predating the diagnosis. Additionally, depression has more than twice the impact on health status than motor symptoms [24].
Though the mechanisms are not fully understood, it is suspected that psychosocial as well as neuropathological changes contribute to the pathogenesis of depression in PD. In a study comparing 104 PD patients and 61 patients with equivalent disability scores, functional disability was found to be responsible for only 9% of the variation of depression scores [22]. The increased prevalence of depression in PD patients can in part be explained by the neuropathological changes seen in post-mortem studies. Two neurotransmitters that are fundamental in the pathogenesis of depression are serotonin, from the raphe nuclei, and norepinepherine, from the locus ceruleus [20]. Both of these brainstem structures demonstrate alpha-synucleinopathy-associated degeneration and these changes can precede the development of motor dysfunction [3].
Diagnosing depression in PD is complicated by the fact that there is overlap between other PD symptoms and clinical features of depression (ie, amotivation, bradykinesia, fatigue, and sleep disturbances). However, many depressed PD patients are less likely to report feelings of guilt or failure and tend to have higher rates of anxiety [9,20,25]. Typically, PD patients are more likely to be diagnosed with minor depression or dysthymia rather than a major depressive disorder [19,20]. Formal testing through systematic questionnaires are diagnostically useful in the clinic, and serial testing can reveal changes over time to guide more effective treatment. Validated tools to evaluate depression in PD include the Beck Depression Inventory, Hamilton Depression Rating Scale, Montgomery-Asberg Depression Rating Scale, Geriatric DRS, and Hospital Anxiety and Depression scale [20].
Treatment Options
Treatment of depression in PD demonstrates generally poorer responses to typical antidepressants and side effects that may worsen other PD symptoms. Selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs) have been widely used as there are generally few drug-drug interactions and minimal effect on motor symptoms; however, several studies have demonstrated little benefit on depression in PD [26]. In a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial of the antidepressants paroxetine and venlafaxine, both were found to be effective and well tolerated [27]. Tricyclic anti-depressants (TCAs) have also demonstrated efficacy. In randomized controlled trials comparing TCAs to SSRIs, a greater benefit on depression symptoms has been found with TCAs [28–30]. The use of TCAs, however, is limited by anticholinergic side effects that occasionally worsen orthostatic hypotension or cognitive impairment [15,31]. Dopamine agonists have also been studied in depressed PD patients. In a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial [32] and a prospective observational study [33], pramipexole demonstrated significant improvements in depression symptoms. Ropinirole also demonstrated significant symptomatic improvement [34]. These studies suggest that while SSRIs are commonly used, evidence is accumulating to support the role of TCAs, SNRIs, and dopamine agonists in the treatment of depression in PD.
Other therapies have also been tried in pharmacologic-resistant patients. Electroconvulsive therapy has been reported to improve both depression and motor symptoms [35,36]; however, this is a treatment reserved for patients with severe and drug-refractory depression. A randomized controlled trial investigating cognitive behavioral therapy has also demonstrated improvement of depression scores [37]. The role of physical activity as treatment for depression in PD patients is unclear. As described in a recent review by Loprinzi et al [38], the literature is contradictory, with one group experiencing reduced depression but with no signficant effect in several other studies.
Anxiety
Epidemiology and Diagnosis
The prevalence of anxiety in PD patients is about 40% [39], which is 2 times greater than in the general population [9]. Anxiety may worsen PD symptoms, especially tremor and cognition. Risk factors for anxiety include the female gender, greater motor fluctuations, prior history of anxiety, and younger age of PD onset [40]. As with depression, some patients also report worsening of anxious symptoms during “off” states [41]. Screening tools that have been validated to help practitioners identify anxiety in PD include the Hospital Anxiety and Depression Scale, Beck Anxiety Inventory, Zung Self-rating Anxiety Scale, Spielberger State Trait Anxiety Inventory, and Hamilton Anxiety Rating Scale [15].
Treatment Options
The treatment of diagnosed anxiety in PD is primarily with benzodiazepines, which are particularly beneficial in patients whose tremors are exacerbated by anxiety or stress. The use of benzodiazepines has not been evaluated by a randomized controlled trial and use should be limited given the potential risks of sedation, cognitive effects, and psychomotor agitation. Other case studies have found benefit with serotonergic medications like fluoxetine or citalopram (especially with concomitant depression) or with optimization of levodopa therapy [42,43].
Hallucinations, Delusions, and Psychosis
Epidemiology
The prevalence of visual hallucinations in PD patients is about 20% to 40% [44,45]. Risk factors for psychotic symptoms include cognitive impairment, advanced age, prolonged duration of disease, depression, severe dysautonomia, and sleep disorders [46–48]. Early recognition of hallucinations is critical because of a strong correlation between the manifestation of psychosis and the need for nursing home placement or hospitalization. With early and effective treatment there is a decreased need for placement and a reduction on caregiver burden [44,49].
Treatment Options
Hallucinations can occur in delirium and it is important to first rule out an underlying infection or an offending medication, especially if there is a sudden onset or worsening of symptoms. Psychotic symptoms have been reported in drug-naive patients, though they are often iatrogenically induced with dopaminergic agents. All antiparkinsonian medications are capable of inducing or exacerbating hallucinations [9,50]. Additionally, psychotic symptoms tend to improve when dopaminergic agonists are reduced or eliminated. However, there is no clear relationship between the dose of dopaminergic agents and manifestation of hallucinations [48,51,52]. If hallucinations persist or there are motor complications that arise from reduction of dopaminergic agents, initiation of clozapine has been demonstrated to be efficacious in a rater-blinded prospective study and in a retrospective analysis [53–55]; however, regular monitoring for neutropenia is required. Quetiapine has demonstrated similar benefit without significant effects on motor symptoms in a randomized, rater-blinded study and in an evidence-based review [56,57]. It is also important to review or eliminate other medications that may contribute to hallucinations.
Cognitive Impairment
Epidemiology
The prevalence of dementia in the PD population is 20% to 40% [58], though almost 80% of PD patients ultimately develop cognitive decline [59]. Overall, a PD patient is 6 times more likely to develop dementia than someone in the general population [60]. There may be parallel progression of cognitive impairment and motor symptoms, but there is no correlation with overall duration of disease [60,61]. Risk factors linked with the presence of dementia include older age at onset of PD, presence of hallucinations, and male gender [62,63].
Cognitive dysfunction can be detected early in PD through neuropsychological testing; however, impairment of cognition is often insidious and may not be appreciated until symptoms become severe. Several screening tools have been used to evaluate for cognitive impairment in PD including the Mini-Mental State Exam (MMSE), Montreal Cognitive Assessment (MoCA), Mini-Mental Parkinson, Scales for Outcomes of Parkinson’s disease–Cognition, and others. Accumulating evidence, however, is suggestive of the superiority of the MoCA in the detection of cognitive deficits associated
with PD [64].
Dementia is a substantial burden for the caregiver and is a significant contributor to mortality in PD patients [65]. Cognitive impairment often presents with other behavioral symptoms, which further hastens placement outside the home and increases cost of caring for PD patients [49,66].
Cognitive impairment in Parkinson’s disease is typically associated with degeneration of primarily subcortical structures. PD patients with mild cognitive impairment were found to have deficits most significantly in memory, executive function, memory, and language abilities [67]. A recent study by Mak et al evaluated grey matter volumes by structural MRI in PD patients with evidence of mild cognitive impairment by MMSE and MoCA as compared with findings in cognitively intact patients. This demonstrated decreased brain volumes in areas that correlate with affected cognitive domains including the left insula, left superior frontal and left middle temporal areas [68].
Treatment Options
Prior to initiation of therapy, it is important to evaluate the patient for depression and to rule out pseudodementia. Bradyphrenia, or slowness of thought, should also be considered, as this symptom may also lead to an incorrect dementia diagnosis. Lastly, a thorough review of medications should be performed and offending agents including anticholinergics, TCAs, dopamine agonists, and amantadine should be discontinued as these can worsen cognition.
Rivastigmine has demonstrated modest improvement in cognitive performance in PD patients with dementia in a large multicenter, placebo-controlled study [69]. Other cholinesterase inhibitors (ie, donepezil or galantamine) are not recommended at this time due to limited studies or contradictory results in the literature [31,54]. Caution is advised with use of cholinesterase inhibitors as they may worsen tremor or autonomic dysfunction; also, use is limited by nausea or other gastrointestinal symptoms. Memantine, an NMDA receptor antagonist, has also been investigated in randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trials and demonstrated modest improvement of cognition and is generally well tolerated [70,71].
Nonpharmacologic therapy includes physical exercise, which has demonstrated improvement in memory tasks and processing speed [72]. Cognitive training has been less rigorously studied; however, a recent single-blinded controlled study demonstrated significant improvement of learning and memory in PD patients who completed computer-based cognitive training [73].
Compulsive Disorders
Impulse Control Disorders
Impulse control disorders (ICDs) are inappropriate behaviors resulting from a failure to resist an impulse, which leads to pleasure-seeking activities at the expense of relationships and ability to function socially. In PD, ICDs are expressed as pathologic gambling, hypersexuality, binge eating, compulsive shopping, and excessive spending [9,66]. The prevalence of all ICDs in PD is 15% to 20% and a patient may be diagnosed with multiple ICDs [74]. Dopamine agonist use has been implicated in the development of ICDs and this risk is further increased with the addition of levodopa [75,76]. Clinical features associated with ICDs include young age of onset, male gender, family history of addiction, depression or anxiety, and disinhibition or impulsive traits [77,78].
Traditionally, treatment consists of reduction or elimination of dopamine agonists, though adjustment of levodopa therapy may also be necessary. Amantadine as an adjunct therapy has been shown in a randomized, double-blind crossover study to reduce impulsivity in a few patients with pathologic gambling [79].
Dopamine Dysregulation Syndrome
Dopamine dysregulation syndrome (DDS) is characterized by compulsive use of dopaminergic medications beyond what is needed to treat parkinsonian symptoms, and is associated with social impairment. Patients describe addictive symptoms like craving or intense desire to obtain more dopaminergic medication [9,74]. Like ICDs, treatment of DDS consists of modification to dopaminergic medications, though patients with DDS may also require psychiatric evaluation and treatment.
Punding
Punding is another compulsive disorder that is defined as an intense fascination with objects and is associated with repetitive handling, manipulation, sorting, or arrangement of the items [80]. Occurrence of punding has been associated with higher total daily levels of levodopa, although one study has also implicated dopamine agonists [15,81]. As with the other compulsive disorders, punding also tends to respond well to reduction or discontinuation of levodopa. Studies have demonstrated modest benefit with SSRIs or atypical antipsychotics in long-term follow-up [82,83], though one study reported worsening of punding with quetiapine [84].
Apathy
Epidemiology and Treatment
Apathy is often characterized by a loss of motivation or inability to initiate goal-directed behavior, which results in dependence on others for activities of daily living and increases caregiver burden [85]. Patients demonstrate indifference, lack of interest, or inability to express or describe emotion. The apathetic patient may lack spontaneous and voluntary activity, and their affect display is often flattened [86].
With a prevalence of 30% to 50% [87], apathy is as common as depression in PD patients [66,88]. Risk factors associated with apathy include advanced age, severity of depression, severity of motor dysfunction, and dementia [89]. Apathy is frequently mistaken for depression given the significant overlap in symptoms; however, the patient with pure apathy will deny sadness or depressed feelings. It is also important to distinguish apathy from motor impairment or cognitive dysfunction that could explain the behavioral changes. No medications have reliably been shown to improve apathy, though it may be improved with initiation of dopaminergic therapy, especially early in the course [86,90].
Sleep Disorders
The original report of PD by James Parkinson describes sleep disturbances and daytime somnolence [91], which suggests that sleep disorders may be an intrinsic feature of the neurodegenerative process of PD itself.
REM Behavioral Disorder
Epidemiology and Diagnosis
Rapid eye movement behavioral disorder (RBD) is a parasomnia characterized by vocalizations and motor activity during dreaming due to loss of normal atonia associated with rapid eye movement (REM) sleep. Patients enact their dreams, which may lead to violent behaviors that can injure the patient or their bed partner. RBD is seen in 25% to 50% of PD patients [92,93], with variability depending on diagnostic technique and patient selection. Polysomnography is the most important diagnostic tool and demonstrates increased chin tone and limb movements during REM sleep in RBD [94,95]. Diagnosis can also be made clinically with patient and bed partner reports, though sensitivity is only approximately 30% [15].
Interestingly, many studies are now investigating the relationship between presence of RBD and later onset of neurodegenerative disorders. Multiple studies have shown that 40% to 65% of patients diagnosed with idiopathic RBD later develop an alpha-synucleinopathy, which includes PD, dementia with Lewy bodies, or multiple system atrophy within 10 years [92,95]. Prior studies report that as many as 90% of patients with idiopathic RBD develop neurodegenerative synucleinopathy when followed over 14 years [96]. Idiopathic RBD is currently being investigated as a potential clinical marker of pre-symptomatic PD in a multicenter observational study. If RBD is an early marker for neurodegenerative disease, it may be used to identify patients for neuroprotective trials as treatments are developed.
Treatment Options
Low-dose clonazepam (0.25–1 mg) is the mainstay of therapy, especially for patients that injure themselves or bed partners [97]; however, the use of benzodiazepines is historical and there remain no randomized controlled double-blind studies to evaluate the efficacy of clonazepam. Use of clonazepam may be limited by daytime sedation, confusion, or psychomotor agitation [31,97,98]. Melatonin (doses between 3–12 mg at bedtime) has also demonstrated benefit in RBD in a double-blind, placebo-controlled trial and in a small case series, with fewer side effects and no addiction potential as compared to clonazepam [99,100]. Case reports also support the use of several other effective medications, including cholinesterase inhibitors (rivastigmine and donepezil) and dopaminergic agents (pramipexole and levodopa) [15,20].
Restless Leg Syndrome and Periodic Limb Movements in Sleep
Epidemiology
Restless leg syndrome (RLS) and periodic limb movements in sleep (PLMS) cause disruptions of sleep and have an important impact on quality of sleep in PD patients. RLS is described as a strong urge to move the legs, accompanied by an uncomfortable sensation that is exacerbated at rest and relieved by movement. RLS is more frequently diagnosed in patients with PD, though prevalence reports vary widely [15]. Secondary causes for RLS should be investigated including iron deficiency, uremia and polyneuropathy. Several case reports demonstrate onset or worsening of RLS with use of antidepressants [101, 102] or antipsychotics like risperidone, aripiprazole, and quetiapine [103,104].
PLMS occurs in approximately 80% to 90% of patients with RLS, though may be present independently, and when seen on polysomnography is supportive of RLS [105]. PLMS is characterized by repetitive dorsiflexion of the foot, extension of the great toe, and may be accompanied by flexion of the knee and hip. The prevalence of PLMS in PD is approximately 60% and correlates with severity of PD motor features [106].
Treatment Options
Treatment of RLS should be initiated with nonpharmacologic therapies including good sleep hygiene, exercise, leg massage, and heat or ice packs [105,107]. Dopamine (DA) agonists are the primary treatment for RLS; however, even modest adjustments in levodopa can be helpful. One drawback to levodopa therapy is augmentation (a worsening or reappearance of symptoms) when serum levels fall due to the short half-life of levodopa [107,108]. DA agonists are less likely to cause augmentation. Both pramipexole and ropinirole have been extensively investigated in controlled, randomized, double-blind studies with benefits in 70% to 90% of patients with RLS and PLMS; however, there is a risk of developing compulsive behaviors [109–112]. Another option for PD patients is rotigotine, which has demonstrated improvement of RLS symptoms in a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial and has the added benefit that it may also help with motor symptoms [113,114].
More recently, gabapentin enacarbil has demonstrated improvement of moderate to severe RLS and was well tolerated in multiple randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trials [107,115,116]. Lastly, opioids (tramadol, oxycodone, codeine) have been shown to be effective, especially in the treatment of RLS that is refractory to other treatments [105,107].
Insomnia
Epidemiology
The most common sleep disorder in PD is insomnia, with a prevalence between 37% to 88% [14,117]. Insomnia is associated with difficulty in initiation or maintenance of sleep. Disruption of sleep typically leads to daytime somnolence and patient reports of a strong impact on motor disability and overall quality of life. There are several contributors to insomnia in PD patients including nocturia, depression, RLS, dystonia, and akinesia/rigidity/difficulty turning in bed [118].
Treatment Options
The use of carbidopa/levodopa controlled-release formulations at bedtime is associated with improved sleep duration and nocturnal akinesia, although it does not demonstrate a significant improvement in overall sleep ratings [54]. Hypnotics like eszopiclone and zolpidem have also demonstrated improved quality of sleep in limited controlled trials and a meta-analysis, but use is limited by sedation, dizziness, and falls [54,119]. Benzodiazepines improve sleep latency, but there is a risk of cognitive impairment, tolerance, and falls [117,120]. Melatonin at 3 to 5 mg and 50 mg doses have been investigated in 2 randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trials; however, there was a modest benefit and it was concluded that there is insufficient evidence to support the use of melatonin [54]. Nevertheless, melatonin is well tolerated and may be tried with minimal risk [54]. More recently, a randomized controlled trial using doxepin has demonstrated improvement of insomnia scores and was generally well tolerated [121].
Excessive Daytime Sleepiness and Abrupt Sleep Onset
EDS and Fatigue: Epidemiology and Treatment
A common complaint by PD patients is excessive daytime sleepiness (EDS), which can be verified with multiple sleep latency testing. EDS frequency varies in the literature, but is seen in approximately 15% to 50% of PD patients [4,122]. The etiology is usually multifactorial, with insomnia, dysautonomia, and depression as contributing factors [117]. A longer duration of symptoms, greater total load of levodopa, cognitive decline, and male gender are all risk factors for EDS [122,123]. It has been proposed that EDS is an intrinsic feature of PD; however, there is also an association with the use of antiparkinsonian medications. A randomized controlled trial demonstrated that use of the dopamine agonist pramipexole was associated with greater somnolence as compared to levodopa therapy (35% vs. 13%); however, this difference was only seen during the initial escalation phase [124]. Additionally, the combined use of dopamine agonists and levodopa has shown an even greater risk of EDS [125]. The evidence for the use of stimulants for EDS is lacking. The few studies conducted with modafinil have not demonstrated a robust improvement of EDS [126–128]. Other stimulants like methylphenidate have been studied with improvement of Epworth Sleepiness Score, though no randomized control trials have been undertaken [129].
It is important to distinguish EDS, a propensity for daytime sleep, from fatigue or excessive tiredness associated with mental or physical exertion [117]. Fatigue is often multifactorial and may be related to insomnia, sleep apnea, sedating effects of medications, frequent awakenings from nocturia, and degeneration of brain areas regulating sleep/wake cycles related to the underlying disease process [20, 117]. It is also important to consider depression and dementia in the differential, as these disorders may be erroneously be diagnosed as fatigue. Treatment of fatigue should include regular mild exercise, maintenance of a stimulating environment, removal of sedating medications, and management of intrinsic sleep disorders if present [117]. The use of stimulants for fatigue is controversial. A small randomized controlled trial (n = 48) using modafinil demonstrated improvement on the global clinical impression scale for fatigue but no significant change on the Fatigue Severity Scale; this study was limited by the power and points to the need for a larger study [130].
Sleep Attacks: Epidemiology and Treatment
Abrupt sleep onset, or “sleep attacks,” occurs when transition from wake to sleep is unavoidable and may occur without warning. Sleep attacks are threefold more likely to occur in patients using DA agonists, with an associated dose-related increase in risk [131]. Adjustment or elimination of DA agonists often improves sleep attacks, though it is important to address concurrent EDS if present. Nonpharmacologic treatments to consider include mild exercise, early morning bright light exposure, and a stimulating environment [117].
Sleep-Disordered Breathing/Obstructive Sleep Apnea
Epidemiology and Treatment
Sleep-disordered breathing (SDB) consists of either a deficit in the drive to breathe as in central sleep apnea, or may be due to an blockage of the airway as seen in obstructive sleep apnea (OSA). Apnea leads to oxygen desaturations that consequently trigger awakenings throughout the night, which in turn is experienced by the patient as daytime somnolence [117]. The prevalence of SDB and OSA is variable in the literature, ranging from no increased risk in PD patients [132,133] to 50% prevalence in PD patients [134,135]. Discussions with bed partners, history of snoring, and clinical reports of EDS or daytime fatigue are important indicators of SDB. Polysomnography confirms the diagnosis and can direct treatment, which frequently includes application of CPAP devices during sleep.
Autinomic Dysfunction
Orthostatic Hypotension
Epidemiology and Diagnosis
Orthostatic hypotension (OH) is defined as a 20-mm Hg fall in systolic blood pressure or 10-mm Hg drop in diastolic blood pressure within 3 minutes of a change in position. The prevalence of OH in PD patients is 30% to 60% [136,137]. Symptoms of OH can occur early in the disease and may precede diagnosis of PD [137]. Patients experience OH as dizziness, drowsiness, palpitations, nausea, or loss of consciousness. Additionally, falls and supine hypertension that accompany OH are associated with increased risk of morbidity and mortality in PD patients [138]. Several medications used in the treatment of PD can exacerbate OH, including levodopa, DA agonists, MAO-B inhibitors, and TCAs [139].
Treatment Options
First-line therapies for OH include nonpharmacologic methods such as compression stockings, sleeping with head elevated to 30 degrees, increased water and salt intake, more frequent small meals, and slowly changing position [140]. Additionally, it is important to discuss the removal or reduction of all antihypertensives with the patient’s PCP. Fludrocortisone (a mineralacorticoid) and domperidone (a peripheral dopamine antagonist not currently approved for use in the United States) modestly improved OH in a 2-phase, randomized, controlled, double-blind, crossover trial [141]. Pyridostigmine has also demonstrated improvement of standing blood pressure and OH symptoms in a double-blind, randomized cross-over study and has the additional benefit of not worsening supine hypertension [142]. Other effective treatments include midodrine, per a randomized, double-blind multicenter study [143], as well as droxidopa in a double-blind, crossover, placebo-controlled study [144]. Currently there is insufficient evidence to support the preferential use of any specific agent in the treatment of OH in PD.
Gastrointestinal Dysmotility
Constipation: Epidemiology and Treatment
Constipation is reported by nearly 60% of PD patients [145]. Constipation can precede the development of motor symptoms of PD, and the prevalence of GI disturbances increases with age and longer duration of disease. Nearly one third of patients will have been diagnosed with a GI disturbance within the year prior to PD diagnosis [146], which is associated with an increased risk for the development PD [147]. People with constipation (defined as < 1 bowel movement per day) but without a PD diagnosis had more nigral Lewy body degeneration postmortem [148] compared with people without constipation.
Treatments for constipation include dietary modification, increased fluid intake, and mild exercise. Macrogol significantly improved constipation in PD patients and was very well tolerated in a randomized placebo-controlled study [149]. Lubiprostone, a GI active prostaglandin, is also effective in the short-term treatment of constipation in a placebo-controlled trial [150].
Gastroparesis: Epidemiology and Treatment
Gastroparesis, like constipation, is related to enteric dopaminergic cell loss and degeneration of the dorsal motor nucleus of the vagus [151]. Patients experience gastroparesis as early satiety, full sensation, and nausea. Decreased gastric motility leads to retention of food as well as medications, which can slow absorption and delay onset of action for many medications including levodopa. Domperidone has both prokinetic and antiemetic properties, which have been beneficial in the treatment of gastroparesis [152], but its use is not currently approved in the United States.
Dysphagia: Epidemiology and Treatment
Dysphagia is associated with more advanced stages of PD as well as a significant increase in morbidity. Swallow exercises have demonstrated improvement of dysphagia [153]. The impact of levodopa therapy on dysphagia in the literature is controversial. Videofluoroscopic examination is the most common method for evaluation of swallowing disorders and provides important information for speech-language pathologists regarding recommendations for dietary modifications [154]. Adjustment of medication regimens to avoid an oral route is also helpful. This includes Parcopa, orally disintegrating carbidopa/levodopa tablets, and transdermal approaches like the rotigotine patch. For some patients, enteral nutrition is needed and placement of nasogastric tubes or percutaneous endoscopic gastrostomy tubes are an option.
Sialorrhea (Drooling)
Epidemiology
Difficulty handling oral secretions due to impaired or infrequent swallowing results in sialorrhea in up to 75% of PD patients [155], which is a significant embarrassment for most patients [156]. PD patients with drooling have difficulty speaking, eating, and engaging in social interactions, which significantly impacts perceived quality of life [157].
Treatment Options
Botulinum toxin (A and B) injections into the submandibular or parotid glands have demonstrated efficacy in multiple double-blind, randomized, placebo-controlled studies for the treatment of sialorrhea in PD patients; however, injections are associated with greater invasiveness and cost [158–160]. Glycopyrrolate, an anticholinergic drug, was also efficacious in the treatment of sialorrhea in the short term in a double-blind, randomized, placebo-controlled study [161]. Alternatively, gum chewing increases swallow frequency, improves drooling, and also shows a benefit with dysphagia [162].
Genitourinary Disturbances
Bladdery dysfunction: Epidemiology and Treatment
Bladder dysfunction in PD is often secondary to hyperactivity of the detrusor muscle leading to urinary urgency, increased urinary frequency, and nocturia. Less commonly, hypoactive detrusor muscle causes difficulty with initiation of urination, delayed bladder emptying, and recurrent infections. Urinary disturbances may occur before the onset of motor symptoms or early on in the disease course [12]. Disease severity is associated with greater urinary disturbances, and more than 50% of advanced PD patients report severe bladder symptoms [163].
Anticholinergic medications such as oxybutynin, solifenacin, and tolterodine are commonly used in the treatment of detrusor hyperactivity and demonstrate significant improvement in detrusor pressure in a recent systemic review and meta-analysis [164]. PD patients on these agents should be closely monitored for side effects including cognitive impairment, somnolence, hallucinations, confusion, and blurred vision. Other treatments include botulinum toxin injections into the detrusor muscle, which has demonstrated safety and efficacy in a recent systematic review [165].
Erectile dysfunction: Epidemiology and Treatment
Erectile dysfunction (ED) is reported by more than 60% of male PD patients [145] and is thought to be related to hypothalamic dysfunction and modification of the dopamine-oxytocin pathway [166]. Effects of PD medications, cognitive impairment, fatigue, apathy, and low testosterone contribute to loss of libido and ED [20,167]. Phosphodiesterase inhibitors such as sildenafil, vardenafil, and tadalafil are possibly useful in the treatment of ED in PD patients, though randomized trials have been limited [166,168]. Apomorphine sublingually is another medication that has demonstrated improvement of ED in a double-blind, crossover study and can be considered for patients with contraindications to phosphodiesterase inhibitors [169].
Sensory Symptoms
Pain
Epidemiology
Sensory disturbances in PD include diminished ability to identify odors, visual abnormalities (blurred vision, abnormal color perception, double vision), and pain. Pain is the most disabling sensory disturbance, though frequently underreported. Nearly two thirds of PD patients report pain, [170], though only half of patients receive any treatment [171]. Pain may also be a presenting symptom that precedes the clinical diagnosis of PD [172,173].
Treatment Options
There are several types of pain described by PD patients, the most common of which is musculoskeletal, typically involving the shoulder. Other types include dystonic, radicular, and central pain [174]. First-line treatment of musculoskeletal complaints includes nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs) and physiotherapy. Modification of levodopa regimen (including altering timing and frequency or adding controlled release formulations) can often provide relief for dystonic pain, and also for central pain for some patients [173, 174]. Deep brain stimulation, with subthalamic nucleus or globus pallidus targets, has demonstrated improvement with dystonic, central, and musculoskeletal pain in a small clinical study [175].
Conclusion
NMS are an intrinsic part of PD, may predate diagnosis, and substantially affect the majority of patients with PD. For many of these patients, NMS have a greater impact on quality of life and health care costs than the cardinal motor symptoms that define the disease. Many of these symptoms are not recognized by practioners and often are not volunteered by PD patients, making it important for practitioners to routinely and directly inquire about NMS. Treatment of NMS in PD is challenging, and only a few therapies have the level of evidence needed to support their use in the treatment of these problems. Nevertheless, proper recognition and addressing of these symptoms afford the clinician an opportunity to make a positive and potentially significant impact on the PD patient’s quality of life.
Corresponding author: Samay Jain, MD, MS, Dept of Neurology, 811 Kaufmann Bldg, Pittsburgh, PA 15213, [email protected].
Financial disclosures: None.
From the Department of Neurology, Movement Disorders Division, University of Pittsburgh Medical Center, Pittsburgh, PA.
Abstract
- Objective: To review the prevalence, diagnosis, and treatment of the nonmotor symptoms (NMS) associated with Parkinson’s disease (PD).
- Methods: Narrative review of the literature.
- Results: The NMS of PD are becoming increasingly recognized as having a critical role in the impact of this neurodegenerative movement disorder. This has led to significant investigative efforts to identify new or better NMS therapies. The preponderance of PD patients will be diagnosed with 1 or multiple NMS during the course of their disease, with many of these symptoms occurring months or even years prior to receiving the PD diagnosis. Despite the high prevalence and impact on disease burden, NMS often go undetected due to a lack of reporting by patients or insufficient interrogation by physicians. Further complicating NMS management is that only a few therapies have the level of evidence needed to support their use in the treatment of NMS.
- Conclusion: The practitioner needs to be aware of NMS and conduct thorough patient questioning in order to recognize, diagnose, and address NMS in PD patients.
Parkinson’s disease (PD) is a neurodegenerative movement disorder with an estimated prevalence of 1% to 2% among the population over the age of 65 years [1]. Recognition and clinical diagnosis of PD is primarily made based on the cardinal motor features, including rigidity, tremor, bradykinesia, and postural instability. The motor symptoms are neuropathologically associated with accumulation of alpha-synuclein with Lewy body formation and neurodegeneration of the nigrostriatal dopamine system. Postmortem evaluation of the brains of PD patients has revealed more widespread degeneration in nondopaminergic systems, including several brainstem nuclei (raphe nucleus, locus ceruleus, dorsal vagal nucleus), limbic and neocortical structures, as well as the peripheral autonomic system [2,3].
The nonmotor symptoms (NMS) of PD are the clinical manifestations of this extensive degeneration, which suggests that NMS are intrinsic and fundamental features of PD. NMS are exceedingly common, and up to 90% of PD patients will experience nonmotor features, including depression, anxiety, sleep disturbances, cognitive impairment, and dysautonomia [4,5] (Table).
NMS have a greater impact on quality of life as compared to the motor symptoms [6,7], but are frequently underrecognized [8]. Evidence suggests that unless there is systematic and specific interrogation by practioners, NMS will elude recognition [9–11]. Recognizing NMS as part of PD is complicated by the fact that these symptoms are common in the general population and not specific for PD [12,13]. NMS can occur at any stage of the disease and may predate diagnosis [12], although as PD progresses the NMS become more prevalent, with a greater impact on health care costs and institutionalization rates than motor features [14,15].
Neuropsychiatric Symptoms
Depression
Epidemiology and Diagnosis
Depression is one of the most common neuropsychiatric manifestations observed in PD patients, with prevalence reports between 4% and 72%, though likely to be closer to 30% to 45% [16–20]. The severity of depression in the PD population has been shown to be greater than in patients with matched chronic disabilities [21,22] and also greater than in the general population over the age of 65 years [23]. The onset of depression can occur at any stage of the disease, even predating the diagnosis. Additionally, depression has more than twice the impact on health status than motor symptoms [24].
Though the mechanisms are not fully understood, it is suspected that psychosocial as well as neuropathological changes contribute to the pathogenesis of depression in PD. In a study comparing 104 PD patients and 61 patients with equivalent disability scores, functional disability was found to be responsible for only 9% of the variation of depression scores [22]. The increased prevalence of depression in PD patients can in part be explained by the neuropathological changes seen in post-mortem studies. Two neurotransmitters that are fundamental in the pathogenesis of depression are serotonin, from the raphe nuclei, and norepinepherine, from the locus ceruleus [20]. Both of these brainstem structures demonstrate alpha-synucleinopathy-associated degeneration and these changes can precede the development of motor dysfunction [3].
Diagnosing depression in PD is complicated by the fact that there is overlap between other PD symptoms and clinical features of depression (ie, amotivation, bradykinesia, fatigue, and sleep disturbances). However, many depressed PD patients are less likely to report feelings of guilt or failure and tend to have higher rates of anxiety [9,20,25]. Typically, PD patients are more likely to be diagnosed with minor depression or dysthymia rather than a major depressive disorder [19,20]. Formal testing through systematic questionnaires are diagnostically useful in the clinic, and serial testing can reveal changes over time to guide more effective treatment. Validated tools to evaluate depression in PD include the Beck Depression Inventory, Hamilton Depression Rating Scale, Montgomery-Asberg Depression Rating Scale, Geriatric DRS, and Hospital Anxiety and Depression scale [20].
Treatment Options
Treatment of depression in PD demonstrates generally poorer responses to typical antidepressants and side effects that may worsen other PD symptoms. Selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs) have been widely used as there are generally few drug-drug interactions and minimal effect on motor symptoms; however, several studies have demonstrated little benefit on depression in PD [26]. In a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial of the antidepressants paroxetine and venlafaxine, both were found to be effective and well tolerated [27]. Tricyclic anti-depressants (TCAs) have also demonstrated efficacy. In randomized controlled trials comparing TCAs to SSRIs, a greater benefit on depression symptoms has been found with TCAs [28–30]. The use of TCAs, however, is limited by anticholinergic side effects that occasionally worsen orthostatic hypotension or cognitive impairment [15,31]. Dopamine agonists have also been studied in depressed PD patients. In a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial [32] and a prospective observational study [33], pramipexole demonstrated significant improvements in depression symptoms. Ropinirole also demonstrated significant symptomatic improvement [34]. These studies suggest that while SSRIs are commonly used, evidence is accumulating to support the role of TCAs, SNRIs, and dopamine agonists in the treatment of depression in PD.
Other therapies have also been tried in pharmacologic-resistant patients. Electroconvulsive therapy has been reported to improve both depression and motor symptoms [35,36]; however, this is a treatment reserved for patients with severe and drug-refractory depression. A randomized controlled trial investigating cognitive behavioral therapy has also demonstrated improvement of depression scores [37]. The role of physical activity as treatment for depression in PD patients is unclear. As described in a recent review by Loprinzi et al [38], the literature is contradictory, with one group experiencing reduced depression but with no signficant effect in several other studies.
Anxiety
Epidemiology and Diagnosis
The prevalence of anxiety in PD patients is about 40% [39], which is 2 times greater than in the general population [9]. Anxiety may worsen PD symptoms, especially tremor and cognition. Risk factors for anxiety include the female gender, greater motor fluctuations, prior history of anxiety, and younger age of PD onset [40]. As with depression, some patients also report worsening of anxious symptoms during “off” states [41]. Screening tools that have been validated to help practitioners identify anxiety in PD include the Hospital Anxiety and Depression Scale, Beck Anxiety Inventory, Zung Self-rating Anxiety Scale, Spielberger State Trait Anxiety Inventory, and Hamilton Anxiety Rating Scale [15].
Treatment Options
The treatment of diagnosed anxiety in PD is primarily with benzodiazepines, which are particularly beneficial in patients whose tremors are exacerbated by anxiety or stress. The use of benzodiazepines has not been evaluated by a randomized controlled trial and use should be limited given the potential risks of sedation, cognitive effects, and psychomotor agitation. Other case studies have found benefit with serotonergic medications like fluoxetine or citalopram (especially with concomitant depression) or with optimization of levodopa therapy [42,43].
Hallucinations, Delusions, and Psychosis
Epidemiology
The prevalence of visual hallucinations in PD patients is about 20% to 40% [44,45]. Risk factors for psychotic symptoms include cognitive impairment, advanced age, prolonged duration of disease, depression, severe dysautonomia, and sleep disorders [46–48]. Early recognition of hallucinations is critical because of a strong correlation between the manifestation of psychosis and the need for nursing home placement or hospitalization. With early and effective treatment there is a decreased need for placement and a reduction on caregiver burden [44,49].
Treatment Options
Hallucinations can occur in delirium and it is important to first rule out an underlying infection or an offending medication, especially if there is a sudden onset or worsening of symptoms. Psychotic symptoms have been reported in drug-naive patients, though they are often iatrogenically induced with dopaminergic agents. All antiparkinsonian medications are capable of inducing or exacerbating hallucinations [9,50]. Additionally, psychotic symptoms tend to improve when dopaminergic agonists are reduced or eliminated. However, there is no clear relationship between the dose of dopaminergic agents and manifestation of hallucinations [48,51,52]. If hallucinations persist or there are motor complications that arise from reduction of dopaminergic agents, initiation of clozapine has been demonstrated to be efficacious in a rater-blinded prospective study and in a retrospective analysis [53–55]; however, regular monitoring for neutropenia is required. Quetiapine has demonstrated similar benefit without significant effects on motor symptoms in a randomized, rater-blinded study and in an evidence-based review [56,57]. It is also important to review or eliminate other medications that may contribute to hallucinations.
Cognitive Impairment
Epidemiology
The prevalence of dementia in the PD population is 20% to 40% [58], though almost 80% of PD patients ultimately develop cognitive decline [59]. Overall, a PD patient is 6 times more likely to develop dementia than someone in the general population [60]. There may be parallel progression of cognitive impairment and motor symptoms, but there is no correlation with overall duration of disease [60,61]. Risk factors linked with the presence of dementia include older age at onset of PD, presence of hallucinations, and male gender [62,63].
Cognitive dysfunction can be detected early in PD through neuropsychological testing; however, impairment of cognition is often insidious and may not be appreciated until symptoms become severe. Several screening tools have been used to evaluate for cognitive impairment in PD including the Mini-Mental State Exam (MMSE), Montreal Cognitive Assessment (MoCA), Mini-Mental Parkinson, Scales for Outcomes of Parkinson’s disease–Cognition, and others. Accumulating evidence, however, is suggestive of the superiority of the MoCA in the detection of cognitive deficits associated
with PD [64].
Dementia is a substantial burden for the caregiver and is a significant contributor to mortality in PD patients [65]. Cognitive impairment often presents with other behavioral symptoms, which further hastens placement outside the home and increases cost of caring for PD patients [49,66].
Cognitive impairment in Parkinson’s disease is typically associated with degeneration of primarily subcortical structures. PD patients with mild cognitive impairment were found to have deficits most significantly in memory, executive function, memory, and language abilities [67]. A recent study by Mak et al evaluated grey matter volumes by structural MRI in PD patients with evidence of mild cognitive impairment by MMSE and MoCA as compared with findings in cognitively intact patients. This demonstrated decreased brain volumes in areas that correlate with affected cognitive domains including the left insula, left superior frontal and left middle temporal areas [68].
Treatment Options
Prior to initiation of therapy, it is important to evaluate the patient for depression and to rule out pseudodementia. Bradyphrenia, or slowness of thought, should also be considered, as this symptom may also lead to an incorrect dementia diagnosis. Lastly, a thorough review of medications should be performed and offending agents including anticholinergics, TCAs, dopamine agonists, and amantadine should be discontinued as these can worsen cognition.
Rivastigmine has demonstrated modest improvement in cognitive performance in PD patients with dementia in a large multicenter, placebo-controlled study [69]. Other cholinesterase inhibitors (ie, donepezil or galantamine) are not recommended at this time due to limited studies or contradictory results in the literature [31,54]. Caution is advised with use of cholinesterase inhibitors as they may worsen tremor or autonomic dysfunction; also, use is limited by nausea or other gastrointestinal symptoms. Memantine, an NMDA receptor antagonist, has also been investigated in randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trials and demonstrated modest improvement of cognition and is generally well tolerated [70,71].
Nonpharmacologic therapy includes physical exercise, which has demonstrated improvement in memory tasks and processing speed [72]. Cognitive training has been less rigorously studied; however, a recent single-blinded controlled study demonstrated significant improvement of learning and memory in PD patients who completed computer-based cognitive training [73].
Compulsive Disorders
Impulse Control Disorders
Impulse control disorders (ICDs) are inappropriate behaviors resulting from a failure to resist an impulse, which leads to pleasure-seeking activities at the expense of relationships and ability to function socially. In PD, ICDs are expressed as pathologic gambling, hypersexuality, binge eating, compulsive shopping, and excessive spending [9,66]. The prevalence of all ICDs in PD is 15% to 20% and a patient may be diagnosed with multiple ICDs [74]. Dopamine agonist use has been implicated in the development of ICDs and this risk is further increased with the addition of levodopa [75,76]. Clinical features associated with ICDs include young age of onset, male gender, family history of addiction, depression or anxiety, and disinhibition or impulsive traits [77,78].
Traditionally, treatment consists of reduction or elimination of dopamine agonists, though adjustment of levodopa therapy may also be necessary. Amantadine as an adjunct therapy has been shown in a randomized, double-blind crossover study to reduce impulsivity in a few patients with pathologic gambling [79].
Dopamine Dysregulation Syndrome
Dopamine dysregulation syndrome (DDS) is characterized by compulsive use of dopaminergic medications beyond what is needed to treat parkinsonian symptoms, and is associated with social impairment. Patients describe addictive symptoms like craving or intense desire to obtain more dopaminergic medication [9,74]. Like ICDs, treatment of DDS consists of modification to dopaminergic medications, though patients with DDS may also require psychiatric evaluation and treatment.
Punding
Punding is another compulsive disorder that is defined as an intense fascination with objects and is associated with repetitive handling, manipulation, sorting, or arrangement of the items [80]. Occurrence of punding has been associated with higher total daily levels of levodopa, although one study has also implicated dopamine agonists [15,81]. As with the other compulsive disorders, punding also tends to respond well to reduction or discontinuation of levodopa. Studies have demonstrated modest benefit with SSRIs or atypical antipsychotics in long-term follow-up [82,83], though one study reported worsening of punding with quetiapine [84].
Apathy
Epidemiology and Treatment
Apathy is often characterized by a loss of motivation or inability to initiate goal-directed behavior, which results in dependence on others for activities of daily living and increases caregiver burden [85]. Patients demonstrate indifference, lack of interest, or inability to express or describe emotion. The apathetic patient may lack spontaneous and voluntary activity, and their affect display is often flattened [86].
With a prevalence of 30% to 50% [87], apathy is as common as depression in PD patients [66,88]. Risk factors associated with apathy include advanced age, severity of depression, severity of motor dysfunction, and dementia [89]. Apathy is frequently mistaken for depression given the significant overlap in symptoms; however, the patient with pure apathy will deny sadness or depressed feelings. It is also important to distinguish apathy from motor impairment or cognitive dysfunction that could explain the behavioral changes. No medications have reliably been shown to improve apathy, though it may be improved with initiation of dopaminergic therapy, especially early in the course [86,90].
Sleep Disorders
The original report of PD by James Parkinson describes sleep disturbances and daytime somnolence [91], which suggests that sleep disorders may be an intrinsic feature of the neurodegenerative process of PD itself.
REM Behavioral Disorder
Epidemiology and Diagnosis
Rapid eye movement behavioral disorder (RBD) is a parasomnia characterized by vocalizations and motor activity during dreaming due to loss of normal atonia associated with rapid eye movement (REM) sleep. Patients enact their dreams, which may lead to violent behaviors that can injure the patient or their bed partner. RBD is seen in 25% to 50% of PD patients [92,93], with variability depending on diagnostic technique and patient selection. Polysomnography is the most important diagnostic tool and demonstrates increased chin tone and limb movements during REM sleep in RBD [94,95]. Diagnosis can also be made clinically with patient and bed partner reports, though sensitivity is only approximately 30% [15].
Interestingly, many studies are now investigating the relationship between presence of RBD and later onset of neurodegenerative disorders. Multiple studies have shown that 40% to 65% of patients diagnosed with idiopathic RBD later develop an alpha-synucleinopathy, which includes PD, dementia with Lewy bodies, or multiple system atrophy within 10 years [92,95]. Prior studies report that as many as 90% of patients with idiopathic RBD develop neurodegenerative synucleinopathy when followed over 14 years [96]. Idiopathic RBD is currently being investigated as a potential clinical marker of pre-symptomatic PD in a multicenter observational study. If RBD is an early marker for neurodegenerative disease, it may be used to identify patients for neuroprotective trials as treatments are developed.
Treatment Options
Low-dose clonazepam (0.25–1 mg) is the mainstay of therapy, especially for patients that injure themselves or bed partners [97]; however, the use of benzodiazepines is historical and there remain no randomized controlled double-blind studies to evaluate the efficacy of clonazepam. Use of clonazepam may be limited by daytime sedation, confusion, or psychomotor agitation [31,97,98]. Melatonin (doses between 3–12 mg at bedtime) has also demonstrated benefit in RBD in a double-blind, placebo-controlled trial and in a small case series, with fewer side effects and no addiction potential as compared to clonazepam [99,100]. Case reports also support the use of several other effective medications, including cholinesterase inhibitors (rivastigmine and donepezil) and dopaminergic agents (pramipexole and levodopa) [15,20].
Restless Leg Syndrome and Periodic Limb Movements in Sleep
Epidemiology
Restless leg syndrome (RLS) and periodic limb movements in sleep (PLMS) cause disruptions of sleep and have an important impact on quality of sleep in PD patients. RLS is described as a strong urge to move the legs, accompanied by an uncomfortable sensation that is exacerbated at rest and relieved by movement. RLS is more frequently diagnosed in patients with PD, though prevalence reports vary widely [15]. Secondary causes for RLS should be investigated including iron deficiency, uremia and polyneuropathy. Several case reports demonstrate onset or worsening of RLS with use of antidepressants [101, 102] or antipsychotics like risperidone, aripiprazole, and quetiapine [103,104].
PLMS occurs in approximately 80% to 90% of patients with RLS, though may be present independently, and when seen on polysomnography is supportive of RLS [105]. PLMS is characterized by repetitive dorsiflexion of the foot, extension of the great toe, and may be accompanied by flexion of the knee and hip. The prevalence of PLMS in PD is approximately 60% and correlates with severity of PD motor features [106].
Treatment Options
Treatment of RLS should be initiated with nonpharmacologic therapies including good sleep hygiene, exercise, leg massage, and heat or ice packs [105,107]. Dopamine (DA) agonists are the primary treatment for RLS; however, even modest adjustments in levodopa can be helpful. One drawback to levodopa therapy is augmentation (a worsening or reappearance of symptoms) when serum levels fall due to the short half-life of levodopa [107,108]. DA agonists are less likely to cause augmentation. Both pramipexole and ropinirole have been extensively investigated in controlled, randomized, double-blind studies with benefits in 70% to 90% of patients with RLS and PLMS; however, there is a risk of developing compulsive behaviors [109–112]. Another option for PD patients is rotigotine, which has demonstrated improvement of RLS symptoms in a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial and has the added benefit that it may also help with motor symptoms [113,114].
More recently, gabapentin enacarbil has demonstrated improvement of moderate to severe RLS and was well tolerated in multiple randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trials [107,115,116]. Lastly, opioids (tramadol, oxycodone, codeine) have been shown to be effective, especially in the treatment of RLS that is refractory to other treatments [105,107].
Insomnia
Epidemiology
The most common sleep disorder in PD is insomnia, with a prevalence between 37% to 88% [14,117]. Insomnia is associated with difficulty in initiation or maintenance of sleep. Disruption of sleep typically leads to daytime somnolence and patient reports of a strong impact on motor disability and overall quality of life. There are several contributors to insomnia in PD patients including nocturia, depression, RLS, dystonia, and akinesia/rigidity/difficulty turning in bed [118].
Treatment Options
The use of carbidopa/levodopa controlled-release formulations at bedtime is associated with improved sleep duration and nocturnal akinesia, although it does not demonstrate a significant improvement in overall sleep ratings [54]. Hypnotics like eszopiclone and zolpidem have also demonstrated improved quality of sleep in limited controlled trials and a meta-analysis, but use is limited by sedation, dizziness, and falls [54,119]. Benzodiazepines improve sleep latency, but there is a risk of cognitive impairment, tolerance, and falls [117,120]. Melatonin at 3 to 5 mg and 50 mg doses have been investigated in 2 randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trials; however, there was a modest benefit and it was concluded that there is insufficient evidence to support the use of melatonin [54]. Nevertheless, melatonin is well tolerated and may be tried with minimal risk [54]. More recently, a randomized controlled trial using doxepin has demonstrated improvement of insomnia scores and was generally well tolerated [121].
Excessive Daytime Sleepiness and Abrupt Sleep Onset
EDS and Fatigue: Epidemiology and Treatment
A common complaint by PD patients is excessive daytime sleepiness (EDS), which can be verified with multiple sleep latency testing. EDS frequency varies in the literature, but is seen in approximately 15% to 50% of PD patients [4,122]. The etiology is usually multifactorial, with insomnia, dysautonomia, and depression as contributing factors [117]. A longer duration of symptoms, greater total load of levodopa, cognitive decline, and male gender are all risk factors for EDS [122,123]. It has been proposed that EDS is an intrinsic feature of PD; however, there is also an association with the use of antiparkinsonian medications. A randomized controlled trial demonstrated that use of the dopamine agonist pramipexole was associated with greater somnolence as compared to levodopa therapy (35% vs. 13%); however, this difference was only seen during the initial escalation phase [124]. Additionally, the combined use of dopamine agonists and levodopa has shown an even greater risk of EDS [125]. The evidence for the use of stimulants for EDS is lacking. The few studies conducted with modafinil have not demonstrated a robust improvement of EDS [126–128]. Other stimulants like methylphenidate have been studied with improvement of Epworth Sleepiness Score, though no randomized control trials have been undertaken [129].
It is important to distinguish EDS, a propensity for daytime sleep, from fatigue or excessive tiredness associated with mental or physical exertion [117]. Fatigue is often multifactorial and may be related to insomnia, sleep apnea, sedating effects of medications, frequent awakenings from nocturia, and degeneration of brain areas regulating sleep/wake cycles related to the underlying disease process [20, 117]. It is also important to consider depression and dementia in the differential, as these disorders may be erroneously be diagnosed as fatigue. Treatment of fatigue should include regular mild exercise, maintenance of a stimulating environment, removal of sedating medications, and management of intrinsic sleep disorders if present [117]. The use of stimulants for fatigue is controversial. A small randomized controlled trial (n = 48) using modafinil demonstrated improvement on the global clinical impression scale for fatigue but no significant change on the Fatigue Severity Scale; this study was limited by the power and points to the need for a larger study [130].
Sleep Attacks: Epidemiology and Treatment
Abrupt sleep onset, or “sleep attacks,” occurs when transition from wake to sleep is unavoidable and may occur without warning. Sleep attacks are threefold more likely to occur in patients using DA agonists, with an associated dose-related increase in risk [131]. Adjustment or elimination of DA agonists often improves sleep attacks, though it is important to address concurrent EDS if present. Nonpharmacologic treatments to consider include mild exercise, early morning bright light exposure, and a stimulating environment [117].
Sleep-Disordered Breathing/Obstructive Sleep Apnea
Epidemiology and Treatment
Sleep-disordered breathing (SDB) consists of either a deficit in the drive to breathe as in central sleep apnea, or may be due to an blockage of the airway as seen in obstructive sleep apnea (OSA). Apnea leads to oxygen desaturations that consequently trigger awakenings throughout the night, which in turn is experienced by the patient as daytime somnolence [117]. The prevalence of SDB and OSA is variable in the literature, ranging from no increased risk in PD patients [132,133] to 50% prevalence in PD patients [134,135]. Discussions with bed partners, history of snoring, and clinical reports of EDS or daytime fatigue are important indicators of SDB. Polysomnography confirms the diagnosis and can direct treatment, which frequently includes application of CPAP devices during sleep.
Autinomic Dysfunction
Orthostatic Hypotension
Epidemiology and Diagnosis
Orthostatic hypotension (OH) is defined as a 20-mm Hg fall in systolic blood pressure or 10-mm Hg drop in diastolic blood pressure within 3 minutes of a change in position. The prevalence of OH in PD patients is 30% to 60% [136,137]. Symptoms of OH can occur early in the disease and may precede diagnosis of PD [137]. Patients experience OH as dizziness, drowsiness, palpitations, nausea, or loss of consciousness. Additionally, falls and supine hypertension that accompany OH are associated with increased risk of morbidity and mortality in PD patients [138]. Several medications used in the treatment of PD can exacerbate OH, including levodopa, DA agonists, MAO-B inhibitors, and TCAs [139].
Treatment Options
First-line therapies for OH include nonpharmacologic methods such as compression stockings, sleeping with head elevated to 30 degrees, increased water and salt intake, more frequent small meals, and slowly changing position [140]. Additionally, it is important to discuss the removal or reduction of all antihypertensives with the patient’s PCP. Fludrocortisone (a mineralacorticoid) and domperidone (a peripheral dopamine antagonist not currently approved for use in the United States) modestly improved OH in a 2-phase, randomized, controlled, double-blind, crossover trial [141]. Pyridostigmine has also demonstrated improvement of standing blood pressure and OH symptoms in a double-blind, randomized cross-over study and has the additional benefit of not worsening supine hypertension [142]. Other effective treatments include midodrine, per a randomized, double-blind multicenter study [143], as well as droxidopa in a double-blind, crossover, placebo-controlled study [144]. Currently there is insufficient evidence to support the preferential use of any specific agent in the treatment of OH in PD.
Gastrointestinal Dysmotility
Constipation: Epidemiology and Treatment
Constipation is reported by nearly 60% of PD patients [145]. Constipation can precede the development of motor symptoms of PD, and the prevalence of GI disturbances increases with age and longer duration of disease. Nearly one third of patients will have been diagnosed with a GI disturbance within the year prior to PD diagnosis [146], which is associated with an increased risk for the development PD [147]. People with constipation (defined as < 1 bowel movement per day) but without a PD diagnosis had more nigral Lewy body degeneration postmortem [148] compared with people without constipation.
Treatments for constipation include dietary modification, increased fluid intake, and mild exercise. Macrogol significantly improved constipation in PD patients and was very well tolerated in a randomized placebo-controlled study [149]. Lubiprostone, a GI active prostaglandin, is also effective in the short-term treatment of constipation in a placebo-controlled trial [150].
Gastroparesis: Epidemiology and Treatment
Gastroparesis, like constipation, is related to enteric dopaminergic cell loss and degeneration of the dorsal motor nucleus of the vagus [151]. Patients experience gastroparesis as early satiety, full sensation, and nausea. Decreased gastric motility leads to retention of food as well as medications, which can slow absorption and delay onset of action for many medications including levodopa. Domperidone has both prokinetic and antiemetic properties, which have been beneficial in the treatment of gastroparesis [152], but its use is not currently approved in the United States.
Dysphagia: Epidemiology and Treatment
Dysphagia is associated with more advanced stages of PD as well as a significant increase in morbidity. Swallow exercises have demonstrated improvement of dysphagia [153]. The impact of levodopa therapy on dysphagia in the literature is controversial. Videofluoroscopic examination is the most common method for evaluation of swallowing disorders and provides important information for speech-language pathologists regarding recommendations for dietary modifications [154]. Adjustment of medication regimens to avoid an oral route is also helpful. This includes Parcopa, orally disintegrating carbidopa/levodopa tablets, and transdermal approaches like the rotigotine patch. For some patients, enteral nutrition is needed and placement of nasogastric tubes or percutaneous endoscopic gastrostomy tubes are an option.
Sialorrhea (Drooling)
Epidemiology
Difficulty handling oral secretions due to impaired or infrequent swallowing results in sialorrhea in up to 75% of PD patients [155], which is a significant embarrassment for most patients [156]. PD patients with drooling have difficulty speaking, eating, and engaging in social interactions, which significantly impacts perceived quality of life [157].
Treatment Options
Botulinum toxin (A and B) injections into the submandibular or parotid glands have demonstrated efficacy in multiple double-blind, randomized, placebo-controlled studies for the treatment of sialorrhea in PD patients; however, injections are associated with greater invasiveness and cost [158–160]. Glycopyrrolate, an anticholinergic drug, was also efficacious in the treatment of sialorrhea in the short term in a double-blind, randomized, placebo-controlled study [161]. Alternatively, gum chewing increases swallow frequency, improves drooling, and also shows a benefit with dysphagia [162].
Genitourinary Disturbances
Bladdery dysfunction: Epidemiology and Treatment
Bladder dysfunction in PD is often secondary to hyperactivity of the detrusor muscle leading to urinary urgency, increased urinary frequency, and nocturia. Less commonly, hypoactive detrusor muscle causes difficulty with initiation of urination, delayed bladder emptying, and recurrent infections. Urinary disturbances may occur before the onset of motor symptoms or early on in the disease course [12]. Disease severity is associated with greater urinary disturbances, and more than 50% of advanced PD patients report severe bladder symptoms [163].
Anticholinergic medications such as oxybutynin, solifenacin, and tolterodine are commonly used in the treatment of detrusor hyperactivity and demonstrate significant improvement in detrusor pressure in a recent systemic review and meta-analysis [164]. PD patients on these agents should be closely monitored for side effects including cognitive impairment, somnolence, hallucinations, confusion, and blurred vision. Other treatments include botulinum toxin injections into the detrusor muscle, which has demonstrated safety and efficacy in a recent systematic review [165].
Erectile dysfunction: Epidemiology and Treatment
Erectile dysfunction (ED) is reported by more than 60% of male PD patients [145] and is thought to be related to hypothalamic dysfunction and modification of the dopamine-oxytocin pathway [166]. Effects of PD medications, cognitive impairment, fatigue, apathy, and low testosterone contribute to loss of libido and ED [20,167]. Phosphodiesterase inhibitors such as sildenafil, vardenafil, and tadalafil are possibly useful in the treatment of ED in PD patients, though randomized trials have been limited [166,168]. Apomorphine sublingually is another medication that has demonstrated improvement of ED in a double-blind, crossover study and can be considered for patients with contraindications to phosphodiesterase inhibitors [169].
Sensory Symptoms
Pain
Epidemiology
Sensory disturbances in PD include diminished ability to identify odors, visual abnormalities (blurred vision, abnormal color perception, double vision), and pain. Pain is the most disabling sensory disturbance, though frequently underreported. Nearly two thirds of PD patients report pain, [170], though only half of patients receive any treatment [171]. Pain may also be a presenting symptom that precedes the clinical diagnosis of PD [172,173].
Treatment Options
There are several types of pain described by PD patients, the most common of which is musculoskeletal, typically involving the shoulder. Other types include dystonic, radicular, and central pain [174]. First-line treatment of musculoskeletal complaints includes nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs) and physiotherapy. Modification of levodopa regimen (including altering timing and frequency or adding controlled release formulations) can often provide relief for dystonic pain, and also for central pain for some patients [173, 174]. Deep brain stimulation, with subthalamic nucleus or globus pallidus targets, has demonstrated improvement with dystonic, central, and musculoskeletal pain in a small clinical study [175].
Conclusion
NMS are an intrinsic part of PD, may predate diagnosis, and substantially affect the majority of patients with PD. For many of these patients, NMS have a greater impact on quality of life and health care costs than the cardinal motor symptoms that define the disease. Many of these symptoms are not recognized by practioners and often are not volunteered by PD patients, making it important for practitioners to routinely and directly inquire about NMS. Treatment of NMS in PD is challenging, and only a few therapies have the level of evidence needed to support their use in the treatment of these problems. Nevertheless, proper recognition and addressing of these symptoms afford the clinician an opportunity to make a positive and potentially significant impact on the PD patient’s quality of life.
Corresponding author: Samay Jain, MD, MS, Dept of Neurology, 811 Kaufmann Bldg, Pittsburgh, PA 15213, [email protected].
Financial disclosures: None.
1. Alves G, Forsaa EB, Pedersen KF, et al. Epidemiology of Parkinson's disease. J Neurol 2008;255 Suppl 5:18–32.
2. Stern MB, Lang A, Poewe W. Toward a redefinition of Parkinson's disease. Mov Disord 2012;27:54–60.
3. Braak H, Del Tredici K, Rub U, et al. Staging of brain pathology related to sporadic Parkinson's disease. Neurobiol Aging 2003;24:197–211.
4. Tandberg E, Larsen JP, Karlsen K. A community-based study of sleep disorders in patients with Parkinson's disease. Mov Disord 1998;13:895–9.
5. Shulman LM, Taback RL, Bean J, Weiner WJ. Comorbidity of the nonmotor symptoms of Parkinson's disease. Mov Disord 2001;16:507–10.
6. Park A, Stacy M. Non-motor symptoms in Parkinson's disease. J Neurol 2009;256 Suppl 3:293–8.
7. Chaudhuri KR, Schapira AH. Non-motor symptoms of Parkinson's disease: dopaminergic pathophysiology and treatment. Lancet Neurol 2009;8:464–74.
8. Shulman LM, Taback RL, Rabinstein AA, Weiner WJ. Non-recognition of depression and other non-motor symptoms in Parkinson's disease. Parkinsonism Relat Disord 2002;8:193–7.
9. Bonnet AM, Jutras MF, Czernecki V, et al. Nonmotor symptoms in Parkinson's disease in 2012: relevant clinical aspects. Parkinsons Dis 2012:2012:198316.
10. Chaudhuri KR, Healy DG, Schapira AH. Non-motor symptoms of Parkinson's disease: diagnosis and management. Lancet Neurol 2006;5:235–45.
11. Hussl AK, Seppi K, Poewe W. Nonmotor symptoms in Parkinson's disease. Expert Rev Neurother 2013;13:581–3.
12. O'Sullivan SS, Williams DR, Gallagher DA, et al. Nonmotor symptoms as presenting complaints in Parkinson's disease: a clinicopathological study. Mov Disord 2008;23:101–6.
13. Lang AE. A critical appraisal of the premotor symptoms of Parkinson's disease: potential usefulness in early diagnosis and design of neuroprotective trials. Mov Disord 2011;26:775–83.
14. Barone P, Antonini A, Colosimo C, et al. The PRIAMO study: A multicenter assessment of nonmotor symptoms and their impact on quality of life in Parkinson's disease. Mov Disord 2009;24:1641–9.
15. Bernal-Pacheco O, Limotai N, Go CL, Fernandez HH. Nonmotor manifestations in Parkinson disease. Neurologist 2012;18:1–16.
16. Lemke MR, Fuchs G, Gemende I, et al. Depression and Parkinson's disease. J Neurol 2004;251 Suppl 6: VI/24–7.
17. Ravina, B, Camicioli R, Como PG, et al, The impact of depressive symptoms in early Parkinson disease. Neurology 2007;69:342–7.
18. Jasinska-Myga B, Putzke JD Wider C, et al. Depression in Parkinson's disease. Can J Neurol Sci 2010;37:61–6.
19. Slaughter JR, Slaughter KA, Nichols D, et al. Prevalence, clinical manifestations, etiology, and treatment of depression in Parkinson's disease. J Neuropsychiatry Clin Neurosci 2001;13:187–96.
20. Simuni T, Sethi K. Nonmotor manifestations of Parkinson's disease. Ann Neurol 2008;64 Suppl 2:S65–80.
21. Ehmann TS, Beninger RJ, Gawel MJ, Riopelle RJ. Depressive symptoms in Parkinson's disease: a comparison with disabled control subjects. J Geriatr Psychiatry Neurol 1990;3:3–9.
22. Menza MA, Mark MH. Parkinson's disease and depression: the relationship to disability and personality. J Neuropsychiatry Clin Neurosci 1994;6:165–9.
23. CDC. Current depression among adults–United States, 2006 and 2008. Morb Mort Weekly Rep 2010;59:1229–35.
24. Hinnell C, Hurt CS, Landau S, et al. Nonmotor versus motor symptoms: how much do they matter to health status in Parkinson's disease? Mov Disord 2012;27:236–41.
25. Cummings JL. Depression and Parkinson's disease: a review. Am J Psychiatry 1992;149:443–54.
26. Weintraub D, Morales KH, Moberg PJ, et al. Antidepressant studies in Parkinson's disease: a review and meta-analysis. Mov Disord 2005;20:1161–9.
27. Richard IH, McDermott MP, Kurlan R, et al. A randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial of antidepressants in Parkinson disease. Neurology 2012;78:1229–36.
28. Menza M, Dobkin RD, Marin H, et al. A controlled trial of antidepressants in patients with Parkinson disease and depression. Neurology 2009;72:886–92.
29. Okun MS, Fernandez HH. Will tricyclic antidepressants make a comeback for depressed Parkinson disease patients? Neurology 2009;72:868–9.
30. Antonini A, Tesei S, Zecchinelli A, et al. Randomized study of sertraline and low-dose amitriptyline in patients with Parkinson's disease and depression: effect on quality of life. Mov Disord 2006;21:1119–22.
31. Pedrosa DJ, Timmermann L. Review: management of Parkinson's disease. Neuropsychiatr Dis Treat 2013;9: 321–40.
32. Barone P, Poewe W, Albrecht S, et al. Pramipexole for the treatment of depressive symptoms in patients with Parkinson's disease: a randomised, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial. Lancet Neurol 2010;9:573–80.
33. Lemke MR, Brecht HM, Koester J, et al. Anhedonia, depression, and motor functioning in Parkinson's disease during treatment with pramipexole. J Neuropsychiatry Clin Neurosci 2005;17:214–20.
34. Rektorova I, Balaz M, Svatova J, et al. Effects of ropinirole on nonmotor symptoms of Parkinson disease: a prospective multicenter study. Clin Neuropharmacol 2008;31:261–6.
35. Van der Wurff FB, Stek ML, Hoogendijk WL, Beekman AT. Electroconvulsive therapy for the depressed elderly. Cochrane Database Syst Rev 2003(2):CD003593.
36. Okun MS, Watts RL. Depression associated with Parkinson's disease: clinical features and treatment. Neurology 2002;58(4 Suppl 1):S63–70.
37. Dobkin RD, Menza M, Allen LA, et al. Cognitive-behavioral therapy for depression in Parkinson's disease: a randomized, controlled trial. Am J Psychiatry 2013;168:1066–74.
38. Loprinzi PD, Herod SM, Cardinal BJ, Noakes TD. Physical activity and the brain: A review of this dynamic, bi-directional relationship. Brain Res 2013;1539:95–104.
39. Richard IH. Anxiety disorders in Parkinson's disease. Adv Neurol 2005;96:42–55.
40. Leentjens AF, Dujardin K, Marsh L, et al. Symptomatology and markers of anxiety disorders in Parkinson's disease: a cross-sectional study. Mov Disord 2011;26:484–92.
41. Witjas T, Kaphan E, Azulay JP, et al. Nonmotor fluctuations in Parkinson's disease: frequent and disabling. Neurology 2002;59:408–13.
42. Olanow CW, Stern MB, Sethi K. The scientific and clinical basis for the treatment of Parkinson disease Neurology 2009;72(21 Suppl 4):S1–136.
43. Richard IH, Schiffer RB, Kurlan R. Anxiety and Parkinson's disease. J Neuropsychiatry Clin Neurosci 1996;8:383–92.
44. Fenelon G, Alves G. Epidemiology of psychosis in Parkinson's disease. J Neurol Sci 2010;289:12–7.
45. Papapetropoulos S, Katzen H, Schrag A, et al. A questionnaire-based (UM-PDHQ) study of hallucinations in Parkinson's disease. BMC Neurol 2008;8:21.
46. Fenelon G, Mahieux F, Huon R, Ziegler M. Hallucinations in Parkinson's disease: prevalence, phenomenology and risk factors. Brain 2000;123 (Pt 4):733–45.
47. Papapetropoulos S, Mash DC. Psychotic symptoms in Parkinson's disease. From description to etiology. J Neurol 2005;252:753–64.
48. Aarsland D, Larsen JP, Cummins JL, Laake K. Prevalence and clinical correlates of psychotic symptoms in Parkinson disease: a community-based study. Arch Neurol 1999;56:595–601.
49. Aarsland D, Larsen JP, Tandberg E, Laake K. Predictors of nursing home placement in Parkinson's disease: a population-based, prospective study. J Am Geriatr Soc 2000;48:938–42.
50. Lohle M, Storch A, Reichmann H, Beyond tremor and rigidity: non-motor features of Parkinson's disease. J Neural Transm 2009;116:1483–92.
51. Fenelon G. Psychosis in Parkinson's disease: phenomenology, frequency, risk factors, and current understanding of pathophysiologic mechanisms. CNS Spectr 2008;13(3 Suppl 4):18–25.
52. Merims D, Shabtai H, Korczyn AD, et al. Antiparkinsonian medication is not a risk factor for the development of hallucinations in Parkinson's disease. J Neural Transm 2004;111:1447–53.
53. Merims D, Balas M, Peretz C, et al. Rater-blinded, prospective comparison: quetiapine versus clozapine for Parkinson's disease psychosis. Clin Neuropharmacol 2006;29:331–7.
54. Seppi K, Weintraub D, Coelho M, et al. The Movement Disorder Society Evidence-Based Medicine Review Update: Treatments for the non-motor symptoms of Parkinson's disease. Mov Disord 2011;26 Suppl 3:S42–80.
55. Fernandez HH, Donnelly EM, Friedman JH. Long-term outcome of clozapine use for psychosis in parkinsonian patients. Mov Disord 2004;19:831–3.
56. Morgante L, Epifanio A, Spina E, et al. Quetiapine and clozapine in parkinsonian patients with dopaminergic psychosis. Clin Neuropharmacol 2004;27:153–6.
57. Miyasaki JM, Shannon K, Voon V, et al. Practice parameter: evaluation and treatment of depression, psychosis, and dementia in Parkinson disease (an evidence-based review): report of the Quality Standards Subcommittee of the American Academy of Neurology. Neurology 2006;66:996–1002.
58. Riedel O, Klotsche J, Spottke A, et al. Cognitive impairment in 873 patients with idiopathic Parkinson's disease. Results from the German Study on Epidemiology of Parkinson's Disease with Dementia (GEPAD). J Neurol 2008;255:255–64.
59. Aarsland D, Andersen K, Larsen JP, et al. Prevalence and characteristics of dementia in Parkinson disease: an 8-year prospective study. Arch Neurol 2003;60:387–92.
60. Aarsland D, Andersen K, Larsen JP, et al. Risk of dementia in Parkinson's disease: a community-based, prospective study. Neurology 2001;56:730–6.
61. Riggeal BD, Crucian GP, Seignourel P, et al. Cognitive decline tracks motor progression and not disease duration in Parkinson patients. Neuropsychiatr Dis Treat 2007;3:955–8.
62. Hughes TA, Ross HF, Musa S, et al. A 10-year study of the incidence of and factors predicting dementia in Parkinson's disease. Neurology 2000;54:1596–602.
63. Hobson P, Meara J. Risk and incidence of dementia in a cohort of older subjects with Parkinson's disease in the United Kingdom. Mov Disord 2004;19:1043–9.
64. Hoops S, Nazem S, Siderowf AD, et al. Validity of the MoCA and MMSE in the detection of MCI and dementia in Parkinson disease. Neurology 2009;73:1738–45.
65. Louis ED, Marder K, Cote L, et al. Mortality from Parkinson disease. Arch Neurol 1997;54:260–4.
66. Fernandez HH. Nonmotor complications of Parkinson disease. Cleve Clin J Med 2012;79 Suppl 2:S14–8.
67. Sollinger AB, Goldstein FC, Lah JJ, et al. Mild cognitive impairment in Parkinson's disease: subtypes and motor characteristics. Parkinsonism Relat Disord 2010;16:177–80.
68. Mak E, Zhou J, Tan LC, et al. Cognitive deficits in mild Parkinson's disease are associated with distinct areas of grey matter atrophy. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 2013 Oct 16.
69. Emre M, Aarsland D, Albanese A, et al. Rivastigmine for dementia associated with Parkinson's disease. N Engl J Med 2004;351:2509–18.
70. Aarsland D, Ballard C, Walker Z, et al. Memantine in patients with Parkinson's disease dementia or dementia with Lewy bodies: a double-blind, placebo-controlled, multicentre trial. Lancet Neurol 2009;8:613–8.
71. Leroi I, Overshott R, Byrne EJ, et al. Randomized controlled trial of memantine in dementia associated with Parkinson's disease. Mov Disord 2009;24:1217–21.
72. Speelman AD, van de Warrenburg BP, van Nimwegen M, et al. How might physical activity benefit patients with Parkinson disease? Nat Rev Neurol 2013;7:528–34.
73. Naismith SL, Mowszowski L, Diamond K, Lewis SJ. Improving memory in Parkinson's disease: a healthy brain ageing cognitive training program. Mov Disord 2013;28:1097–103.
74. Weintraub D, Koester J, Potenza MN, et al. Impulse control disorders in Parkinson disease: a cross-sectional study of 3090 patients. Arch Neurol 2010;67:589–95.
75. Voon V, Reynolds B, Brezing C, et al. Impulsive choice and response in dopamine agonist-related impulse control behaviors. Psychopharmacology (Berl) 2010;207:645–59.
76. Weintraub D, Siderowf AD, Potenza MN, et al. Association of dopamine agonist use with impulse control disorders in Parkinson disease. Arch Neurol 2006; 63:969–73.
77. Pontone G, Williams JR, Bassett SS, Marsh L. Clinical features associated with impulse control disorders in Parkinson disease. Neurology 2006;67:1258–61.
78. Voon V, Mehta AR, Hallett M. Impulse control disorders in Parkinson's disease: recent advances. Curr Opin Neurol 2011;24:324–30.
79. Thomas A, Bonanni L, Gambi F, et al. Pathological gambling in Parkinson disease is reduced by amantadine. Ann Neurol 2010;68:400–4.
80. Miyasaki JM, Al Hassan K, Lang AE, Voon V. Punding prevalence in Parkinson's disease. Mov Disord 2007;22:1179–81.
81. Nguyen FN, Chang YL, Okun MS, et al. Prevalence and characteristics of punding and repetitive behaviors among Parkinson patients in North-Central Florida. Int J Geriatr Psychiatry 2010;25:540–1.
82. Sohtaoglu M, Demiray DY, Kenangil G, et al. Long term follow-up of Parkinson's disease patients with impulse control disorders. Parkinsonism Relat Disord 2010;16:334–7.
83. Antonini A, Cilia R. Behavioural adverse effects of dopaminergic treatments in Parkinson's disease: incidence, neurobiological basis, management and prevention. Drug Saf 2009;
32:475–88.
84. Miwa H, Morita S, Nakanishi I, Kondo T, Stereotyped behaviors or punding after quetiapine administration in Parkinson's disease. Parkinsonism Relat Disord 2004;10:177–80.
85. Skorvanek M, Rosenberger J, Gdovinova Z, et al. Apathy in elderly nondemented patients with parkinson's disease: clinical determinants and relationship to quality of life. J Geriatr Psychiatry Neurol 2013;26:237–43.
86. Marin RS, Fogel BS, Hawkins J, et al. Apathy: a treatable syndrome. J Neuropsychiatry Clin Neurosci 1995;7:23–30.
87. Pluck GC, Brown RG. Apathy in Parkinson's disease. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 2002;73:636–42.
88. Kirsch-Darrow L, Fernandez HH, Marsiske M, et al. Dissociating apathy and depression in Parkinson disease. Neurology 2006;67:33–8.
89. Pedersen KF, Alves G, Aarsland D, Larsen JP. Occurrence and risk factors for apathy in Parkinson disease: a 4-year prospective longitudinal study. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 2009;80:1279–82.
90. Czernecki V, Pillon B, Houeto JL, et al. Motivation, reward, and Parkinson's disease: influence of dopatherapy. Neuropsychologia 2002;40:2257–67.
91. Parkinson J. An essay on the shaking palsy. Sherwood, Neely, and Jones; 1817.
92. Schenck CH, Mahowald WM. REM sleep behavior disorder: clinical, developmental, and neuroscience perspectives 16 years after its formal identification in SLEEP. Sleep 2002;25:120–38.
93. Sixel-Doring F, Trautmann E, Mollenhauer B, Trenkwalder C. Associated factors for REM sleep behavior disorder in Parkinson disease. Neurology 2011;77:1048–54.
94. Eisensehr I, v Lindeiner H, Jager M, Noachtar S. REM sleep behavior disorder in sleep-disordered patients with versus without Parkinson's disease: is there a need for polysomnography? J Neurol Sci 2001;186:7–11.
95. Postuma RB, Gagnon JF, Montplaisir JY. REM sleep behavior disorder and prodromal neurodegeneration - where are we headed? Tremor Other Hyperkinet Mov (N Y) 2013;3.
96. Iranzo A, Tolosa E, Gelpi E, et al. Neurodegenerative disease status and post-mortem pathology in idiopathic rapid-eye-movement sleep behaviour disorder: an observational cohort study. Lancet Neurol 2013;12: 443–53.
97. Schenck CH, Mahowald MW. Rapid eye movement sleep parasomnias. Neurol Clin 2005;23:1107–26.
98. Anderson KN, Shneerson JM. Drug treatment of REM sleep behavior disorder: the use of drug therapies other than clonazepam. J Clin Sleep Med 2009;5:235–9.
99. Boeve BF, Silber MH, Ferman TJ. Melatonin for treatment of REM sleep behavior disorder in neurologic disorders: results in 14 patients. Sleep Med 2003;4:281–4.
100. Kunz D, Mahlberg R. A two-part, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial of exogenous melatonin in REM sleep behaviour disorder. J Sleep Res 2010;19:591–6.
101. Perroud N, Lazignac C, Baleydier B, et al. Restless legs syndrome induced by citalopram: a psychiatric emergency? Gen Hosp Psychiatry 2007;29:72–4.
102. Buskova J, Vorlova T, Pisko J, Sonka K, Severe sleep-related movement disorder induced by sertraline. Sleep Med 2012;13:769–70.
103. Rittmannsberger H, Werl R. Restless legs syndrome induced by quetiapine: report of seven cases and review of the literature. Int J Neuropsychopharmacol 2013;16:1427–31.
104. Perez-Lloret S, Rey MV, Bondon-Guitton E, et al. Drugs associated with restless legs syndrome: a case/noncase study in the French pharmacovigilance database. J Clin Psychopharmacol 2012;32:824–7.
105. Aurora RN, Kristo DA, Bista SR, et al. The treatment of restless legs syndrome and periodic limb movement disorder in adults-an update for 2012: practice parameters with an evidence-based systematic review and meta-analyses: an American Academy of Sleep Medicine Clinical Practice Guideline. Sleep 2012;35:1039–62.
106. Covassin N, Neikrug AB, Liu L, et al. Clinical correlates of periodic limb movements in sleep in Parkinson's disease. J Neurol Sci 2012;316:131–6.
107. Rios Romenets S, Postuma RB. Treatment of restless legs syndrome. Curr Treat Options Neurol 2013;15:396-409.
108. Hogl B, Paulus W, Clarenbach P, Trenkwalder C, Restless legs syndrome: diagnostic assessment and the advantages and risks of dopaminergic treatment. J Neurol 2006;253 Suppl 4:IV22-8.
109. Garcia-Borreguero D, Kohnen R, Silber MH, et al. The long-term treatment of restless legs syndrome/Willis-Ekbom disease: evidence-based guidelines and clinical consensus best practice guidance: a report from the International Restless Legs Syndrome Study Group. Sleep Med 2013;14:675–84.
110. Montagna P, Hornyak M, Ulfberg J, et al. Randomized trial of pramipexole for patients with restless legs syndrome (RLS) and RLS-related impairment of mood. Sleep Med 2011;12:34–40.
111. Partinen M, Hirvonen K, Jama L, et al. Efficacy and safety of pramipexole in idiopathic restless legs syndrome: a polysomnographic dose-finding study--the PRELUDE study. Sleep Med 2006;7:407–17.
112. Trenkwalder C Garcia-Borreguero D, Montagna P, et al. Ropinirole in the treatment of restless legs syndrome: results from the TREAT RLS 1 study, a 12 week, randomised, placebo controlled study in 10 European countries. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 2004;75:92–7.
113. Hening WA, Allen RP, Ondo WG, et al. Rotigotine improves restless legs syndrome: a 6-month randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial in the United States. Mov Disord 2010;25:1675–83.
114. Oertel WH, Benes H, Garcia-Borreguero D, et al. Rotigotine transdermal patch in moderate to severe idiopathic restless legs syndrome: a randomized, placebo-controlled polysomnographic study. Sleep Med 2010;11:848–56.
115. Lee DO, Ziman RB, Perkins AT, et al. A randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled study to assess the efficacy and tolerability of gabapentin enacarbil in subjects with restless legs syndrome. J Clin Sleep Med 2011;7:282–92.
116. Kushida CA, Walters AS, Becker P, et al. A randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, crossover study of XP13512/GSK1838262 in the treatment of patients with primary restless legs syndrome. Sleep 2009;32:159–68.
117. Menza M, Dobkin RD, Marin H, Bienfait K. Sleep disturbances in Parkinson's disease. Mov Disord 2010;25 Suppl 1:S117–22.
118. Louter M, van Sloun RJ, Pevernagie DA, et al. Subjectively impaired bed mobility in Parkinson disease affects sleep efficiency. Sleep Med 2013;14:668–74.
119. Menza M, Dobkin RD, Marin H, et al. Treatment of insomnia in Parkinson's disease: a controlled trial of eszopiclone and placebo. Mov Disord 2010;25:1708–14.
120. Nowell PD, Mazumdar S, Buysse DJ, et al. Benzodiazepines and zolpidem for chronic insomnia: a meta-analysis of treatment efficacy. JAMA 1997;278:2170–7.
121. Rios Romenets S, Creti L, Fichten C, et al. Doxepin and cognitive behavioural therapy for insomnia in patients with Parkinson's disease – a randomized study. Parkinsonism Relat Disord 2013;19:670–5.
122. Ondo WG, Dat Vuong K, Khan H, et al. Daytime sleepiness and other sleep disorders in Parkinson's disease. Neurology 2001;57:1392–6.
123. Razmy A, Lang AE, Shapiro CM, Predictors of impaired daytime sleep and wakefulness in patients with Parkinson disease treated with older (ergot) vs newer (nonergot) dopamine agonists. Arch Neurol 2004;61:97–102.
124. Holloway RG, Shoulson I, Fahn S, et al. Pramipexole vs levodopa as initial treatment for Parkinson disease: a 4-year randomized controlled trial. Arch Neurol 2004;61:1044–53.
125. Paus S, Brecht HM, Koster J, et al. Sleep attacks, daytime sleepiness, and dopamine agonists in Parkinson's disease. Mov Disord 2003;18:659–67.
126. Hogl B, Saletu M, Brandauer E, et al. Modafinil for the treatment of daytime sleepiness in Parkinson's disease: a double-blind, randomized, crossover, placebo-controlled polygraphic trial. Sleep 2002;25:905–9.
127. Ondo WG, Fayle R, Atassi F, Jankovic J. Modafinil for daytime somnolence in Parkinson's disease: double blind, placebo controlled parallel trial. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 2005;76:1636-–9.
128. Adler CH, Caviness JN, Hentz JG, et al. Randomized trial of modafinil for treating subjective daytime sleepiness in patients with Parkinson's disease. Mov Disord 2003;18:287–93.
129. Devos D, Krystkowiak P, Clement F, et al. Improvement of gait by chronic, high doses of methylphenidate in patients with advanced Parkinson's disease. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 2007;78:470–5.
130. Tyne HL, Taylor J, Baker GA, Steiger MJ. Modafinil for Parkinson's disease fatigue. J Neurol 2010;257:452–6.
131. Avorn J, Schneeweiss S, Sudarsky LR, et al. Sudden uncontrollable somnolence and medication use in Parkinson disease. Arch Neurol 2005;62:1242–8.
132. Trotti LM, Bliwise DL. No increased risk of obstructive sleep apnea in Parkinson's disease. Mov Disord 2010;25:2246–9.
133. da Silva-Junior FP, do Prado GF, Barbosa ER, et al. Sleep disordered breathing in Parkinson's disease: A critical appraisal. Sleep Med Rev 2013 Jul 22.
134. Noradina AT, Karim NA, Hamidon BB, et al. Sleep-disordered breathing in patients with Parkinson's disease. Singapore Med J 2010;51:60–4.
135. Oerlemans WG, de Weerd AW. The prevalence of sleep disorders in patients with Parkinson's disease. A self-reported, community-based survey. Sleep Med 2002;3:147–9.
136. Low PA. Prevalence of orthostatic hypotension. Clin Auton Res 2008;18 Suppl 1:8–13.
137. Goldstein DS. Orthostatic hypotension as an early finding in Parkinson's disease. Clin Auton Res 2006;16:46–54.
138. Sharabi Y, Goldstein DS. Mechanisms of orthostatic hypotension and supine hypertension in Parkinson disease. J Neurol Sci 2011;310:123–8.
139. Sanchez-Ferro A, Benito-Leon J, Gomez-Esteban JC. The management of orthostatic hypotension in Parkinson's disease. Front Neurol 2013;4:64.
140. Lahrmann H, Cortelli P, Hilz M, et al. EFNS guidelines on the diagnosis and management of orthostatic hypotension. Eur J Neurol 2006;13:930–6.
141. Schoffer KL, Henderson RD, O'Maley K, O'Sullivan JD. Nonpharmacological treatment, fludrocortisone, and domperidone for orthostatic hypotension in Parkinson's disease. Mov Disord 2007;22:1543–9.
142. Singer W, Sandroni P, Opfer-Gehrking TL, et al. Pyridostigmine treatment trial in neurogenic orthostatic hypotension. Arch Neurol 2006;63:513–8.
143. Low PA, Gilden JL, Freeman R, et al. Efficacy of midodrine vs placebo in neurogenic orthostatic hypotension. A randomized, double-blind multicenter study. Midodrine Study Group. JAMA 1997;277:1046–51.
144. Kaufmann H. L-dihydroxyphenylserine (Droxidopa): a new therapy for neurogenic orthostatic hypotension: the US experience. Clin Auton Res 2008;18 Suppl 1:19–24.
145. Magerkurth C, Schnitzer R, Braune S. Symptoms of autonomic failure in Parkinson's disease: prevalence and impact on daily life. Clin Auton Res 2005;15:76–82.
146. Makaroff L, Gunn A, Gervasoni C, Richy F. Gastrointestinal Disorders in Parkinson's Disease: Prevalence and Health Outcomes in a US Claims Database. J Parkinsons Dis 2011;1:65–74.
147. Abbott RD, Petrovitch H, White LR, et al. Frequency of bowel movements and the future risk of Parkinson's disease. Neurology 2001;57:456–62.
148. Abbott RD, Ross GW, Petrovitch H, et al. Bowel movement frequency in late-life and incidental Lewy bodies. Mov Disord 2007;22:1581–6.
149. Zangaglia R, Martignoni E, Glorioso M, et al. Macrogol for the treatment of constipation in Parkinson's disease. A randomized placebo-controlled study. Mov Disord 2007;22:1239–44.
150. Ondo WG, Kenney C, Sullivan K, et al. Placebo-controlled trial of lubiprostone for constipation associated with Parkinson disease. Neurology 2012;78:1650–4.
151. Cersosimo MG, Benarroch EE. Neural control of the gastrointestinal tract: implications for Parkinson disease. Mov Disord 2008;23:1065–75.
152. Reddymasu SC, Soykan I, McCallum RW. Domperidone: review of pharmacology and clinical applications in gastroenterology. Am J Gastroenterol 2007;102:2036–45.
153. Argolo N, Sampaio M, Pinho P, et al. Do swallowing exercises improve swallowing dynamic and quality of life in Parkinson's disease? NeuroRehabilitation 2013;32:949–55.
154. Troche MS, Sapienza CM, Rosenbek JC. Effects of bolus consistency on timing and safety of swallow in patients with Parkinson's disease. Dysphagia 2008;23:26–32.
155. Edwards LL, Quigley EM, Pfeiffer RF. Gastrointestinal dysfunction in Parkinson's disease: frequency and pathophysiology. Neurology 1992;42:726–32.
156. Kalf JG, Smit AM, Bloem BR, et al. Impact of drooling in Parkinson's disease. J Neurol 2007;254:1227–32.
157. Leibner J, Ramjit A, Sedig L, et al. The impact of and the factors associated with drooling in Parkinson's disease. Parkinsonism Relat Disord 2010;16:475–7.
158. Mancini F, Zangaglia R, Cristina S, et al. Double-blind, placebo-controlled study to evaluate the efficacy and safety of botulinum toxin type A in the treatment of drooling in parkinsonism. Mov Disord 2003;18:685–8.
159. Lagalla G, Millevolte M, Capecci M, et al. Long-lasting benefits of botulinum toxin type B in Parkinson's disease-related drooling. J Neurol 2009;256:563–7.
160. Lagalla G, Millevolte N, Capecci M, et al. Botulinum toxin type A for drooling in Parkinson's disease: a double-blind, randomized, placebo-controlled study. Mov Disord 2006;21:704–7.
161. Arbouw ME, Movig KL, Koopmann M, et al. Glycopyrrolate for sialorrhea in Parkinson disease: a randomized, double-blind, crossover trial. Neurology 2010; 74:1203–7.
162. South AR, Somers, Jog MS. Gum chewing improves swallow frequency and latency in Parkinson patients: a preliminary study. Neurology 2010;74:1198–202.
163. Winge K, Nielsen KK. Bladder dysfunction in advanced Parkinson's disease. Neurourol Urodyn 2012;31:1279–83.
164. Madhuvrata P, Singh PM, Hasafa Z, Abdel-Fattah M. Anticholinergic drugs for adult neurogenic detrusor overactivity: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Eur Urol 2012;62:816–30.
165. Soljanik I. Efficacy and safety of botulinum toxin a intradetrusor injections in adults with neurogenic detrusor overactivity/neurogenic overactive bladder: a systematic review. Drugs 2013;73:1055–66.
166. Sakakibara R, Uchiyama T, Yamanishi T, Kishi M. Genitourinary dysfunction in Parkinson's disease. Mov Disord 2010;25:2–12.
167. Kummer A, Cardoso F, Teixeira AL. Loss of libido in Parkinson's disease. J Sex Med 2009;6:1024–31.
168. Lombardi G, Nelli F, Celso M, et al. Treating erectile dysfunction and central neurological diseases with oral phosphodiesterase type 5 inhibitors. Review of the literature. J Sex Med 2012 9(4): 970–85.
169. Dula E, Bukofzer S, Perdok R, George M. Double-blind, crossover comparison of 3 mg apomorphine SL with placebo and with 4 mg apomorphine SL in male erectile dysfunction. Eur Urol 2001;39(5): 558–3
170. Negre-Pages L, Regragui W, Bouhassira D, et al. Chronic pain in Parkinson's disease: the cross-sectional French DoPaMiP survey. Mov Disord 2008;23:1361–9.
171. Beiske AG, Loge JH, Ronningen A, Svensson E. Pain in Parkinson's disease: Prevalence and characteristics. Pain 2009. 141:173–7.
172. Lin CH, Wu RM, H.Y. Chang HY, et al. Preceding pain symptoms and Parkinson's disease: a nationwide population-based cohort study. Eur J Neurol 2013;20:1398–404.
173. Ha AD, Jankovic J. Pain in Parkinson's disease. Mov Disord 2012; 27:485–91.
174. Ford B. Pain in Parkinson's disease. Mov Disord 2010;25 Suppl 1:S98–103.
175. Loher TJ, Burgunder JM, Weber S, et al. Effect of chronic pallidal deep brain stimulation on off period dystonia and sensory symptoms in advanced Parkinson's disease. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 2002;73:395–9.
176. Ramirez-Ruiz B, Marti MJ, Tolosa E, et al. Longitudinal evaluation of cerebral morphological changes in Parkinson's disease with and without dementia. J Neurol 2005;252:1345–52.
177. Jellinger KA. Formation and development of Lewy pathology: a critical update. J Neurol 2009;256 Suppl 3:270–9.
178. Levy R, Dubois B. Apathy and the functional anatomy of the prefrontal cortex-basal ganglia circuits. Cereb Cortex 2006;16:916–28.
179. Connor JR, Boyer PJ, Menzies SL, et al. Neuropathological examination suggests impaired brain iron acquisition in restless legs syndrome. Neurology 2003;61: 304–9.
180. Earley CJ, Barker P, Horská A, Allen RP. MRI-determined regional brain iron concentrations in early- and late-onset restless legs syndrome. Sleep Med 2006;7: 458–61.
181. Saper CB, Chou TC, Scammell TE. The sleep switch: hypothalamic control of sleep and wakefulness. Trends Neurosci 2001;24:726–31.
182. Boeve BF, Silber MH, Saper CB, et al. Pathophysiology of REM sleep behaviour disorder and relevance to neurodegenerative disease. Brain 2007;130(Pt 11): 2770–88.
183. Benarroch EE, Schmeichel AM, Paris J. Involvement of the ventrolateral medulla in parkinsonism with autonomic failure. Neurology 2000;54:963–8.
184. Chudler EH, Dong WK. The role of the basal ganglia in nociception and pain. Pain 1995;60:3–38.
185. Wolters E. Non-motor extranigral signs and symptoms in Parkinson's disease. Parkinsonism Relat Disord 2009;15 Suppl 3:S6–12.
186. Davidsdottir S, Cronin-Golomb A, Lee A. Visual and spatial symptoms in Parkinson's disease. Vision Res 2005;45:1285–96.
1. Alves G, Forsaa EB, Pedersen KF, et al. Epidemiology of Parkinson's disease. J Neurol 2008;255 Suppl 5:18–32.
2. Stern MB, Lang A, Poewe W. Toward a redefinition of Parkinson's disease. Mov Disord 2012;27:54–60.
3. Braak H, Del Tredici K, Rub U, et al. Staging of brain pathology related to sporadic Parkinson's disease. Neurobiol Aging 2003;24:197–211.
4. Tandberg E, Larsen JP, Karlsen K. A community-based study of sleep disorders in patients with Parkinson's disease. Mov Disord 1998;13:895–9.
5. Shulman LM, Taback RL, Bean J, Weiner WJ. Comorbidity of the nonmotor symptoms of Parkinson's disease. Mov Disord 2001;16:507–10.
6. Park A, Stacy M. Non-motor symptoms in Parkinson's disease. J Neurol 2009;256 Suppl 3:293–8.
7. Chaudhuri KR, Schapira AH. Non-motor symptoms of Parkinson's disease: dopaminergic pathophysiology and treatment. Lancet Neurol 2009;8:464–74.
8. Shulman LM, Taback RL, Rabinstein AA, Weiner WJ. Non-recognition of depression and other non-motor symptoms in Parkinson's disease. Parkinsonism Relat Disord 2002;8:193–7.
9. Bonnet AM, Jutras MF, Czernecki V, et al. Nonmotor symptoms in Parkinson's disease in 2012: relevant clinical aspects. Parkinsons Dis 2012:2012:198316.
10. Chaudhuri KR, Healy DG, Schapira AH. Non-motor symptoms of Parkinson's disease: diagnosis and management. Lancet Neurol 2006;5:235–45.
11. Hussl AK, Seppi K, Poewe W. Nonmotor symptoms in Parkinson's disease. Expert Rev Neurother 2013;13:581–3.
12. O'Sullivan SS, Williams DR, Gallagher DA, et al. Nonmotor symptoms as presenting complaints in Parkinson's disease: a clinicopathological study. Mov Disord 2008;23:101–6.
13. Lang AE. A critical appraisal of the premotor symptoms of Parkinson's disease: potential usefulness in early diagnosis and design of neuroprotective trials. Mov Disord 2011;26:775–83.
14. Barone P, Antonini A, Colosimo C, et al. The PRIAMO study: A multicenter assessment of nonmotor symptoms and their impact on quality of life in Parkinson's disease. Mov Disord 2009;24:1641–9.
15. Bernal-Pacheco O, Limotai N, Go CL, Fernandez HH. Nonmotor manifestations in Parkinson disease. Neurologist 2012;18:1–16.
16. Lemke MR, Fuchs G, Gemende I, et al. Depression and Parkinson's disease. J Neurol 2004;251 Suppl 6: VI/24–7.
17. Ravina, B, Camicioli R, Como PG, et al, The impact of depressive symptoms in early Parkinson disease. Neurology 2007;69:342–7.
18. Jasinska-Myga B, Putzke JD Wider C, et al. Depression in Parkinson's disease. Can J Neurol Sci 2010;37:61–6.
19. Slaughter JR, Slaughter KA, Nichols D, et al. Prevalence, clinical manifestations, etiology, and treatment of depression in Parkinson's disease. J Neuropsychiatry Clin Neurosci 2001;13:187–96.
20. Simuni T, Sethi K. Nonmotor manifestations of Parkinson's disease. Ann Neurol 2008;64 Suppl 2:S65–80.
21. Ehmann TS, Beninger RJ, Gawel MJ, Riopelle RJ. Depressive symptoms in Parkinson's disease: a comparison with disabled control subjects. J Geriatr Psychiatry Neurol 1990;3:3–9.
22. Menza MA, Mark MH. Parkinson's disease and depression: the relationship to disability and personality. J Neuropsychiatry Clin Neurosci 1994;6:165–9.
23. CDC. Current depression among adults–United States, 2006 and 2008. Morb Mort Weekly Rep 2010;59:1229–35.
24. Hinnell C, Hurt CS, Landau S, et al. Nonmotor versus motor symptoms: how much do they matter to health status in Parkinson's disease? Mov Disord 2012;27:236–41.
25. Cummings JL. Depression and Parkinson's disease: a review. Am J Psychiatry 1992;149:443–54.
26. Weintraub D, Morales KH, Moberg PJ, et al. Antidepressant studies in Parkinson's disease: a review and meta-analysis. Mov Disord 2005;20:1161–9.
27. Richard IH, McDermott MP, Kurlan R, et al. A randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial of antidepressants in Parkinson disease. Neurology 2012;78:1229–36.
28. Menza M, Dobkin RD, Marin H, et al. A controlled trial of antidepressants in patients with Parkinson disease and depression. Neurology 2009;72:886–92.
29. Okun MS, Fernandez HH. Will tricyclic antidepressants make a comeback for depressed Parkinson disease patients? Neurology 2009;72:868–9.
30. Antonini A, Tesei S, Zecchinelli A, et al. Randomized study of sertraline and low-dose amitriptyline in patients with Parkinson's disease and depression: effect on quality of life. Mov Disord 2006;21:1119–22.
31. Pedrosa DJ, Timmermann L. Review: management of Parkinson's disease. Neuropsychiatr Dis Treat 2013;9: 321–40.
32. Barone P, Poewe W, Albrecht S, et al. Pramipexole for the treatment of depressive symptoms in patients with Parkinson's disease: a randomised, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial. Lancet Neurol 2010;9:573–80.
33. Lemke MR, Brecht HM, Koester J, et al. Anhedonia, depression, and motor functioning in Parkinson's disease during treatment with pramipexole. J Neuropsychiatry Clin Neurosci 2005;17:214–20.
34. Rektorova I, Balaz M, Svatova J, et al. Effects of ropinirole on nonmotor symptoms of Parkinson disease: a prospective multicenter study. Clin Neuropharmacol 2008;31:261–6.
35. Van der Wurff FB, Stek ML, Hoogendijk WL, Beekman AT. Electroconvulsive therapy for the depressed elderly. Cochrane Database Syst Rev 2003(2):CD003593.
36. Okun MS, Watts RL. Depression associated with Parkinson's disease: clinical features and treatment. Neurology 2002;58(4 Suppl 1):S63–70.
37. Dobkin RD, Menza M, Allen LA, et al. Cognitive-behavioral therapy for depression in Parkinson's disease: a randomized, controlled trial. Am J Psychiatry 2013;168:1066–74.
38. Loprinzi PD, Herod SM, Cardinal BJ, Noakes TD. Physical activity and the brain: A review of this dynamic, bi-directional relationship. Brain Res 2013;1539:95–104.
39. Richard IH. Anxiety disorders in Parkinson's disease. Adv Neurol 2005;96:42–55.
40. Leentjens AF, Dujardin K, Marsh L, et al. Symptomatology and markers of anxiety disorders in Parkinson's disease: a cross-sectional study. Mov Disord 2011;26:484–92.
41. Witjas T, Kaphan E, Azulay JP, et al. Nonmotor fluctuations in Parkinson's disease: frequent and disabling. Neurology 2002;59:408–13.
42. Olanow CW, Stern MB, Sethi K. The scientific and clinical basis for the treatment of Parkinson disease Neurology 2009;72(21 Suppl 4):S1–136.
43. Richard IH, Schiffer RB, Kurlan R. Anxiety and Parkinson's disease. J Neuropsychiatry Clin Neurosci 1996;8:383–92.
44. Fenelon G, Alves G. Epidemiology of psychosis in Parkinson's disease. J Neurol Sci 2010;289:12–7.
45. Papapetropoulos S, Katzen H, Schrag A, et al. A questionnaire-based (UM-PDHQ) study of hallucinations in Parkinson's disease. BMC Neurol 2008;8:21.
46. Fenelon G, Mahieux F, Huon R, Ziegler M. Hallucinations in Parkinson's disease: prevalence, phenomenology and risk factors. Brain 2000;123 (Pt 4):733–45.
47. Papapetropoulos S, Mash DC. Psychotic symptoms in Parkinson's disease. From description to etiology. J Neurol 2005;252:753–64.
48. Aarsland D, Larsen JP, Cummins JL, Laake K. Prevalence and clinical correlates of psychotic symptoms in Parkinson disease: a community-based study. Arch Neurol 1999;56:595–601.
49. Aarsland D, Larsen JP, Tandberg E, Laake K. Predictors of nursing home placement in Parkinson's disease: a population-based, prospective study. J Am Geriatr Soc 2000;48:938–42.
50. Lohle M, Storch A, Reichmann H, Beyond tremor and rigidity: non-motor features of Parkinson's disease. J Neural Transm 2009;116:1483–92.
51. Fenelon G. Psychosis in Parkinson's disease: phenomenology, frequency, risk factors, and current understanding of pathophysiologic mechanisms. CNS Spectr 2008;13(3 Suppl 4):18–25.
52. Merims D, Shabtai H, Korczyn AD, et al. Antiparkinsonian medication is not a risk factor for the development of hallucinations in Parkinson's disease. J Neural Transm 2004;111:1447–53.
53. Merims D, Balas M, Peretz C, et al. Rater-blinded, prospective comparison: quetiapine versus clozapine for Parkinson's disease psychosis. Clin Neuropharmacol 2006;29:331–7.
54. Seppi K, Weintraub D, Coelho M, et al. The Movement Disorder Society Evidence-Based Medicine Review Update: Treatments for the non-motor symptoms of Parkinson's disease. Mov Disord 2011;26 Suppl 3:S42–80.
55. Fernandez HH, Donnelly EM, Friedman JH. Long-term outcome of clozapine use for psychosis in parkinsonian patients. Mov Disord 2004;19:831–3.
56. Morgante L, Epifanio A, Spina E, et al. Quetiapine and clozapine in parkinsonian patients with dopaminergic psychosis. Clin Neuropharmacol 2004;27:153–6.
57. Miyasaki JM, Shannon K, Voon V, et al. Practice parameter: evaluation and treatment of depression, psychosis, and dementia in Parkinson disease (an evidence-based review): report of the Quality Standards Subcommittee of the American Academy of Neurology. Neurology 2006;66:996–1002.
58. Riedel O, Klotsche J, Spottke A, et al. Cognitive impairment in 873 patients with idiopathic Parkinson's disease. Results from the German Study on Epidemiology of Parkinson's Disease with Dementia (GEPAD). J Neurol 2008;255:255–64.
59. Aarsland D, Andersen K, Larsen JP, et al. Prevalence and characteristics of dementia in Parkinson disease: an 8-year prospective study. Arch Neurol 2003;60:387–92.
60. Aarsland D, Andersen K, Larsen JP, et al. Risk of dementia in Parkinson's disease: a community-based, prospective study. Neurology 2001;56:730–6.
61. Riggeal BD, Crucian GP, Seignourel P, et al. Cognitive decline tracks motor progression and not disease duration in Parkinson patients. Neuropsychiatr Dis Treat 2007;3:955–8.
62. Hughes TA, Ross HF, Musa S, et al. A 10-year study of the incidence of and factors predicting dementia in Parkinson's disease. Neurology 2000;54:1596–602.
63. Hobson P, Meara J. Risk and incidence of dementia in a cohort of older subjects with Parkinson's disease in the United Kingdom. Mov Disord 2004;19:1043–9.
64. Hoops S, Nazem S, Siderowf AD, et al. Validity of the MoCA and MMSE in the detection of MCI and dementia in Parkinson disease. Neurology 2009;73:1738–45.
65. Louis ED, Marder K, Cote L, et al. Mortality from Parkinson disease. Arch Neurol 1997;54:260–4.
66. Fernandez HH. Nonmotor complications of Parkinson disease. Cleve Clin J Med 2012;79 Suppl 2:S14–8.
67. Sollinger AB, Goldstein FC, Lah JJ, et al. Mild cognitive impairment in Parkinson's disease: subtypes and motor characteristics. Parkinsonism Relat Disord 2010;16:177–80.
68. Mak E, Zhou J, Tan LC, et al. Cognitive deficits in mild Parkinson's disease are associated with distinct areas of grey matter atrophy. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 2013 Oct 16.
69. Emre M, Aarsland D, Albanese A, et al. Rivastigmine for dementia associated with Parkinson's disease. N Engl J Med 2004;351:2509–18.
70. Aarsland D, Ballard C, Walker Z, et al. Memantine in patients with Parkinson's disease dementia or dementia with Lewy bodies: a double-blind, placebo-controlled, multicentre trial. Lancet Neurol 2009;8:613–8.
71. Leroi I, Overshott R, Byrne EJ, et al. Randomized controlled trial of memantine in dementia associated with Parkinson's disease. Mov Disord 2009;24:1217–21.
72. Speelman AD, van de Warrenburg BP, van Nimwegen M, et al. How might physical activity benefit patients with Parkinson disease? Nat Rev Neurol 2013;7:528–34.
73. Naismith SL, Mowszowski L, Diamond K, Lewis SJ. Improving memory in Parkinson's disease: a healthy brain ageing cognitive training program. Mov Disord 2013;28:1097–103.
74. Weintraub D, Koester J, Potenza MN, et al. Impulse control disorders in Parkinson disease: a cross-sectional study of 3090 patients. Arch Neurol 2010;67:589–95.
75. Voon V, Reynolds B, Brezing C, et al. Impulsive choice and response in dopamine agonist-related impulse control behaviors. Psychopharmacology (Berl) 2010;207:645–59.
76. Weintraub D, Siderowf AD, Potenza MN, et al. Association of dopamine agonist use with impulse control disorders in Parkinson disease. Arch Neurol 2006; 63:969–73.
77. Pontone G, Williams JR, Bassett SS, Marsh L. Clinical features associated with impulse control disorders in Parkinson disease. Neurology 2006;67:1258–61.
78. Voon V, Mehta AR, Hallett M. Impulse control disorders in Parkinson's disease: recent advances. Curr Opin Neurol 2011;24:324–30.
79. Thomas A, Bonanni L, Gambi F, et al. Pathological gambling in Parkinson disease is reduced by amantadine. Ann Neurol 2010;68:400–4.
80. Miyasaki JM, Al Hassan K, Lang AE, Voon V. Punding prevalence in Parkinson's disease. Mov Disord 2007;22:1179–81.
81. Nguyen FN, Chang YL, Okun MS, et al. Prevalence and characteristics of punding and repetitive behaviors among Parkinson patients in North-Central Florida. Int J Geriatr Psychiatry 2010;25:540–1.
82. Sohtaoglu M, Demiray DY, Kenangil G, et al. Long term follow-up of Parkinson's disease patients with impulse control disorders. Parkinsonism Relat Disord 2010;16:334–7.
83. Antonini A, Cilia R. Behavioural adverse effects of dopaminergic treatments in Parkinson's disease: incidence, neurobiological basis, management and prevention. Drug Saf 2009;
32:475–88.
84. Miwa H, Morita S, Nakanishi I, Kondo T, Stereotyped behaviors or punding after quetiapine administration in Parkinson's disease. Parkinsonism Relat Disord 2004;10:177–80.
85. Skorvanek M, Rosenberger J, Gdovinova Z, et al. Apathy in elderly nondemented patients with parkinson's disease: clinical determinants and relationship to quality of life. J Geriatr Psychiatry Neurol 2013;26:237–43.
86. Marin RS, Fogel BS, Hawkins J, et al. Apathy: a treatable syndrome. J Neuropsychiatry Clin Neurosci 1995;7:23–30.
87. Pluck GC, Brown RG. Apathy in Parkinson's disease. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 2002;73:636–42.
88. Kirsch-Darrow L, Fernandez HH, Marsiske M, et al. Dissociating apathy and depression in Parkinson disease. Neurology 2006;67:33–8.
89. Pedersen KF, Alves G, Aarsland D, Larsen JP. Occurrence and risk factors for apathy in Parkinson disease: a 4-year prospective longitudinal study. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 2009;80:1279–82.
90. Czernecki V, Pillon B, Houeto JL, et al. Motivation, reward, and Parkinson's disease: influence of dopatherapy. Neuropsychologia 2002;40:2257–67.
91. Parkinson J. An essay on the shaking palsy. Sherwood, Neely, and Jones; 1817.
92. Schenck CH, Mahowald WM. REM sleep behavior disorder: clinical, developmental, and neuroscience perspectives 16 years after its formal identification in SLEEP. Sleep 2002;25:120–38.
93. Sixel-Doring F, Trautmann E, Mollenhauer B, Trenkwalder C. Associated factors for REM sleep behavior disorder in Parkinson disease. Neurology 2011;77:1048–54.
94. Eisensehr I, v Lindeiner H, Jager M, Noachtar S. REM sleep behavior disorder in sleep-disordered patients with versus without Parkinson's disease: is there a need for polysomnography? J Neurol Sci 2001;186:7–11.
95. Postuma RB, Gagnon JF, Montplaisir JY. REM sleep behavior disorder and prodromal neurodegeneration - where are we headed? Tremor Other Hyperkinet Mov (N Y) 2013;3.
96. Iranzo A, Tolosa E, Gelpi E, et al. Neurodegenerative disease status and post-mortem pathology in idiopathic rapid-eye-movement sleep behaviour disorder: an observational cohort study. Lancet Neurol 2013;12: 443–53.
97. Schenck CH, Mahowald MW. Rapid eye movement sleep parasomnias. Neurol Clin 2005;23:1107–26.
98. Anderson KN, Shneerson JM. Drug treatment of REM sleep behavior disorder: the use of drug therapies other than clonazepam. J Clin Sleep Med 2009;5:235–9.
99. Boeve BF, Silber MH, Ferman TJ. Melatonin for treatment of REM sleep behavior disorder in neurologic disorders: results in 14 patients. Sleep Med 2003;4:281–4.
100. Kunz D, Mahlberg R. A two-part, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial of exogenous melatonin in REM sleep behaviour disorder. J Sleep Res 2010;19:591–6.
101. Perroud N, Lazignac C, Baleydier B, et al. Restless legs syndrome induced by citalopram: a psychiatric emergency? Gen Hosp Psychiatry 2007;29:72–4.
102. Buskova J, Vorlova T, Pisko J, Sonka K, Severe sleep-related movement disorder induced by sertraline. Sleep Med 2012;13:769–70.
103. Rittmannsberger H, Werl R. Restless legs syndrome induced by quetiapine: report of seven cases and review of the literature. Int J Neuropsychopharmacol 2013;16:1427–31.
104. Perez-Lloret S, Rey MV, Bondon-Guitton E, et al. Drugs associated with restless legs syndrome: a case/noncase study in the French pharmacovigilance database. J Clin Psychopharmacol 2012;32:824–7.
105. Aurora RN, Kristo DA, Bista SR, et al. The treatment of restless legs syndrome and periodic limb movement disorder in adults-an update for 2012: practice parameters with an evidence-based systematic review and meta-analyses: an American Academy of Sleep Medicine Clinical Practice Guideline. Sleep 2012;35:1039–62.
106. Covassin N, Neikrug AB, Liu L, et al. Clinical correlates of periodic limb movements in sleep in Parkinson's disease. J Neurol Sci 2012;316:131–6.
107. Rios Romenets S, Postuma RB. Treatment of restless legs syndrome. Curr Treat Options Neurol 2013;15:396-409.
108. Hogl B, Paulus W, Clarenbach P, Trenkwalder C, Restless legs syndrome: diagnostic assessment and the advantages and risks of dopaminergic treatment. J Neurol 2006;253 Suppl 4:IV22-8.
109. Garcia-Borreguero D, Kohnen R, Silber MH, et al. The long-term treatment of restless legs syndrome/Willis-Ekbom disease: evidence-based guidelines and clinical consensus best practice guidance: a report from the International Restless Legs Syndrome Study Group. Sleep Med 2013;14:675–84.
110. Montagna P, Hornyak M, Ulfberg J, et al. Randomized trial of pramipexole for patients with restless legs syndrome (RLS) and RLS-related impairment of mood. Sleep Med 2011;12:34–40.
111. Partinen M, Hirvonen K, Jama L, et al. Efficacy and safety of pramipexole in idiopathic restless legs syndrome: a polysomnographic dose-finding study--the PRELUDE study. Sleep Med 2006;7:407–17.
112. Trenkwalder C Garcia-Borreguero D, Montagna P, et al. Ropinirole in the treatment of restless legs syndrome: results from the TREAT RLS 1 study, a 12 week, randomised, placebo controlled study in 10 European countries. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 2004;75:92–7.
113. Hening WA, Allen RP, Ondo WG, et al. Rotigotine improves restless legs syndrome: a 6-month randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial in the United States. Mov Disord 2010;25:1675–83.
114. Oertel WH, Benes H, Garcia-Borreguero D, et al. Rotigotine transdermal patch in moderate to severe idiopathic restless legs syndrome: a randomized, placebo-controlled polysomnographic study. Sleep Med 2010;11:848–56.
115. Lee DO, Ziman RB, Perkins AT, et al. A randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled study to assess the efficacy and tolerability of gabapentin enacarbil in subjects with restless legs syndrome. J Clin Sleep Med 2011;7:282–92.
116. Kushida CA, Walters AS, Becker P, et al. A randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, crossover study of XP13512/GSK1838262 in the treatment of patients with primary restless legs syndrome. Sleep 2009;32:159–68.
117. Menza M, Dobkin RD, Marin H, Bienfait K. Sleep disturbances in Parkinson's disease. Mov Disord 2010;25 Suppl 1:S117–22.
118. Louter M, van Sloun RJ, Pevernagie DA, et al. Subjectively impaired bed mobility in Parkinson disease affects sleep efficiency. Sleep Med 2013;14:668–74.
119. Menza M, Dobkin RD, Marin H, et al. Treatment of insomnia in Parkinson's disease: a controlled trial of eszopiclone and placebo. Mov Disord 2010;25:1708–14.
120. Nowell PD, Mazumdar S, Buysse DJ, et al. Benzodiazepines and zolpidem for chronic insomnia: a meta-analysis of treatment efficacy. JAMA 1997;278:2170–7.
121. Rios Romenets S, Creti L, Fichten C, et al. Doxepin and cognitive behavioural therapy for insomnia in patients with Parkinson's disease – a randomized study. Parkinsonism Relat Disord 2013;19:670–5.
122. Ondo WG, Dat Vuong K, Khan H, et al. Daytime sleepiness and other sleep disorders in Parkinson's disease. Neurology 2001;57:1392–6.
123. Razmy A, Lang AE, Shapiro CM, Predictors of impaired daytime sleep and wakefulness in patients with Parkinson disease treated with older (ergot) vs newer (nonergot) dopamine agonists. Arch Neurol 2004;61:97–102.
124. Holloway RG, Shoulson I, Fahn S, et al. Pramipexole vs levodopa as initial treatment for Parkinson disease: a 4-year randomized controlled trial. Arch Neurol 2004;61:1044–53.
125. Paus S, Brecht HM, Koster J, et al. Sleep attacks, daytime sleepiness, and dopamine agonists in Parkinson's disease. Mov Disord 2003;18:659–67.
126. Hogl B, Saletu M, Brandauer E, et al. Modafinil for the treatment of daytime sleepiness in Parkinson's disease: a double-blind, randomized, crossover, placebo-controlled polygraphic trial. Sleep 2002;25:905–9.
127. Ondo WG, Fayle R, Atassi F, Jankovic J. Modafinil for daytime somnolence in Parkinson's disease: double blind, placebo controlled parallel trial. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 2005;76:1636-–9.
128. Adler CH, Caviness JN, Hentz JG, et al. Randomized trial of modafinil for treating subjective daytime sleepiness in patients with Parkinson's disease. Mov Disord 2003;18:287–93.
129. Devos D, Krystkowiak P, Clement F, et al. Improvement of gait by chronic, high doses of methylphenidate in patients with advanced Parkinson's disease. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 2007;78:470–5.
130. Tyne HL, Taylor J, Baker GA, Steiger MJ. Modafinil for Parkinson's disease fatigue. J Neurol 2010;257:452–6.
131. Avorn J, Schneeweiss S, Sudarsky LR, et al. Sudden uncontrollable somnolence and medication use in Parkinson disease. Arch Neurol 2005;62:1242–8.
132. Trotti LM, Bliwise DL. No increased risk of obstructive sleep apnea in Parkinson's disease. Mov Disord 2010;25:2246–9.
133. da Silva-Junior FP, do Prado GF, Barbosa ER, et al. Sleep disordered breathing in Parkinson's disease: A critical appraisal. Sleep Med Rev 2013 Jul 22.
134. Noradina AT, Karim NA, Hamidon BB, et al. Sleep-disordered breathing in patients with Parkinson's disease. Singapore Med J 2010;51:60–4.
135. Oerlemans WG, de Weerd AW. The prevalence of sleep disorders in patients with Parkinson's disease. A self-reported, community-based survey. Sleep Med 2002;3:147–9.
136. Low PA. Prevalence of orthostatic hypotension. Clin Auton Res 2008;18 Suppl 1:8–13.
137. Goldstein DS. Orthostatic hypotension as an early finding in Parkinson's disease. Clin Auton Res 2006;16:46–54.
138. Sharabi Y, Goldstein DS. Mechanisms of orthostatic hypotension and supine hypertension in Parkinson disease. J Neurol Sci 2011;310:123–8.
139. Sanchez-Ferro A, Benito-Leon J, Gomez-Esteban JC. The management of orthostatic hypotension in Parkinson's disease. Front Neurol 2013;4:64.
140. Lahrmann H, Cortelli P, Hilz M, et al. EFNS guidelines on the diagnosis and management of orthostatic hypotension. Eur J Neurol 2006;13:930–6.
141. Schoffer KL, Henderson RD, O'Maley K, O'Sullivan JD. Nonpharmacological treatment, fludrocortisone, and domperidone for orthostatic hypotension in Parkinson's disease. Mov Disord 2007;22:1543–9.
142. Singer W, Sandroni P, Opfer-Gehrking TL, et al. Pyridostigmine treatment trial in neurogenic orthostatic hypotension. Arch Neurol 2006;63:513–8.
143. Low PA, Gilden JL, Freeman R, et al. Efficacy of midodrine vs placebo in neurogenic orthostatic hypotension. A randomized, double-blind multicenter study. Midodrine Study Group. JAMA 1997;277:1046–51.
144. Kaufmann H. L-dihydroxyphenylserine (Droxidopa): a new therapy for neurogenic orthostatic hypotension: the US experience. Clin Auton Res 2008;18 Suppl 1:19–24.
145. Magerkurth C, Schnitzer R, Braune S. Symptoms of autonomic failure in Parkinson's disease: prevalence and impact on daily life. Clin Auton Res 2005;15:76–82.
146. Makaroff L, Gunn A, Gervasoni C, Richy F. Gastrointestinal Disorders in Parkinson's Disease: Prevalence and Health Outcomes in a US Claims Database. J Parkinsons Dis 2011;1:65–74.
147. Abbott RD, Petrovitch H, White LR, et al. Frequency of bowel movements and the future risk of Parkinson's disease. Neurology 2001;57:456–62.
148. Abbott RD, Ross GW, Petrovitch H, et al. Bowel movement frequency in late-life and incidental Lewy bodies. Mov Disord 2007;22:1581–6.
149. Zangaglia R, Martignoni E, Glorioso M, et al. Macrogol for the treatment of constipation in Parkinson's disease. A randomized placebo-controlled study. Mov Disord 2007;22:1239–44.
150. Ondo WG, Kenney C, Sullivan K, et al. Placebo-controlled trial of lubiprostone for constipation associated with Parkinson disease. Neurology 2012;78:1650–4.
151. Cersosimo MG, Benarroch EE. Neural control of the gastrointestinal tract: implications for Parkinson disease. Mov Disord 2008;23:1065–75.
152. Reddymasu SC, Soykan I, McCallum RW. Domperidone: review of pharmacology and clinical applications in gastroenterology. Am J Gastroenterol 2007;102:2036–45.
153. Argolo N, Sampaio M, Pinho P, et al. Do swallowing exercises improve swallowing dynamic and quality of life in Parkinson's disease? NeuroRehabilitation 2013;32:949–55.
154. Troche MS, Sapienza CM, Rosenbek JC. Effects of bolus consistency on timing and safety of swallow in patients with Parkinson's disease. Dysphagia 2008;23:26–32.
155. Edwards LL, Quigley EM, Pfeiffer RF. Gastrointestinal dysfunction in Parkinson's disease: frequency and pathophysiology. Neurology 1992;42:726–32.
156. Kalf JG, Smit AM, Bloem BR, et al. Impact of drooling in Parkinson's disease. J Neurol 2007;254:1227–32.
157. Leibner J, Ramjit A, Sedig L, et al. The impact of and the factors associated with drooling in Parkinson's disease. Parkinsonism Relat Disord 2010;16:475–7.
158. Mancini F, Zangaglia R, Cristina S, et al. Double-blind, placebo-controlled study to evaluate the efficacy and safety of botulinum toxin type A in the treatment of drooling in parkinsonism. Mov Disord 2003;18:685–8.
159. Lagalla G, Millevolte M, Capecci M, et al. Long-lasting benefits of botulinum toxin type B in Parkinson's disease-related drooling. J Neurol 2009;256:563–7.
160. Lagalla G, Millevolte N, Capecci M, et al. Botulinum toxin type A for drooling in Parkinson's disease: a double-blind, randomized, placebo-controlled study. Mov Disord 2006;21:704–7.
161. Arbouw ME, Movig KL, Koopmann M, et al. Glycopyrrolate for sialorrhea in Parkinson disease: a randomized, double-blind, crossover trial. Neurology 2010; 74:1203–7.
162. South AR, Somers, Jog MS. Gum chewing improves swallow frequency and latency in Parkinson patients: a preliminary study. Neurology 2010;74:1198–202.
163. Winge K, Nielsen KK. Bladder dysfunction in advanced Parkinson's disease. Neurourol Urodyn 2012;31:1279–83.
164. Madhuvrata P, Singh PM, Hasafa Z, Abdel-Fattah M. Anticholinergic drugs for adult neurogenic detrusor overactivity: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Eur Urol 2012;62:816–30.
165. Soljanik I. Efficacy and safety of botulinum toxin a intradetrusor injections in adults with neurogenic detrusor overactivity/neurogenic overactive bladder: a systematic review. Drugs 2013;73:1055–66.
166. Sakakibara R, Uchiyama T, Yamanishi T, Kishi M. Genitourinary dysfunction in Parkinson's disease. Mov Disord 2010;25:2–12.
167. Kummer A, Cardoso F, Teixeira AL. Loss of libido in Parkinson's disease. J Sex Med 2009;6:1024–31.
168. Lombardi G, Nelli F, Celso M, et al. Treating erectile dysfunction and central neurological diseases with oral phosphodiesterase type 5 inhibitors. Review of the literature. J Sex Med 2012 9(4): 970–85.
169. Dula E, Bukofzer S, Perdok R, George M. Double-blind, crossover comparison of 3 mg apomorphine SL with placebo and with 4 mg apomorphine SL in male erectile dysfunction. Eur Urol 2001;39(5): 558–3
170. Negre-Pages L, Regragui W, Bouhassira D, et al. Chronic pain in Parkinson's disease: the cross-sectional French DoPaMiP survey. Mov Disord 2008;23:1361–9.
171. Beiske AG, Loge JH, Ronningen A, Svensson E. Pain in Parkinson's disease: Prevalence and characteristics. Pain 2009. 141:173–7.
172. Lin CH, Wu RM, H.Y. Chang HY, et al. Preceding pain symptoms and Parkinson's disease: a nationwide population-based cohort study. Eur J Neurol 2013;20:1398–404.
173. Ha AD, Jankovic J. Pain in Parkinson's disease. Mov Disord 2012; 27:485–91.
174. Ford B. Pain in Parkinson's disease. Mov Disord 2010;25 Suppl 1:S98–103.
175. Loher TJ, Burgunder JM, Weber S, et al. Effect of chronic pallidal deep brain stimulation on off period dystonia and sensory symptoms in advanced Parkinson's disease. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 2002;73:395–9.
176. Ramirez-Ruiz B, Marti MJ, Tolosa E, et al. Longitudinal evaluation of cerebral morphological changes in Parkinson's disease with and without dementia. J Neurol 2005;252:1345–52.
177. Jellinger KA. Formation and development of Lewy pathology: a critical update. J Neurol 2009;256 Suppl 3:270–9.
178. Levy R, Dubois B. Apathy and the functional anatomy of the prefrontal cortex-basal ganglia circuits. Cereb Cortex 2006;16:916–28.
179. Connor JR, Boyer PJ, Menzies SL, et al. Neuropathological examination suggests impaired brain iron acquisition in restless legs syndrome. Neurology 2003;61: 304–9.
180. Earley CJ, Barker P, Horská A, Allen RP. MRI-determined regional brain iron concentrations in early- and late-onset restless legs syndrome. Sleep Med 2006;7: 458–61.
181. Saper CB, Chou TC, Scammell TE. The sleep switch: hypothalamic control of sleep and wakefulness. Trends Neurosci 2001;24:726–31.
182. Boeve BF, Silber MH, Saper CB, et al. Pathophysiology of REM sleep behaviour disorder and relevance to neurodegenerative disease. Brain 2007;130(Pt 11): 2770–88.
183. Benarroch EE, Schmeichel AM, Paris J. Involvement of the ventrolateral medulla in parkinsonism with autonomic failure. Neurology 2000;54:963–8.
184. Chudler EH, Dong WK. The role of the basal ganglia in nociception and pain. Pain 1995;60:3–38.
185. Wolters E. Non-motor extranigral signs and symptoms in Parkinson's disease. Parkinsonism Relat Disord 2009;15 Suppl 3:S6–12.
186. Davidsdottir S, Cronin-Golomb A, Lee A. Visual and spatial symptoms in Parkinson's disease. Vision Res 2005;45:1285–96.
What Is the Global Burden of Unsafe Medical Care?
Study Overview
Objective. To examine the global burden of unsafe medical care and its comparative frequency in low/middle-income vs. high-income countries.
Design. Analytical modeling of aggregated data from observational studies.
Data. Two primary sources of data were used. First, the team conducted a search of over 16,000 articles written in English after 1976 that aimed for a comprehensive exam-ination of both peer-reviewed and non–peer-reviewed studies that focused on 7 inpatient adverse events (see below), and the clinical features of the patients who were injured from them. Two separate literature reviews were conducted in 2007 through early 2008 and then repeated in 2011. Discussions with international experts in each topic area informed the selection process. The second source of data was epidemiological studies commissioned by the World Health Organization (WHO). These aimed to identify inpatient adverse events using a 2-stage medical record review in 26 hospitals across 8 low- and middle-income countries (LMICs) in the Eastern Mediterranean and North Africanregions, and 35 hospitals across 5 countries in Latin America.
Main outcome measures. 7 types of adverse events were evaluated in the analysis: (1) adverse drug events, (2) catheter-related urinary tract infection, (3) catheter-related blood stream infections, (4) nosocomial pneumonia, (5) venous thromboembolism, (6) falls, and (7) pressure ulcers (decubiti). The global burden of disease (GBD) is a standard metric that uses disability-adjusted life years (DALYs) as a proxy measure of morbidity and mortality related to a specific condition. The GBD DALYs model requires several key inputs: the number of people affected, the age at which they are affected, and the clinical consequence of the adverse events. In this study, a single average age per event was used instead of the standard GBD calculations by age and sex. Each input of GBD and DALYs was calculated separately for high-income countries (HICs) versus LMICs. The World Bank sets the income categorization for countries and adjusts the information on an annual basis. Countries in each category share common characteristics of socioeconomic development and epidemiological profiles.
Main results. The rate of hospitalization in HICs was higher than in LMICs: 10.8 vs. 3.7 per 100 citizens per year. There were large variations in the reported incidence of adverse events in both HICs and LMICs. Of the 7 adverse events assessed, adverse drug events were the most common type in HICs, with an incidence rate of 5.0%. In LMICs, venous thromboembolism was most common, with an incidence rate of 3.0%. Catheter-related blood stream infection, venous thromboembolism, and pressure ulcers had comparable rates between HICs and LMIC . The authors estimated that for every 100 hospitalizations, approximately 14.2 adverse events in HICs and 12.7 in LMICs. This is roughly 16.8 million injuries annually among hospitalized patients in HICs. LMICs and experienced approximately 50% more adverse events than HICs. Of note, LMICs had 5 times the population of HICs but the authors did not calculate proportional incidence rates.
The authors estimated 22.6 million DALYs lost due to these adverse events in 2009 globally. Unsurprisingly, the number of DALYs lost were more than twice as high as in LMICs as they were in HICs. This is likely due to the combination of weaker health systems and human resources for health shortages in those countries. In LMICs, venous thromboembolism was the main source of lost DALYs. Although incidences of hospital-acquired infections--such as nosocomial pneumonia, catheter-related blood stream and urinary tract infections--were smaller, they caused a comparable number of DALYs lost. Premature death from adverse events was the primary source of DALYs lost for all countries.
Conclusion. Adverse events from unsafe care is a significant problem across all countries.
Commentary
Globally, the efforts to improve health care delivery for diseases that cause substantial morbidity and mortality have been largely successful. For example, antimalarial drugs and antiretroviral therapies have become more accessible to patients in need [1,2]. However, in order to create more sustainable model, the health care systems of developing countries need sustainable investments to care for their growing populations and increasing medical needs [3,4]. Allengranzi et al [5] concluded from a systemic review that health care–associated infections are ubiquitous and occur at much higher rates in LMICs than in HICs. Findings from this study support those from Allengranzi’s review.
This study helped further our understanding of and explored the impact of unsafe medical care on GBD and DALYs. Several other adverse events related to unsafe care, such as unsafe surgery, harms due to counterfeit drugs, unsafe childbirth and unsafe blood use, were not included in this study due to data limitations. The estimated lost DALYs would be much higher if these events were counted.
This study has several strengths. First, the authors sought out the best available data from a large number of sources. Evidence selected for the analysis came from studies with good quality ratings. The 7 outcome measures used in this study are now standard minimum reporting data internationally. Nonetheless, several limitations are present. As the authors noted, the lack of availability high-quality data is common in international analyses. There can be reporting delays, data collection errors due to a lack of technical capacity, and corruption problems that may influence data quality. Poor reporting practices may exclude or underreport adverse events. Also, the paucity of data for some variables limited the calculation of estimates Second, few studies used standardized approaches in their data collection and analysis, contributing to data inconsistencies that may affect the reliability of the results. Third, the same life expectancy value (the WHO standard) was used for all individuals regardless of their countries’ life expectancy. The authors acknowledged that this approach was controversial and may have resulted in a different number of DALYs lost. Finally, only English-language publications were used, which may have influenced the findings. Latin America, the former Soviet Union states, and many Asian countries have growing bodies of research published in their native languages.
Despite the limitations, the study is one of the first systematic analyses of GBD, the outcomes of unsafe medical care, and associated lost DALYs. The analysis identified that a majority of the harms from adverse events occur in LMICs. Policies addressing, supporting, and enforcing patient safety measures during the health care experience will help ensure reductions in mortality and morbidity in LMICs. Improving the safety of the healthcare system should be a major policy and research emphasis across the globe.
Applications for Clinical Practice
Even though patient safety initiatives have been at the forefront of many organizational policies and health care provider education since the 1999 Institute of Medicine report “Crossing the Quality Chasm,” this study reminds practitioners that safe clinical practice is essential for reducing domestic disease burden. The cost of adverse events from unsafe practice in the United States was estimated to be around $16.6 billion in 2004 alone [6]. With the World Health Organization calling for strengthened research infrastructure across the globe and LMICs now seeing the value of data for health systems policymaking and management, future research will help to further refine the methods developed in this study.
—Jin Jun, MSN, APRN-BC, CCRN, and Allison Squires, PhD, RN
1. Kaplan J, Hanson D, Dworkin M, et al. Epidemiology of human immunodeficiency virus-associated opportunistic infections in the United States in the era of highly active antiretroviral therapy, Clin Infect Dis 2000;30 Suppl 1:S5–14.
2. Eaton J, et al. Health benefits, costs, and cost-effectiveness of earlier eligibility for adult antiretroviral therapy and expanded treatment coverage: a cmbined analysis of 12 mathematical models, Lancet Global Health 2014;2:e23–34.
3. Mills A, Brugha R, Hanson K, et al. What can be done about the private health sector in low-income countries? Bull World Health Org 2002;80:325–30.
4. Schlein K, De La Cruz A, Gopalakrishnan T, Montagu D. Private sector delivery of health services in developing countries: a mixed-methods study on quality assurance in social franchises, BMC Health Serv Res 2013;13:4.
5. Allegranzi B, Bagheri N, Combescure C, et al. Burden of endemic health-care-associated infection in developing countries: systematic review and meta-analysis, Lancet 2011;377;
228–41.
6. Jha A, Chan D, Ridgway A, et al. Improving safety and eliminating redundant tests: cutting costs in US hospitals. Health Affairs 2009;28:1475–84.
Study Overview
Objective. To examine the global burden of unsafe medical care and its comparative frequency in low/middle-income vs. high-income countries.
Design. Analytical modeling of aggregated data from observational studies.
Data. Two primary sources of data were used. First, the team conducted a search of over 16,000 articles written in English after 1976 that aimed for a comprehensive exam-ination of both peer-reviewed and non–peer-reviewed studies that focused on 7 inpatient adverse events (see below), and the clinical features of the patients who were injured from them. Two separate literature reviews were conducted in 2007 through early 2008 and then repeated in 2011. Discussions with international experts in each topic area informed the selection process. The second source of data was epidemiological studies commissioned by the World Health Organization (WHO). These aimed to identify inpatient adverse events using a 2-stage medical record review in 26 hospitals across 8 low- and middle-income countries (LMICs) in the Eastern Mediterranean and North Africanregions, and 35 hospitals across 5 countries in Latin America.
Main outcome measures. 7 types of adverse events were evaluated in the analysis: (1) adverse drug events, (2) catheter-related urinary tract infection, (3) catheter-related blood stream infections, (4) nosocomial pneumonia, (5) venous thromboembolism, (6) falls, and (7) pressure ulcers (decubiti). The global burden of disease (GBD) is a standard metric that uses disability-adjusted life years (DALYs) as a proxy measure of morbidity and mortality related to a specific condition. The GBD DALYs model requires several key inputs: the number of people affected, the age at which they are affected, and the clinical consequence of the adverse events. In this study, a single average age per event was used instead of the standard GBD calculations by age and sex. Each input of GBD and DALYs was calculated separately for high-income countries (HICs) versus LMICs. The World Bank sets the income categorization for countries and adjusts the information on an annual basis. Countries in each category share common characteristics of socioeconomic development and epidemiological profiles.
Main results. The rate of hospitalization in HICs was higher than in LMICs: 10.8 vs. 3.7 per 100 citizens per year. There were large variations in the reported incidence of adverse events in both HICs and LMICs. Of the 7 adverse events assessed, adverse drug events were the most common type in HICs, with an incidence rate of 5.0%. In LMICs, venous thromboembolism was most common, with an incidence rate of 3.0%. Catheter-related blood stream infection, venous thromboembolism, and pressure ulcers had comparable rates between HICs and LMIC . The authors estimated that for every 100 hospitalizations, approximately 14.2 adverse events in HICs and 12.7 in LMICs. This is roughly 16.8 million injuries annually among hospitalized patients in HICs. LMICs and experienced approximately 50% more adverse events than HICs. Of note, LMICs had 5 times the population of HICs but the authors did not calculate proportional incidence rates.
The authors estimated 22.6 million DALYs lost due to these adverse events in 2009 globally. Unsurprisingly, the number of DALYs lost were more than twice as high as in LMICs as they were in HICs. This is likely due to the combination of weaker health systems and human resources for health shortages in those countries. In LMICs, venous thromboembolism was the main source of lost DALYs. Although incidences of hospital-acquired infections--such as nosocomial pneumonia, catheter-related blood stream and urinary tract infections--were smaller, they caused a comparable number of DALYs lost. Premature death from adverse events was the primary source of DALYs lost for all countries.
Conclusion. Adverse events from unsafe care is a significant problem across all countries.
Commentary
Globally, the efforts to improve health care delivery for diseases that cause substantial morbidity and mortality have been largely successful. For example, antimalarial drugs and antiretroviral therapies have become more accessible to patients in need [1,2]. However, in order to create more sustainable model, the health care systems of developing countries need sustainable investments to care for their growing populations and increasing medical needs [3,4]. Allengranzi et al [5] concluded from a systemic review that health care–associated infections are ubiquitous and occur at much higher rates in LMICs than in HICs. Findings from this study support those from Allengranzi’s review.
This study helped further our understanding of and explored the impact of unsafe medical care on GBD and DALYs. Several other adverse events related to unsafe care, such as unsafe surgery, harms due to counterfeit drugs, unsafe childbirth and unsafe blood use, were not included in this study due to data limitations. The estimated lost DALYs would be much higher if these events were counted.
This study has several strengths. First, the authors sought out the best available data from a large number of sources. Evidence selected for the analysis came from studies with good quality ratings. The 7 outcome measures used in this study are now standard minimum reporting data internationally. Nonetheless, several limitations are present. As the authors noted, the lack of availability high-quality data is common in international analyses. There can be reporting delays, data collection errors due to a lack of technical capacity, and corruption problems that may influence data quality. Poor reporting practices may exclude or underreport adverse events. Also, the paucity of data for some variables limited the calculation of estimates Second, few studies used standardized approaches in their data collection and analysis, contributing to data inconsistencies that may affect the reliability of the results. Third, the same life expectancy value (the WHO standard) was used for all individuals regardless of their countries’ life expectancy. The authors acknowledged that this approach was controversial and may have resulted in a different number of DALYs lost. Finally, only English-language publications were used, which may have influenced the findings. Latin America, the former Soviet Union states, and many Asian countries have growing bodies of research published in their native languages.
Despite the limitations, the study is one of the first systematic analyses of GBD, the outcomes of unsafe medical care, and associated lost DALYs. The analysis identified that a majority of the harms from adverse events occur in LMICs. Policies addressing, supporting, and enforcing patient safety measures during the health care experience will help ensure reductions in mortality and morbidity in LMICs. Improving the safety of the healthcare system should be a major policy and research emphasis across the globe.
Applications for Clinical Practice
Even though patient safety initiatives have been at the forefront of many organizational policies and health care provider education since the 1999 Institute of Medicine report “Crossing the Quality Chasm,” this study reminds practitioners that safe clinical practice is essential for reducing domestic disease burden. The cost of adverse events from unsafe practice in the United States was estimated to be around $16.6 billion in 2004 alone [6]. With the World Health Organization calling for strengthened research infrastructure across the globe and LMICs now seeing the value of data for health systems policymaking and management, future research will help to further refine the methods developed in this study.
—Jin Jun, MSN, APRN-BC, CCRN, and Allison Squires, PhD, RN
Study Overview
Objective. To examine the global burden of unsafe medical care and its comparative frequency in low/middle-income vs. high-income countries.
Design. Analytical modeling of aggregated data from observational studies.
Data. Two primary sources of data were used. First, the team conducted a search of over 16,000 articles written in English after 1976 that aimed for a comprehensive exam-ination of both peer-reviewed and non–peer-reviewed studies that focused on 7 inpatient adverse events (see below), and the clinical features of the patients who were injured from them. Two separate literature reviews were conducted in 2007 through early 2008 and then repeated in 2011. Discussions with international experts in each topic area informed the selection process. The second source of data was epidemiological studies commissioned by the World Health Organization (WHO). These aimed to identify inpatient adverse events using a 2-stage medical record review in 26 hospitals across 8 low- and middle-income countries (LMICs) in the Eastern Mediterranean and North Africanregions, and 35 hospitals across 5 countries in Latin America.
Main outcome measures. 7 types of adverse events were evaluated in the analysis: (1) adverse drug events, (2) catheter-related urinary tract infection, (3) catheter-related blood stream infections, (4) nosocomial pneumonia, (5) venous thromboembolism, (6) falls, and (7) pressure ulcers (decubiti). The global burden of disease (GBD) is a standard metric that uses disability-adjusted life years (DALYs) as a proxy measure of morbidity and mortality related to a specific condition. The GBD DALYs model requires several key inputs: the number of people affected, the age at which they are affected, and the clinical consequence of the adverse events. In this study, a single average age per event was used instead of the standard GBD calculations by age and sex. Each input of GBD and DALYs was calculated separately for high-income countries (HICs) versus LMICs. The World Bank sets the income categorization for countries and adjusts the information on an annual basis. Countries in each category share common characteristics of socioeconomic development and epidemiological profiles.
Main results. The rate of hospitalization in HICs was higher than in LMICs: 10.8 vs. 3.7 per 100 citizens per year. There were large variations in the reported incidence of adverse events in both HICs and LMICs. Of the 7 adverse events assessed, adverse drug events were the most common type in HICs, with an incidence rate of 5.0%. In LMICs, venous thromboembolism was most common, with an incidence rate of 3.0%. Catheter-related blood stream infection, venous thromboembolism, and pressure ulcers had comparable rates between HICs and LMIC . The authors estimated that for every 100 hospitalizations, approximately 14.2 adverse events in HICs and 12.7 in LMICs. This is roughly 16.8 million injuries annually among hospitalized patients in HICs. LMICs and experienced approximately 50% more adverse events than HICs. Of note, LMICs had 5 times the population of HICs but the authors did not calculate proportional incidence rates.
The authors estimated 22.6 million DALYs lost due to these adverse events in 2009 globally. Unsurprisingly, the number of DALYs lost were more than twice as high as in LMICs as they were in HICs. This is likely due to the combination of weaker health systems and human resources for health shortages in those countries. In LMICs, venous thromboembolism was the main source of lost DALYs. Although incidences of hospital-acquired infections--such as nosocomial pneumonia, catheter-related blood stream and urinary tract infections--were smaller, they caused a comparable number of DALYs lost. Premature death from adverse events was the primary source of DALYs lost for all countries.
Conclusion. Adverse events from unsafe care is a significant problem across all countries.
Commentary
Globally, the efforts to improve health care delivery for diseases that cause substantial morbidity and mortality have been largely successful. For example, antimalarial drugs and antiretroviral therapies have become more accessible to patients in need [1,2]. However, in order to create more sustainable model, the health care systems of developing countries need sustainable investments to care for their growing populations and increasing medical needs [3,4]. Allengranzi et al [5] concluded from a systemic review that health care–associated infections are ubiquitous and occur at much higher rates in LMICs than in HICs. Findings from this study support those from Allengranzi’s review.
This study helped further our understanding of and explored the impact of unsafe medical care on GBD and DALYs. Several other adverse events related to unsafe care, such as unsafe surgery, harms due to counterfeit drugs, unsafe childbirth and unsafe blood use, were not included in this study due to data limitations. The estimated lost DALYs would be much higher if these events were counted.
This study has several strengths. First, the authors sought out the best available data from a large number of sources. Evidence selected for the analysis came from studies with good quality ratings. The 7 outcome measures used in this study are now standard minimum reporting data internationally. Nonetheless, several limitations are present. As the authors noted, the lack of availability high-quality data is common in international analyses. There can be reporting delays, data collection errors due to a lack of technical capacity, and corruption problems that may influence data quality. Poor reporting practices may exclude or underreport adverse events. Also, the paucity of data for some variables limited the calculation of estimates Second, few studies used standardized approaches in their data collection and analysis, contributing to data inconsistencies that may affect the reliability of the results. Third, the same life expectancy value (the WHO standard) was used for all individuals regardless of their countries’ life expectancy. The authors acknowledged that this approach was controversial and may have resulted in a different number of DALYs lost. Finally, only English-language publications were used, which may have influenced the findings. Latin America, the former Soviet Union states, and many Asian countries have growing bodies of research published in their native languages.
Despite the limitations, the study is one of the first systematic analyses of GBD, the outcomes of unsafe medical care, and associated lost DALYs. The analysis identified that a majority of the harms from adverse events occur in LMICs. Policies addressing, supporting, and enforcing patient safety measures during the health care experience will help ensure reductions in mortality and morbidity in LMICs. Improving the safety of the healthcare system should be a major policy and research emphasis across the globe.
Applications for Clinical Practice
Even though patient safety initiatives have been at the forefront of many organizational policies and health care provider education since the 1999 Institute of Medicine report “Crossing the Quality Chasm,” this study reminds practitioners that safe clinical practice is essential for reducing domestic disease burden. The cost of adverse events from unsafe practice in the United States was estimated to be around $16.6 billion in 2004 alone [6]. With the World Health Organization calling for strengthened research infrastructure across the globe and LMICs now seeing the value of data for health systems policymaking and management, future research will help to further refine the methods developed in this study.
—Jin Jun, MSN, APRN-BC, CCRN, and Allison Squires, PhD, RN
1. Kaplan J, Hanson D, Dworkin M, et al. Epidemiology of human immunodeficiency virus-associated opportunistic infections in the United States in the era of highly active antiretroviral therapy, Clin Infect Dis 2000;30 Suppl 1:S5–14.
2. Eaton J, et al. Health benefits, costs, and cost-effectiveness of earlier eligibility for adult antiretroviral therapy and expanded treatment coverage: a cmbined analysis of 12 mathematical models, Lancet Global Health 2014;2:e23–34.
3. Mills A, Brugha R, Hanson K, et al. What can be done about the private health sector in low-income countries? Bull World Health Org 2002;80:325–30.
4. Schlein K, De La Cruz A, Gopalakrishnan T, Montagu D. Private sector delivery of health services in developing countries: a mixed-methods study on quality assurance in social franchises, BMC Health Serv Res 2013;13:4.
5. Allegranzi B, Bagheri N, Combescure C, et al. Burden of endemic health-care-associated infection in developing countries: systematic review and meta-analysis, Lancet 2011;377;
228–41.
6. Jha A, Chan D, Ridgway A, et al. Improving safety and eliminating redundant tests: cutting costs in US hospitals. Health Affairs 2009;28:1475–84.
1. Kaplan J, Hanson D, Dworkin M, et al. Epidemiology of human immunodeficiency virus-associated opportunistic infections in the United States in the era of highly active antiretroviral therapy, Clin Infect Dis 2000;30 Suppl 1:S5–14.
2. Eaton J, et al. Health benefits, costs, and cost-effectiveness of earlier eligibility for adult antiretroviral therapy and expanded treatment coverage: a cmbined analysis of 12 mathematical models, Lancet Global Health 2014;2:e23–34.
3. Mills A, Brugha R, Hanson K, et al. What can be done about the private health sector in low-income countries? Bull World Health Org 2002;80:325–30.
4. Schlein K, De La Cruz A, Gopalakrishnan T, Montagu D. Private sector delivery of health services in developing countries: a mixed-methods study on quality assurance in social franchises, BMC Health Serv Res 2013;13:4.
5. Allegranzi B, Bagheri N, Combescure C, et al. Burden of endemic health-care-associated infection in developing countries: systematic review and meta-analysis, Lancet 2011;377;
228–41.
6. Jha A, Chan D, Ridgway A, et al. Improving safety and eliminating redundant tests: cutting costs in US hospitals. Health Affairs 2009;28:1475–84.
Does Bioelectrical Impedance Analysis Provide a Reliable Diagnosis of Secondary Lymphedema in Breast Cancer Patients?
Study Overview
Objective. To evaluate the reliability, sensitivity, and specificity of bioelectrical impedance analysis (BIA) in the diagnosis of secondary lymphedema.
Design. Cross-sectional study utilizing test-retest method
Setting and participants. The researchers used a purposeful sampling technique to recruit women between 2010 and 2011 from a metropolitan cancer center and communities in the New York City metropolitan area. Participants included women who were 18 years of age or older and able to read and write in English. Exclusion criteria included patients with bilateral breast disease, recurrent cancer, artificial limb, knee, or hip, and kidney or heart failure. Study participants were divided into 3 groups: breast cancer survivors with lymphedema, those at risk for lymphedema, and healthy adult women (no history of breast cancer or lymphedema). Women in the at risk category had to have completed surgical treatment, chemotherapy and/or radiation within the 5 years prior to the study enrollment.
Measurements. Patient’s arms were measured by the same 2 researchers using sequential circumferential measurements. BIA was measured in all patients with the ImpXCA (Impedimed Inc, Pittsford, NY), an FDA-approved device that measures impedance and resistance of the extracellular fluid. The ImpXCA utilizes a scale to correlate BIA to an L-Dex (lymphedema index) ratio; –10 to +10 defines the normal range of L-Dex values for a patient without lymphedema. Measurements were taken at 5-minute increments for a total of 3 times at the same visit to test for stability of BIA.
Main results. 250 patients were in the sample: 42 with known lymphedema, 148 at risk for lymphedema, and 60 healthy female adults. L-Dex ratios ranged from –9.7 to 7.7 in the healthy population, –9.6 to 36.9 in the at risk group, and 0.9 to 115 in the group with lymphedema. Mean L-Dex ratios were significantly different between the healthy and lymphedema groups (P < 0.001) and the at risk and lymphedema groups (P < 0.001). There was no difference between the at risk and healthy groups (P = 0.85). Utilizing an L-Dex ratio cutoff of 7.1 provided 80% sensitivity and 90% specificity in the diagnosis of secondary lymphedema.
Reliability and reproducibility of BIA by ImpXCA using the L-Dex ratio was assessed using a test-retest method. Intra-class correlation coefficients (ICC) provided strong stability for the repeated measurements in the healthy group, with ICC = 0.99 (95% CI, 0.99–0.99), and in the at risk group, with ICC = 0.99 (95% CI, 0.99–0.99). There was also fair agreement in the repeated measurements in the lymphedema group, with ICC = 0.69 (95% CI, 0.58-0.82). All of these findings were statistically significant (P < 0.001).
Conclusion. The L-Dex ratio is reliable and reproducible and may be helpful in distinguishing women with lymphedema from those without lymphedema. BIA in conjunction with other tools, such as self-report of symptoms, circumferential measurements, and clinical observation, may have a role in diagnosing lymphedema.
Commentary
The first year and a half following surgical treatment for breast cancer is when providers tend to diagnose the initial onset of lymphedema [1]. Many women, however, go undiagnosed until the illness has progressed. Earlier treatment has the potential to improve patient outcomes [2]. Although awareness of secondary lymphedema among breast cancer survivors has increased over the past 10 years, the diagnosis remains difficult and the development of effective diagnostic tools continues to challenge health care providers.
The current gold standard for diagnosis is the water displacement method where the affected and unaffected extremities are each placed into a tank of water, and the displaced water is measured [3]. Greater than a 200 mL discrepancy between arms is used to make a diagnosis of lymphedema. While useful, this measurement is messy and difficult to set up, and thus underutilized. Many providers have turned to circumferential measurements as their primary method to diagnose and monitor lymphedema [4]. However, this method may miss patients in the earlier stages of lymphedema, since it measures the size of limbs rather than changes in the tissue. Without a definitive test to diagnose lymphedema, researchers and health care providers continue to search for the most accurate, reliable, and feasible means to assist in the diagnosis.
This cross-sectional study suggests that L-Dex can be helpful in detecting lymphedema. A weakness of the study is that the investigators did not compare the results of BIA to the current gold standard of water displacement, but rather to circumferential measurement. In addition, while all results were reproducible, the difference between groups was notable in terms of age and body mass index, making it difficult to generalize to all patients at risk for lymphedema or differentiate results by those same variables. Although having the same 2 investigators obtain circumferential tape measurements is preferable to having multiple investigators do so, such measurements are still at risk for human error.
BIA shows promise as a diagnostic tool. Future studies should include healthy patients with characteristics similar to those of at risk patients and lymphedema patients. Efforts also could be directed towards determining whether combining BIA with other methods, such as self-report, circumferential measurements, and close observation, may offer greater sensitivity and specificity than one method alone.
Applications for Clinical Practice
Secondary lymphedema is a common complication caused by surgical treatment of breast cancer. Early treatment is linked to a decrease in debilitating factors such as immobility of affected joints, skin changes, and risk for infection. Measurement of extracellular fluid utilizing L-Dex ratios produces reliable and repeatable results in the assessment for lymphedema. Paired with additional tools and resources it may be helpful in making a diagnosis, which is normally difficult in its earliest stages. The early diagnosis of secondary lymphedema may allow for improved quality of life for survivors of breast cancer.
—Jennifer L. Nahum, MSN, CPNP-AC, PPCNP-BC, and Allison Squires, PhD, RN
1. Czerniec SA, Ward LC, Lee MJ, et al. Segmental measurement of breast cancer-related arm lymphoedema using perometry and bioimpedance spectroscopy. Support Care Cancer. 2011;19:703–10.
2. Damstra RJ, Voesten HG, van Schelven WD, van der Lei B. Lymphatic venous anastomosis (LVA) for treatment of secondary arm lymphedema. A prospective study of 11 LVA procedures in 10 patients with breast cancer related lymphedema and a critical review of the literature. Breast Cancer Res Treat 2009;113:199–206.
3. Brorson H, Höijer P. Standardised measurements used to order compression garments can be used to calculate arm volumes to evaluate lymphoedema treatment. Plast Surg Hand Surg 2012;46:410–5.
4. Langbecker D, Hayes SC, Newman B, Janda M. Treatment for upper-limb and lower-limb lymphedema by professionals specializing in lymphedema care. Eur J Cancer Care (Engl). 2008;17:557–64.
Study Overview
Objective. To evaluate the reliability, sensitivity, and specificity of bioelectrical impedance analysis (BIA) in the diagnosis of secondary lymphedema.
Design. Cross-sectional study utilizing test-retest method
Setting and participants. The researchers used a purposeful sampling technique to recruit women between 2010 and 2011 from a metropolitan cancer center and communities in the New York City metropolitan area. Participants included women who were 18 years of age or older and able to read and write in English. Exclusion criteria included patients with bilateral breast disease, recurrent cancer, artificial limb, knee, or hip, and kidney or heart failure. Study participants were divided into 3 groups: breast cancer survivors with lymphedema, those at risk for lymphedema, and healthy adult women (no history of breast cancer or lymphedema). Women in the at risk category had to have completed surgical treatment, chemotherapy and/or radiation within the 5 years prior to the study enrollment.
Measurements. Patient’s arms were measured by the same 2 researchers using sequential circumferential measurements. BIA was measured in all patients with the ImpXCA (Impedimed Inc, Pittsford, NY), an FDA-approved device that measures impedance and resistance of the extracellular fluid. The ImpXCA utilizes a scale to correlate BIA to an L-Dex (lymphedema index) ratio; –10 to +10 defines the normal range of L-Dex values for a patient without lymphedema. Measurements were taken at 5-minute increments for a total of 3 times at the same visit to test for stability of BIA.
Main results. 250 patients were in the sample: 42 with known lymphedema, 148 at risk for lymphedema, and 60 healthy female adults. L-Dex ratios ranged from –9.7 to 7.7 in the healthy population, –9.6 to 36.9 in the at risk group, and 0.9 to 115 in the group with lymphedema. Mean L-Dex ratios were significantly different between the healthy and lymphedema groups (P < 0.001) and the at risk and lymphedema groups (P < 0.001). There was no difference between the at risk and healthy groups (P = 0.85). Utilizing an L-Dex ratio cutoff of 7.1 provided 80% sensitivity and 90% specificity in the diagnosis of secondary lymphedema.
Reliability and reproducibility of BIA by ImpXCA using the L-Dex ratio was assessed using a test-retest method. Intra-class correlation coefficients (ICC) provided strong stability for the repeated measurements in the healthy group, with ICC = 0.99 (95% CI, 0.99–0.99), and in the at risk group, with ICC = 0.99 (95% CI, 0.99–0.99). There was also fair agreement in the repeated measurements in the lymphedema group, with ICC = 0.69 (95% CI, 0.58-0.82). All of these findings were statistically significant (P < 0.001).
Conclusion. The L-Dex ratio is reliable and reproducible and may be helpful in distinguishing women with lymphedema from those without lymphedema. BIA in conjunction with other tools, such as self-report of symptoms, circumferential measurements, and clinical observation, may have a role in diagnosing lymphedema.
Commentary
The first year and a half following surgical treatment for breast cancer is when providers tend to diagnose the initial onset of lymphedema [1]. Many women, however, go undiagnosed until the illness has progressed. Earlier treatment has the potential to improve patient outcomes [2]. Although awareness of secondary lymphedema among breast cancer survivors has increased over the past 10 years, the diagnosis remains difficult and the development of effective diagnostic tools continues to challenge health care providers.
The current gold standard for diagnosis is the water displacement method where the affected and unaffected extremities are each placed into a tank of water, and the displaced water is measured [3]. Greater than a 200 mL discrepancy between arms is used to make a diagnosis of lymphedema. While useful, this measurement is messy and difficult to set up, and thus underutilized. Many providers have turned to circumferential measurements as their primary method to diagnose and monitor lymphedema [4]. However, this method may miss patients in the earlier stages of lymphedema, since it measures the size of limbs rather than changes in the tissue. Without a definitive test to diagnose lymphedema, researchers and health care providers continue to search for the most accurate, reliable, and feasible means to assist in the diagnosis.
This cross-sectional study suggests that L-Dex can be helpful in detecting lymphedema. A weakness of the study is that the investigators did not compare the results of BIA to the current gold standard of water displacement, but rather to circumferential measurement. In addition, while all results were reproducible, the difference between groups was notable in terms of age and body mass index, making it difficult to generalize to all patients at risk for lymphedema or differentiate results by those same variables. Although having the same 2 investigators obtain circumferential tape measurements is preferable to having multiple investigators do so, such measurements are still at risk for human error.
BIA shows promise as a diagnostic tool. Future studies should include healthy patients with characteristics similar to those of at risk patients and lymphedema patients. Efforts also could be directed towards determining whether combining BIA with other methods, such as self-report, circumferential measurements, and close observation, may offer greater sensitivity and specificity than one method alone.
Applications for Clinical Practice
Secondary lymphedema is a common complication caused by surgical treatment of breast cancer. Early treatment is linked to a decrease in debilitating factors such as immobility of affected joints, skin changes, and risk for infection. Measurement of extracellular fluid utilizing L-Dex ratios produces reliable and repeatable results in the assessment for lymphedema. Paired with additional tools and resources it may be helpful in making a diagnosis, which is normally difficult in its earliest stages. The early diagnosis of secondary lymphedema may allow for improved quality of life for survivors of breast cancer.
—Jennifer L. Nahum, MSN, CPNP-AC, PPCNP-BC, and Allison Squires, PhD, RN
Study Overview
Objective. To evaluate the reliability, sensitivity, and specificity of bioelectrical impedance analysis (BIA) in the diagnosis of secondary lymphedema.
Design. Cross-sectional study utilizing test-retest method
Setting and participants. The researchers used a purposeful sampling technique to recruit women between 2010 and 2011 from a metropolitan cancer center and communities in the New York City metropolitan area. Participants included women who were 18 years of age or older and able to read and write in English. Exclusion criteria included patients with bilateral breast disease, recurrent cancer, artificial limb, knee, or hip, and kidney or heart failure. Study participants were divided into 3 groups: breast cancer survivors with lymphedema, those at risk for lymphedema, and healthy adult women (no history of breast cancer or lymphedema). Women in the at risk category had to have completed surgical treatment, chemotherapy and/or radiation within the 5 years prior to the study enrollment.
Measurements. Patient’s arms were measured by the same 2 researchers using sequential circumferential measurements. BIA was measured in all patients with the ImpXCA (Impedimed Inc, Pittsford, NY), an FDA-approved device that measures impedance and resistance of the extracellular fluid. The ImpXCA utilizes a scale to correlate BIA to an L-Dex (lymphedema index) ratio; –10 to +10 defines the normal range of L-Dex values for a patient without lymphedema. Measurements were taken at 5-minute increments for a total of 3 times at the same visit to test for stability of BIA.
Main results. 250 patients were in the sample: 42 with known lymphedema, 148 at risk for lymphedema, and 60 healthy female adults. L-Dex ratios ranged from –9.7 to 7.7 in the healthy population, –9.6 to 36.9 in the at risk group, and 0.9 to 115 in the group with lymphedema. Mean L-Dex ratios were significantly different between the healthy and lymphedema groups (P < 0.001) and the at risk and lymphedema groups (P < 0.001). There was no difference between the at risk and healthy groups (P = 0.85). Utilizing an L-Dex ratio cutoff of 7.1 provided 80% sensitivity and 90% specificity in the diagnosis of secondary lymphedema.
Reliability and reproducibility of BIA by ImpXCA using the L-Dex ratio was assessed using a test-retest method. Intra-class correlation coefficients (ICC) provided strong stability for the repeated measurements in the healthy group, with ICC = 0.99 (95% CI, 0.99–0.99), and in the at risk group, with ICC = 0.99 (95% CI, 0.99–0.99). There was also fair agreement in the repeated measurements in the lymphedema group, with ICC = 0.69 (95% CI, 0.58-0.82). All of these findings were statistically significant (P < 0.001).
Conclusion. The L-Dex ratio is reliable and reproducible and may be helpful in distinguishing women with lymphedema from those without lymphedema. BIA in conjunction with other tools, such as self-report of symptoms, circumferential measurements, and clinical observation, may have a role in diagnosing lymphedema.
Commentary
The first year and a half following surgical treatment for breast cancer is when providers tend to diagnose the initial onset of lymphedema [1]. Many women, however, go undiagnosed until the illness has progressed. Earlier treatment has the potential to improve patient outcomes [2]. Although awareness of secondary lymphedema among breast cancer survivors has increased over the past 10 years, the diagnosis remains difficult and the development of effective diagnostic tools continues to challenge health care providers.
The current gold standard for diagnosis is the water displacement method where the affected and unaffected extremities are each placed into a tank of water, and the displaced water is measured [3]. Greater than a 200 mL discrepancy between arms is used to make a diagnosis of lymphedema. While useful, this measurement is messy and difficult to set up, and thus underutilized. Many providers have turned to circumferential measurements as their primary method to diagnose and monitor lymphedema [4]. However, this method may miss patients in the earlier stages of lymphedema, since it measures the size of limbs rather than changes in the tissue. Without a definitive test to diagnose lymphedema, researchers and health care providers continue to search for the most accurate, reliable, and feasible means to assist in the diagnosis.
This cross-sectional study suggests that L-Dex can be helpful in detecting lymphedema. A weakness of the study is that the investigators did not compare the results of BIA to the current gold standard of water displacement, but rather to circumferential measurement. In addition, while all results were reproducible, the difference between groups was notable in terms of age and body mass index, making it difficult to generalize to all patients at risk for lymphedema or differentiate results by those same variables. Although having the same 2 investigators obtain circumferential tape measurements is preferable to having multiple investigators do so, such measurements are still at risk for human error.
BIA shows promise as a diagnostic tool. Future studies should include healthy patients with characteristics similar to those of at risk patients and lymphedema patients. Efforts also could be directed towards determining whether combining BIA with other methods, such as self-report, circumferential measurements, and close observation, may offer greater sensitivity and specificity than one method alone.
Applications for Clinical Practice
Secondary lymphedema is a common complication caused by surgical treatment of breast cancer. Early treatment is linked to a decrease in debilitating factors such as immobility of affected joints, skin changes, and risk for infection. Measurement of extracellular fluid utilizing L-Dex ratios produces reliable and repeatable results in the assessment for lymphedema. Paired with additional tools and resources it may be helpful in making a diagnosis, which is normally difficult in its earliest stages. The early diagnosis of secondary lymphedema may allow for improved quality of life for survivors of breast cancer.
—Jennifer L. Nahum, MSN, CPNP-AC, PPCNP-BC, and Allison Squires, PhD, RN
1. Czerniec SA, Ward LC, Lee MJ, et al. Segmental measurement of breast cancer-related arm lymphoedema using perometry and bioimpedance spectroscopy. Support Care Cancer. 2011;19:703–10.
2. Damstra RJ, Voesten HG, van Schelven WD, van der Lei B. Lymphatic venous anastomosis (LVA) for treatment of secondary arm lymphedema. A prospective study of 11 LVA procedures in 10 patients with breast cancer related lymphedema and a critical review of the literature. Breast Cancer Res Treat 2009;113:199–206.
3. Brorson H, Höijer P. Standardised measurements used to order compression garments can be used to calculate arm volumes to evaluate lymphoedema treatment. Plast Surg Hand Surg 2012;46:410–5.
4. Langbecker D, Hayes SC, Newman B, Janda M. Treatment for upper-limb and lower-limb lymphedema by professionals specializing in lymphedema care. Eur J Cancer Care (Engl). 2008;17:557–64.
1. Czerniec SA, Ward LC, Lee MJ, et al. Segmental measurement of breast cancer-related arm lymphoedema using perometry and bioimpedance spectroscopy. Support Care Cancer. 2011;19:703–10.
2. Damstra RJ, Voesten HG, van Schelven WD, van der Lei B. Lymphatic venous anastomosis (LVA) for treatment of secondary arm lymphedema. A prospective study of 11 LVA procedures in 10 patients with breast cancer related lymphedema and a critical review of the literature. Breast Cancer Res Treat 2009;113:199–206.
3. Brorson H, Höijer P. Standardised measurements used to order compression garments can be used to calculate arm volumes to evaluate lymphoedema treatment. Plast Surg Hand Surg 2012;46:410–5.
4. Langbecker D, Hayes SC, Newman B, Janda M. Treatment for upper-limb and lower-limb lymphedema by professionals specializing in lymphedema care. Eur J Cancer Care (Engl). 2008;17:557–64.
Protein may be target for AML treatment

Credit: Rhoda Baer
The protein WTAP could play an important role in the development of acute myeloid leukemia (AML), according to new research.
Investigators discovered that AML cells have higher-than-normal levels of WTAP.
But silencing WTAP expression in leukemic cells can suppress proliferation and induce differentiation.
And, in mouse models of AML, knocking down WTAP can reduce tumor growth.
The researchers recounted these findings in a letter to Leukemia.
The team first uncovered high levels of WTAP in AML cells compared to normal peripheral blood mononuclear cells. And they found evidence to suggest that this contributes to abnormal cell behavior.
WTAP levels were not associated with individual cytogenetic abnormalities, but FLT3-ITD and NPM1 mutations were significantly correlated with WTAP expression. And WTAP levels were positively correlated with levels of proliferation-related proteins, anti-apoptotic proteins, oncoproteins, and proteins important for stem cell function.
To gain more insight into the importance of WTAP, the investigators silenced its expression in K562 cells, HL-60 cells, OCI-AML3 cells, and primary AML cells.
“Knocking down this protein, WTAP, greatly suppressed proliferation and induced differentiation,” said study author Hima Bansal, PhD, of The University of Texas Health Science Center at San Antonio.
WTAP knockdown alone did not induce apoptosis, but it did enhance the apoptosis that occurred after the administration of etoposide.
The researchers also examined the role of WTAP in AML using mouse models. They found that tumors derived from WTAP-knockdown cells were significantly smaller and grew significantly slower than tumors derived from cells that expressed WTAP.
Finally, the investigators set out to determine why WTAP is overexpressed in AML. They noted that the Wilms’ tumor 1 (WT1) gene has an oncogenic role in leukemogenesis, and WTAP partners with WT1 to function as a switch gene, regulating the balance between cell quiescence and proliferation.
So the researchers decided to investigate Hsp90, a molecular chaperone that helps stabilize many oncoproteins, including WT1. And they found a direct interaction between Hsp90 and WTAP.
The Hsp90 inhibitor ganetespib promoted the degradation of WTAP in K562, MV4-11, and Kasumi-1 cell lines, as well as in leukemic blasts. In mice, ganetespib inhibited tumor growth.
And experiments suggested that ganetespib-mediated WTAP degradation is dependent on the ubiquitin-proteasome pathway. But the investigators said further research is needed to clarify WTAP’s mechanism of action.
Nevertheless, they believe the results of this research indicate that WTAP could be a promising therapeutic target for AML.

Credit: Rhoda Baer
The protein WTAP could play an important role in the development of acute myeloid leukemia (AML), according to new research.
Investigators discovered that AML cells have higher-than-normal levels of WTAP.
But silencing WTAP expression in leukemic cells can suppress proliferation and induce differentiation.
And, in mouse models of AML, knocking down WTAP can reduce tumor growth.
The researchers recounted these findings in a letter to Leukemia.
The team first uncovered high levels of WTAP in AML cells compared to normal peripheral blood mononuclear cells. And they found evidence to suggest that this contributes to abnormal cell behavior.
WTAP levels were not associated with individual cytogenetic abnormalities, but FLT3-ITD and NPM1 mutations were significantly correlated with WTAP expression. And WTAP levels were positively correlated with levels of proliferation-related proteins, anti-apoptotic proteins, oncoproteins, and proteins important for stem cell function.
To gain more insight into the importance of WTAP, the investigators silenced its expression in K562 cells, HL-60 cells, OCI-AML3 cells, and primary AML cells.
“Knocking down this protein, WTAP, greatly suppressed proliferation and induced differentiation,” said study author Hima Bansal, PhD, of The University of Texas Health Science Center at San Antonio.
WTAP knockdown alone did not induce apoptosis, but it did enhance the apoptosis that occurred after the administration of etoposide.
The researchers also examined the role of WTAP in AML using mouse models. They found that tumors derived from WTAP-knockdown cells were significantly smaller and grew significantly slower than tumors derived from cells that expressed WTAP.
Finally, the investigators set out to determine why WTAP is overexpressed in AML. They noted that the Wilms’ tumor 1 (WT1) gene has an oncogenic role in leukemogenesis, and WTAP partners with WT1 to function as a switch gene, regulating the balance between cell quiescence and proliferation.
So the researchers decided to investigate Hsp90, a molecular chaperone that helps stabilize many oncoproteins, including WT1. And they found a direct interaction between Hsp90 and WTAP.
The Hsp90 inhibitor ganetespib promoted the degradation of WTAP in K562, MV4-11, and Kasumi-1 cell lines, as well as in leukemic blasts. In mice, ganetespib inhibited tumor growth.
And experiments suggested that ganetespib-mediated WTAP degradation is dependent on the ubiquitin-proteasome pathway. But the investigators said further research is needed to clarify WTAP’s mechanism of action.
Nevertheless, they believe the results of this research indicate that WTAP could be a promising therapeutic target for AML.

Credit: Rhoda Baer
The protein WTAP could play an important role in the development of acute myeloid leukemia (AML), according to new research.
Investigators discovered that AML cells have higher-than-normal levels of WTAP.
But silencing WTAP expression in leukemic cells can suppress proliferation and induce differentiation.
And, in mouse models of AML, knocking down WTAP can reduce tumor growth.
The researchers recounted these findings in a letter to Leukemia.
The team first uncovered high levels of WTAP in AML cells compared to normal peripheral blood mononuclear cells. And they found evidence to suggest that this contributes to abnormal cell behavior.
WTAP levels were not associated with individual cytogenetic abnormalities, but FLT3-ITD and NPM1 mutations were significantly correlated with WTAP expression. And WTAP levels were positively correlated with levels of proliferation-related proteins, anti-apoptotic proteins, oncoproteins, and proteins important for stem cell function.
To gain more insight into the importance of WTAP, the investigators silenced its expression in K562 cells, HL-60 cells, OCI-AML3 cells, and primary AML cells.
“Knocking down this protein, WTAP, greatly suppressed proliferation and induced differentiation,” said study author Hima Bansal, PhD, of The University of Texas Health Science Center at San Antonio.
WTAP knockdown alone did not induce apoptosis, but it did enhance the apoptosis that occurred after the administration of etoposide.
The researchers also examined the role of WTAP in AML using mouse models. They found that tumors derived from WTAP-knockdown cells were significantly smaller and grew significantly slower than tumors derived from cells that expressed WTAP.
Finally, the investigators set out to determine why WTAP is overexpressed in AML. They noted that the Wilms’ tumor 1 (WT1) gene has an oncogenic role in leukemogenesis, and WTAP partners with WT1 to function as a switch gene, regulating the balance between cell quiescence and proliferation.
So the researchers decided to investigate Hsp90, a molecular chaperone that helps stabilize many oncoproteins, including WT1. And they found a direct interaction between Hsp90 and WTAP.
The Hsp90 inhibitor ganetespib promoted the degradation of WTAP in K562, MV4-11, and Kasumi-1 cell lines, as well as in leukemic blasts. In mice, ganetespib inhibited tumor growth.
And experiments suggested that ganetespib-mediated WTAP degradation is dependent on the ubiquitin-proteasome pathway. But the investigators said further research is needed to clarify WTAP’s mechanism of action.
Nevertheless, they believe the results of this research indicate that WTAP could be a promising therapeutic target for AML.
Antithrombotic Therapy Management
The periprocedural management of antithrombotic medications is a common challenge for hospitalists, for which there is limited high‐quality evidence to guide clinical decision making. The introduction of third‐generation antiplatelet agents (prasugrel and ticagrelor) and the new oral anticoagulants (rivaroxaban, apixaban, and dabigatran), has added an additional layer of complexity to clinical management.
This article will provide a conceptual framework for the periprocedural management of antithrombotic therapy, with a particular focus on procedures that are considered core competencies by the Society of Hospital Medicine; these include: arthrocentesis, lumbar puncture, paracentesis, thoracentesis, and central line placement (Table 1).[1, 2] The recommendations in this article are based on a review of published guidelines and consensus statements and their supporting literature.[3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8] Additional articles were identified by performing a PubMed keyword search using the terms perioperative management or periprocedural management and anticoagulation or antithrombotic or antiplatelet in combination with keywords relevant to the content areas (eg, arthrocentesis, lumbar puncture). Articles for inclusion were chosen based on methodological quality and relevance to hospital medicine.
There are several questions that must be addressed when developing a periprocedural antithrombotic management strategy:
- What is the patient's risk of bleeding if antithrombotic therapy is continued?
- What is the patient's risk of thromboembolism if antithrombotic therapy is interrupted?
- Are there interventions that can decrease the risk of periprocedural bleeding and/or thromboembolism?
WHAT IS THE PATIENT'S RISK OF BLEEDING IF ANTITHROMBOTIC THERAPY IS CONTINUED?
Although the risk of bleeding is well described for many procedures, there are limited data on how that risk is affected by coagulopathy in general and antithrombotic medications in particular. When these data are available, they are largely derived from case series or bridging registries, which include heterogeneous patient populations and nonstandardized definitions of bleeding.[8, 9, 10] As such, few procedural or surgical professional societies have published guidelines on the periprocedural management of antithrombotic therapy,[3, 4, 5, 11]and guidelines from the American College of Chest Physicians (ACCP), the American College of Cardiology (ACC), and American Heart Association (AHA) only provide specific recommendations regarding minor ambulatory procedures.[6, 7, 8]
Procedures can be categorized as low or high risk for bleeding based on the following considerations: the extent of associated tissue injury, proximity to vital organs or vascular structures, the ability to readily detect and control bleeding, and the morbidity associated with a bleeding complication (eg, a small bleed into the epidural space is potentially catastrophic, whereas a large bleed from the colon often results in no permanent harm). For procedures with a high risk or consequence of bleeding, anticoagulants must be stopped, whereas in some cases antiplatelet agents can be safely continued. For procedures with a low risk or consequence of bleeding, it may be possible to continue both anticoagulant and antiplatelet agents.
Procedure | Antithrombotic Therapy | |||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Aspirin | Thienopyridines | Prophylactic UFH or LWMH | Therapeutic UFH or LMWH | Warfarin | NOACs | |
| ||||||
Arthrocentesis[12, 13, 14, 15] | + | + | + | + | + | + |
Lumbar puncture[3] | + | 5000 units UFH BID | ||||
Paracentesis[28, 29, 30] | + | + | + | |||
Thoracentesis[37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42] | + | + | + | |||
Central venous catheter insertion[48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53] | + | + | + |
Because procedures in hospitalized patients are most often performed for the purpose of diagnosing or treating an emergent condition, the risk of delaying the procedure while antithrombotic medications are held must be part of the overall risk‐benefit calculation.
Arthrocentesis
Bleeding complications from arthrocentesis are very rare, and there are few data on the additional risk associated with antithrombotic therapy.[12, 13, 14] In a retrospective cohort study, investigators determined the incidence of clinically significant bleeding (defined as bleeding requiring reversal of anticoagulation, prolonged manual pressure, surgical intervention, hospital admission, or delay in hospital discharge) and procedure‐related pain among 514 patients on antithrombotic therapy referred for arthrocentesis or injection of the hip, shoulder, or knee. Four hundred fifty‐six procedures were performed in patients without interrupting warfarin therapy, all of whom maintained an international normalized ratio (INR)2, and 184 procedures were performed in patients who had stopped their warfarin to achieve an INR <2. Antiplatelet therapy was routinely continued in both groups, with 48% of patients taking aspirin and 9% clopidogrel. There was 1 bleeding complication (0.2%) in a patient with an INR of 2.3 who was also taking aspirin, and 2 patients developed procedure‐related pain (INR 3.3 and 5.3, neither taking antiplatelet medications).[15]
Based on the available evidence, arthrocentesis appears to be safe in patients on therapeutic warfarin, with or without aspirin and/or clopidogrel. At present, there are no published studies that address the risk of arthrocentesis in patients taking other antiplatelet or anticoagulant medications, but given the low overall risk of this procedure, it is reasonable to infer that these medications can also be safely continued.
Lumbar Puncture
The incidence of bleeding complications from diagnostic lumbar puncture is unknown, but is likely similar to that seen with spinal anesthesia, where in a large retrospective observational study, spinal hematoma occurred in 1:165,000 spinal block procedures.[16] Factors associated with an increased risk of spinal hematoma include traumatic tap, advanced age, female gender, spinal cord or vertebral column abnormalities, coagulopathy, and not allowing sufficient time between stopping and restarting antithrombotic therapy.[3, 17, 18, 19, 20]
Therapeutic anticoagulation must be stopped and prophylactic anticoagulation delayed before performing a lumbar puncture. The 1 exception is low‐dose unfractionated heparin (UFH), which the American Society for Regional Anesthesia (ARSA) recommends continuing in patients undergoing neuraxial procedures, provided the total dose is 5000 U twice daily. This assessment is based on observational data, surveys of practice patterns, and decades of use without evidence of complications; in fact, there are only 5 case reports of spinal hematomas in this population.[3] However, because these data are from surgical populations, in which heparin thromboprophylaxis is typically dosed at 5000 units twice daily, there are limited data on the safety of higher or more frequent doses of heparin. In a retrospective cohort study of 928 patients who received thoracic epidural analgesia in conjunction with UFH dosed at 5000 U, 3 times daily, there were no cases of neuraxial bleeding, but given the rarity of neuraxial hematoma, it is not possible to draw any conclusions from this relatively small sample size.[21]
In November 2013, based on surveillance data showing increased risk for spinal or epidural hematoma associated with low‐molecular‐weight heparin (LMWH), the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) issued a drug safety communication recommending that neuraxial procedures be delayed for 12 hours after prophylactic LMWH and 24 hours after therapeutic LMWH, and that LMWH not be restarted for at least 4 hours after catheter removal.[20] These recommendations are largely consistent with existing guidelines[3, 22] but are not explicitly stated in the package insert for any of the LMWHs available in the United States,[23, 24, 25] and the FDA is working with the manufacturers to add this information.
Nonsteroidal anti‐inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs), dipyridamole, and aspirin do not appear to increase the risk of spinal hematoma and are considered safe to continue.[11, 26] There are limited data on the safety of thienopyridine medications in neuraxial anesthesia, but based on case reports and increased bleeding rates seen in surgical populations, it is generally recommended that these medications be discontinued before performing a lumbar puncture.[3, 22, 27]
The optimal time to restart anticoagulation after a lumbar puncture is unknown. The ARSA recommends a minimum of 1 hour for UFH and 2 hours for LMWH after neuraxial catheter removal, and provides no specific guidance about other anticoagulants,[3] whereas the European Society of Anesthesiology recommends a minimum of 1 hour for UFH, 4 hours for LMWH, 4 to 6 hours for rivaroxaban and apixiban, and 6 hours for dabigatran and fondaparinux.[22] Longer time periods should be considered after a traumatic tap, and postprocedure monitoring of neurological function is recommended for all patients.
The available evidence suggests that lumbar puncture can be safely performed in patients being treated with aspirin, NSAIDs, and UFH dosed at 5000 U twice daily; the safety of higher or more frequent doses of UFH is not known. Lumbar puncture should be delayed 12 hours after prophylactic LMWH and 24 hours after therapeutic LMWH, and LMWH should not be restarted for at least 4 hours after the procedure.[20] There are limited data on the safety of thienopyridines, but they should generally be discontinued, and all other prophylactic or therapeutic anticoagulation must be stopped prior to the procedure.
Paracentesis
Bleeding complications from paracentesis are uncommon, with abdominal wall hematoma and hemoperitoneum complicating 1% and 0.01% of procedures, respectively.[28, 29, 30] Whether antithrombotic therapy increases the risk of bleeding during paracentesis is unknown, primarily because most patients for whom the procedure is indicated have coagulopathy and thrombocytopenia from liver disease, and are therefore rarely treated with these medications.
Although patients with liver disease often have an elevated INR due to impaired hepatic synthesis of clotting factors, it is incorrect to generalize the observed rate of bleeding in this population to patients with an elevated INR from warfarin therapy who may require paracentesis for reasons unrelated to liver disease (eg, malignancy or infection). The coagulopathy of liver disease reflects deficiencies in the hepatic production of both pro‐ and anticoagulant proteins, and these patients develop both thrombotic and hemorrhagic complications irrespective of their in vitro coagulation indices.[31]
Although the available evidence suggests that paracentesis can be safely performed in patients with coagulopathy from liver disease, regardless of the INR,[30] little is known about the bleeding risk in other patients, with or without antithrombotic therapy. Based on indirect evidence, it is reasonable to assume that prophylactic UFH or LWMH or antiplatelet therapy would confer minimal additional risk, whereas the safety of continuing therapeutic anticoagulation is unknown.
Thoracentesis
Bleeding complications from thoracentesis are uncommon, generally occurring in <1% of procedures.[32, 33, 34] Factors associated with increased risk of overall complications include operator inexperience, large volume drainage, and lack of ultrasound guidance.[34, 35, 36] There are no studies that specifically address the risk of bleeding in patients on anticoagulant therapy, but such patients are included in studies on the risk of bleeding with coagulopathy.[37, 38, 39, 40]
In a retrospective cohort study of 1076 ultrasound‐guided thoracenteses performed by radiologists on patients with coagulopathy (defined as thrombocytopenia or an elevated INR from any cause), there were no bleeding complications (defined as anything other than minimal symptoms not requiring intervention). Among the patients in this study, 497 (46%) patients had a preprocedure INR >1.5; 198 (24%) had an INR between 2 and 3, and 32 (4%) had an INR >3.[39]
A similar study, which compared outcomes in patients with corrected and uncorrected coagulopathy, included 744 patients with an INR >1.6 (from any cause), of which 167 received preprocedural fresh‐frozen plasma (FFP) and 577 did not. There was 1 (0.1%) bleeding complication in a patient who received prophylactic FFP and none in the group that was not transfused.[38]
In a prospective cohort of 312 patients at increased risk for bleeding (from coagulopathy or antithrombotic medications) who underwent ultrasound‐guided thoracentesis by a pulmonologist or physician's assistant, 44 (34%) had an INR >1.5 (secondary to liver disease or warfarin therapy), 15 (12%) were taking clopidogrel, and 14 (11%) were treated with therapeutic LMWH within 12 hours or therapeutic UFH within 4.5 hours of the procedure. There were no bleeding complications in any of the patients (defined as mean change in hematocrit, chest x‐ray abnormalities, hemothorax, or requirement for transfusion).[37]
Although there are no studies that specifically address the use of aspirin and bleeding complications in thoracentesis, it is generally considered safe to continue this medication,[5] and there are small studies that show that thoracentesis and small‐bore chest tubes can be safely placed in patients taking clopidogrel.[41, 42]
Thoracentesis is associated with a low rate of bleeding complications, and when performed by an experienced operator using ultrasound, warfarin does not appear to increase this risk. However, given the low overall complication rate, it is not known whether patients on warfarin would have worse outcomes in the event of more serious complications (eg, intercostal artery laceration). At present, there are no published studies that address the risk of thoracentesis in patients taking new oral anticoagulants (NOACs).
Central Venous Catheter Insertion
The incidence of bleeding complications from central venous catheter (CVC) placement varies depending on the site of insertion and definition of bleeding, with hematoma and hemothorax occurring in 0.1% to 6.9%, and 0.4% to 1.3% of procedures, respectively.[43, 44, 45] Factors that increase the likelihood of complications include operator inexperience, multiple needle passes, and lack of ultrasound guidance.[46, 47] There are no studies that specifically address the risk of bleeding from CVC placement in patients on anticoagulant therapy, but such patients are included in studies of CVC placement in patients with coagulopathy, which report similar complication rates as seen in patients with normal hemostasis.[48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53]
In a retrospective cohort study, investigators collected information on CVC‐associated bleeding complications in 281 medical and surgical intensive care patients with coagulopathy (INR 1.5 from any cause) after they adopted a more conservative approach to plasma transfusion in their intensive care unit; specifically, the routine use of prophylactic FFP to correct coagulopathy was discouraged for patients with an INR <3 (vs usual practice using an INR cutoff of 1.5), but the final decision was left to the discretion of the attending performing or supervising the procedure. Bleeding was defined as insertion‐site hematoma, interventions other than local manual pressure, and the need for blood transfusion. One case of bleeding (hematoma) was observed in a patient with an INR of 3.9, who received FFP before the procedure. There were no complications among those with uncorrected coagulopathy, including 66 patients with an INR between 1.5 and 2.9, and 6 with an INR 3.0. Ultrasound guidance was used in 50% of CVCs placed in the internal jugular vein.[54]
Although there are no studies that specifically address the use of antiplatelet drugs and bleeding complications in CVC placement, aspirin is generally considered safe to continue,[5] and by inference, thienopyridines are expected to add minimal additional risk.
CVC placement is associated with a variable rate of bleeding complications, with hematoma being relatively common. Based on the available literature, warfarin does not appear to increase this risk, but there are limited data from which to draw firm conclusions. A femoral or jugular approach may be preferable because they allow for ultrasound visualization and are amenable to manual compression. There are no published studies that address the risk of CVC placement in patients taking NOACs, and although the risk of bleeding is probably similar to patients receiving warfarin, the lack of effective reversal agents for these medications should be part of any risk‐benefit calculation.[55]
WHAT IS THE PATIENT'S RISK OF THROMBOEMBOLISM IF ANTITHROMBOTIC THERAPY IS INTERRUPTED?
Anticoagulants
If it is determined that a procedure cannot safely be performed while continuing antithrombotic therapy, one must then consider the patient's risk of thromboembolism if these therapies are temporarily interrupted. Unfortunately, there are few robust clinical studies from which to make this assessment, and therefore most clinicians rely on the risk stratification model proposed by the ACCP, which divides patients into 3 tiers (low, moderate, high), based on their indication for anticoagulation and risk factors for thromboembolism (Table 2)[8]. The ACCP model is largely based on indirect evidence from antithrombotic therapy trials in nonoperative patients, and its application to perioperative patients necessitates several assumptions that may not hold true in practice.
Indication for Anticoagulant Therapy | |||
---|---|---|---|
Risk Stratum | Mechanical Heart Valve | Atrial Fibrillation | VTE |
| |||
High Thrombotic Risk |
|
|
|
Moderate Thrombotic Risk |
|
|
|
Low Thrombotic Risk |
|
|
|
First, it assumes that the annualized risk of a thrombotic event in nonoperative patients can be prorated to determine the short‐term risk of discontinuing antithrombotic therapy in the perioperative period. For example, it has been estimated that the risk for perioperative stroke in a patient with atrial fibrillation who temporarily interrupts anticoagulation for 1 week would be 0.1% (5% per year 52 weeks),[56, 57]and yet we know from observational data that the actual risk of perioperative stroke in similar patients is 5 to 7 times higher.[58, 59] Second, it assumes that bridging therapy will decrease the risk of thromboembolism in high‐risk patients when warfarin therapy is interrupted, a premise that is logical but has not been subject to randomized controlled trials.[60] Third, it does not take into account the surgery‐specific risk for thromboembolism, which varies significantly, with arterial thromboembolism being more common in cardiac valve, vascular, and neurologic procedures, and venous thromboembolism (VTE) being more likely in orthopedic, trauma, and cancer surgery.[61, 62] These limitations notwithstanding, the ACCP model still offers the best available framework for thrombotic risk assessment and a reasonable starting point for clinical decision making.
Antiplatelet Agents
Patients with coronary artery stents who undergo noncardiac surgery are at increased risk for adverse cardiovascular events, including acute stent thrombosis, which carries a risk of myocardial infarction and death of 70% and 30%, respectively.[63] This risk is highest during the period between stent implantation and endothelialization, a process that takes 4 to 6 weeks for bare‐metal stents (BMS) and 6 to 12 months for drug‐eluting stents (DES). Premature discontinuation of dual antiplatelet therapy is the most important risk factor for stent thrombosis during this time.[64] Although the optimal perioperative strategy for these patients is unknown, there is general agreement that elective surgery should be delayed for at least 4 weeks in patients with a BMS and 12 months for patients with a DES. If a procedure or surgery is required during this time period, every effort should be made to continue dual antiplatelet therapy; if this is not possible, aspirin should be continued, and thienopyridine therapy should be interrupted as briefly as possible (Table 3).
Recommended Interval Between Last Dose of Medication and Procedure | Recommended Interval Between Procedure and First Dose of Medication, h | ||
---|---|---|---|
Low Risk or Consequence of Postprocedure Bleeding | High Risk or Consequence of Postprocedure Bleeding | ||
| |||
Antiplatelet Medicationsa | |||
Aspirin (81325 mg dailydipyridamole) | 710 days (skip 69 doses) | 24 | 48 |
Ticlodipine (250 mg twice daily) | 1014 days (skip 1926 doses) | 24 | 48 |
Clopidogrel (75 mg once daily) | 710 days (skip 69 doses)b | 24 | 48 |
Prasugrel (10 mg once daily) | 710 days (skip 69 dose)c | 24 | 48 |
Ticagrelor (90 mg twice daily; t =8 hours) | 5 days (skip 8 doses) | 24 | 48 |
Cilostazol (100 mg twice daily; t =11 hours) | 3 days (skip 4 doses) | 24 | 48 |
Anticoagulant Medicationse | |||
Warfarin (t =3642 hours, but highly variable) | 6 days (skip 5 doses)f | 12 | 24 |
Intravenous UFH (t 60 minutes) | 46 hours | 24 | 4872 |
LMWH (t =37 hours) | |||
Prophylactic dosing | 12 hours# | 12 | 2436 |
Therapeutic dosing | |||
Once daily | 24 hours (give 50% of last total dose)# | 24 | 4872 |
Twice daily | 24 hours (skip 1 dose)# | 24 | 4872 |
Fondaparinux (t =17 hours, any dose) | 34 days (skip 23 doses)h | 24 | 4872 |
Dabigatran (150 mg twice daily) | |||
CrCl>50 mL/min (t =1417 hours) | 3 days (skip 4 doses) | 24 | 4872 |
CrCl 3050 mL/min (t =1618 hours) | 45 days (skip 68 doses) | 24 | 4872 |
CrCl 1530 mL/min (t =1618 hours)i | 45 days (skip 68 doses) | 24 | 4872 |
Rivaroxaban (20 mg once daily) | |||
CrCl>50 mL/min (t =89 hours) | 3 days (skip 2 doses) | 24 | 4872 |
CrCl 3050 mL/min (t =9 hours) | 3 days (skip 2 doses) | 24 | 4872 |
CrCl 1529.9 mL/min (t =910 hours)j | 4 days (skip 3 doses) | 24 | 4872 |
Apixiban (5 mg twice daily) | |||
CrCl>50 mL/min (t =78 hours) | 3 days (skip 4 doses) | 24 | 4872 |
CrCl 3050 mL/min (t =1718 hours) | 4 days (skip 6 doses) | 24 | 4872 |
ARE THERE INTERVENTIONS THAT CAN DECREASE THE RISK OF PERIPROCEDURAL BLEEDING AND/OR THROMBOEMBOLISM?
Mitigating the Risk of Bleeding
Bleeding complications can be reduced by allowing a sufficient time for the effects of antithrombotic medications to wear off before performing a procedure. This requires an understanding of the pharmacology of these medications, with particular attention to patients in whom these medications are less well studied, including the elderly, patients with renal insufficiency, and those with very high or low body mass index. Table 3 provides recommendations for when to stop antithrombotic therapy prior to an invasive procedure. The intervals are based on the time needed to achieve a minimal antithrombotic effect, which is generally 4 to 5 half‐lives for anticoagulants and 7 to 10 days for irreversible antiplatelet agents. Shorter intervals may be appropriate for procedures with low risk or consequence of bleeding, but there are insufficient data to make specific recommendations regarding this strategy.
It is equally important to ensure that there is adequate time for postoperative hemostasis prior to restarting antithrombotic therapy. Data from VTE prophylaxis trials and bridging studies consistently show that bleeding complications occur more frequently when anticoagulation is started too early, and antithrombotic therapy should generally be delayed 24 hours in patients at average risk and 48 to 72 hours in patients at high risk or consequence for postoperative bleeding.[8, 60, 65]
Aspirin increases the risk of surgical blood loss and transfusion by up to 20%, and by up to 50% when given in combination with clopidogrel, but with the exception of intracranial surgery, there does not appear to be an increase in perioperative morbidity or mortality with either of these agents.[66]
Mitigating the Risk of Thromboembolism
Once the decision has been made to temporarily discontinue warfarin, the next consideration is whether to bridge with a short acting anticoagulant (typically subcutaneous LMWH or intravenous UFH) during the period of time when the INR is subtherapeutic. Conceptually, one would expect this strategy would minimize the risk of thromboembolism, but its efficacy has never been clearly demonstrated. In fact, in a systematic review and meta‐analysis of 34 studies that compared the rates of thromboembolism among bridged and nonbridged patients, heparin therapy did not reduce the risk of thromboembolic events (odds ratio: 0.80; 95% confidence interval: 0.421.54), but did result in higher rates of periprocedural bleeding.[60]
The applicability of these results to clinical practice are limited by the heterogeneity of the data used in the analysis; specifically, bridging strategies varied (including therapeutic, intermediate, and prophylactic dose regimens), there was wide variation in the types of surgery (and therefore bleeding risk), and because the majority of studies were observational, there is a significant likelihood of confounding by indication (ie, patients at high risk for thromboembolism are more likely to receive bridging therapy), and thus the benefit of this strategy may be underestimated. It is also important to note that in the majority studies anticoagulation was restarted <24 hours after the procedure, which likely contributed to the increased rate of bleeding.
Therefore, although bridging therapy is not indicated for patients at low risk, it is premature to conclude that it should be avoided in patients at moderate or high risk for thromboembolism. The results of 2 ongoing, randomized, placebo‐controlled trials of bridging therapy in patients taking warfarin for atrial fibrillation (Effectiveness of Bridging Anticoagulation for Surgery [BRIDGE]) or mechanical heart values (A Double Blind Randomized Control Trial of Post‐Operative Low Molecular Weight Heparin Bridging Therapy Versus Placebo Bridging Therapy for Patients Who Are at High Risk for Arterial Thromboembolism [PERIOP‐2]) should help to answer this question.[67, 68]
The uncertainty regarding the benefits of bridging therapy is reflected in the changes to the most recent ACCP guidelines. In 2008, the ACCP recommended low‐dose LMWH or no bridging for patients at low risk (grade 2C), therapeutic‐dose bridging for patients at moderate risk (grade 2C), and therapeutic‐dose bridging for patients at high risk for thromboembolism (Grade 1C).[56] In 2012, the ACCP recommended against bridging for low‐risk patients (grade 2C), made no specific recommendation regarding moderate‐risk patients, and offered a less robust recommendation for bridging in high‐risk patients (grade 2C).[8]
Until the results of the BRIDGE and PERIOP‐2 trials are available, the author still favors therapeutic bridging for patients at high risk and selected patients at moderate risk for thromboembolism, provided sufficient time is allowed for postoperative hemostasis before anticoagulation is restarted. For procedures with a high risk or consequence of bleeding, intravenous UFH (without a bolus) is a reasonable initial postoperative strategy to insure that anticoagulation is tolerated before committing to LMWH. Indirect evidence supports the use of prophylactic or intermediate‐dose bridging regimens in patients for whom the primary consideration is the prevention of recurrent VTE, but data to show that this strategy is effective for the prevention of arterial thromboembolism are lacking.
Intravenous glycoprotein IIb/IIIa inhibitors are sometimes used to bridge high‐risk patients with coronary artery stents who must stop antiplatelet therapy prior to a procedure, but the data to support this practice are limited and observational in nature.[69, 70]
STARTING AND STOPPING ANTITHROMBOTIC THERAPY
Warfarin
For patients on warfarin, the INR at which it is safe to perform invasive procedures is unknown. Normal hemostasis requires clotting factor levels of approximately 20% to 40% of normal,[71] which generally corresponds to an INR of <1.5, whereas for most indications, therapeutic anticoagulation is achieved when the INR is between 2.0 and 3.5. However, because the relationship between the INR and the levels of clotting factors is nonlinear, for a given patient, the INR may be abnormal (ie, >1) despite levels of clotting factors that are sufficient for periprocedural hemostasis.[72, 73, 74, 75] Because of its relatively long half‐life (3642 hours), warfarin should be stopped 6 days (skip 5 doses) prior to a procedure to achieve an INR of <1.5, but can safely be restarted the same day in most patients.
Heparins
The half‐life of intravenous heparin is dose dependent, and at therapeutic levels is approximately 60 minutes; therefore, it should be discontinued 4 to 6 hours (5 half‐lives) before performing an invasive procedure.[76] The half‐life of subcutaneous LMWHs ranges from 3 to 7 hours in healthy volunteers,[23, 24, 25] and is often longer in patients for whom these medications are commonly prescribed.[77, 78] Therefore, when administered at therapeutic doses twice daily, the last dose should be given in the morning the day before the procedure, and for therapeutic once‐daily regimens, the last dose should be reduced by 50%.[8] The optimal time to discontinue prophylactic doses of LWMH prior to an invasive procedure is unclear, but a minimum of 12 hours is recommended.[22, 79] Because LWMHs are renally cleared, longer intervals are needed for patients with impaired renal function.[76, 80]
New Oral Anticoagulants
The manufacturer of rivaroxaban recommends that if anticoagulation must be discontinued, it be stopped at least 24 hours before the procedure.[81] Although this may be sufficient for procedures with a low risk or consequence of bleeding, the half‐life of rivaroxaban is between 8 and 10 hours, and therefore 48 hours (45 half‐lives) is required to ensure minimal residual anticoagulant effect.
Apixaban has a clearance half‐life of 6 hours, but displays prolonged absorption such that its effective half‐life is 12 hours after repeated dosing. The manufacturer recommends that it be stopped at least 24 hours prior to a procedure with a low risk or consequence of bleeding, and 48 hours prior to a procedure with a high risk or consequence of bleeding.[82]
The manufacturer of dabigatran recommends that the drug be discontinued 1 to 2 days (creatinine clearance (CrCl) 50 mL/min) or 3 to 5 days (CrCl <50 mL/min) before invasive or surgical procedures, and that longer times be considered when complete hemostasis is required.[83] Given that the half‐life of dabigatran is 14 to 17 hours, the author recommends that it be stopped at least 2 days (3 half‐lives) prior to a procedure with a low risk or consequence of bleeding, and 3 days (45 half‐lives) prior to a procedure with a high risk or consequence of bleeding.
The clearance of all the NOACs is significantly prolonged in patients with renal impairment, and a longer interval between the last dose and the procedure is necessary in patients with renal failure to ensure normal hemostasis (Table 3).
The effect of the NOACs on the standard clotting assays are complex and vary depending on drug dose, the type of reagents used, and the calibration of the equipment. For dabigatran, the activated partial thromboplastin time (aPTT) and the thrombin time (TT) are sufficiently sensitive to allow for a qualitative assessment of drug effect, such that a normal aPTT indicates the absence, or a very low level of an anticoagulant effect, and a normal TT essentially rules out an effect. Accurate quantitative testing of dabigatran requires an appropriately calibrated dilute thrombin test or ecarin clotting time assay.[84, 85]
Depending on the thromboplastin reagent used, the prothrombin time (PT) may be sufficiently sensitive to rivaroxaban that a normal level rules out a residual drug effect,[86] but this does not hold true for apixaban, which has minimal effect on the PT at therapeutic concentrations. The aPTT is insensitive to both rivaroxaban and apixaban and cannot be used for assessing residual drug effect. Accurate quantitative testing of rivaroxaban or apixaban requires an anti‐factor Xa assay calibrated for use with these agents.[84]
Antiplatelet Agents
Aspirin irreversibly inhibits platelet cyclooxygenase activity, and the thienopyridines clopidogrel and prasugrel, irreversibly inhibit the platelet P2Y12 receptor. As such, the biological effects of these medications persist until the platelet pool has turned over, a process that occurs at 10% to 12% per day and takes 7 to 10 days to complete.[87] The minimum number of functional platelets required to ensure adequate periprocedural hemostasis is unknown, but is likely between 50 and 100,000/L.[88] Therefore, assuming a platelet pool of 200,000/L, most patients will regenerate an adequate number of functional platelets by 5 days after discontinuing therapy, and nearly all will have normal platelet function by 10 days. Determining the risk of bleeding prior to complete turnover of the platelet pool is further complicated by genetic variability between patients in drug metabolism and the degree of platelet inhibition by these agents.[89]
Owing to this complexity, guidelines and prescribing recommendations are inconsistent. The ACCP recommends stopping antiplatelet agents 7 to 10 days prior to an invasive procedure, and the ACC/AHA makes no specific recommendations at all.[90] Based on data from patients undergoing cardiac bypass surgery, it is recommended that clopidogrel be stopped 5 days, and prasugrel 7 days, prior to an invasive procedure.[91, 92] The elimination half‐life of ticlodipine is sufficiently long (up to 96 hours after repeated dosing) that it should be stopped 10 to 14 days prior to an invasive procedure.[87] Ticagrelor is a reversible P2Y12 receptor inhibitor with a half‐life of approximately 8 hours and should therefore have minimal effect by 3 days after discontinuation; however, the manufacturer recommends that it be stopped 5 days prior to an invasive procedure.[93]
The optimal time to restart antiplatelet agents after an invasive procedure is also unknown. The 2008 ACCP guidelines recommended restarting aspirin and/or clopidogrel in 24 hours, or as hemostasis allows,[56] whereas neither the 2007 or 2009 ACC/AHA guidelines,[90] or the most recent 2012 ACCP guidelines,[8] offer specific recommendations. Aspirin, prasugrel, and ticagrelor have a rapid onset of action, whereas the full antiplatelet effect of clopidogrel does not occur for several days, and for patients in whom more rapid platelet inhibition is desired, a loading dose (300600 mg) may be appropriate.[87]
CONCLUSIONS
Deciding on an optimal periprocedural antithrombotic management strategy is a common challenge for hospitalists that requires careful consideration of both patient and procedure related‐risk factors for bleeding and thrombosis, as well as the consequences of delaying or forgoing the procedure altogether. For many procedures, there is evidence that antithrombotic therapy can be safely continued, thereby obviating the risk associated with interrupting therapy. When antithrombotic therapy must be stopped, it should be done in a manner that appropriately balances the risks and consequence of periprocedural bleeding and thromboembolism. Strategies to decrease the risk of perioperative bleeding include allowing sufficient time for the effects of antithrombotic therapy to subside before starting the procedure, and ensuring adequate time for hemostasis before restarting antithrombotic therapy. Bridging therapy may provide net clinical benefit for patients at moderate to high risk for thromboembolism, but this will not be clear until the results of several ongoing bridging trials are available. The periprocedural antithrombotic management strategy should be developed in collaboration with the relevant providers and with active participation by the patient in all decisions and treatment plans. Standardized protocols and documentation can help to minimize unintended variation in practice and improve information transfer during transitions of care.
Acknowledgements
The author would like to thank Shoshana and Lola Herzig for their support in the design and preparation of the manuscript.
Disclosure: Nothing to report.
- Core competencies in hospital medicine: development and methodology. J Hosp Med. 2006;1(suppl 1):48–56. , , , , .
- Procedures performed by hospitalist and non‐hospitalist general internists. J Gen Int Med. 2010;25(5):448–452. , , , , .
- Regional anesthesia in the patient receiving antithrombotic or thrombolytic therapy: American Society of Regional Anesthesia and Pain Medicine evidence‐based guidelines (Third Edition). Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2010;35(1):64–101. , , , et al.
- ASGE Standards of Practice Committee, , , , et al. Management of antithrombotic agents for endoscopic procedures. Gastrointest Endosc. 2009;70(6):1060–1070.
- Consensus guidelines for periprocedural management of coagulation status and hemostasis risk in percutaneous image‐guided interventions. J Vasc Interv Radiol. 2012;23(6):727–736. , , , et al.
- 2008 Focused update incorporated into the ACC/AHA 2006 guidelines for the management of patients with valvular heart disease: a report of the American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association Task Force on Practice Guidelines (Writing Committee to Revise the 1998 Guidelines for the Management of Patients With Valvular Heart Disease): endorsed by the Society of Cardiovascular Anesthesiologists, Society for Cardiovascular Angiography and Interventions, and Society of Thoracic Surgeons. Circulation. 2008;118(15):e523–e661. , , , et al.
- Prevention of premature discontinuation of dual antiplatelet therapy in patients with coronary artery stents: a science advisory from the American Heart Association, American College of Cardiology, Society for Cardiovascular Angiography and Interventions, American College of Surgeons, and American Dental Association, with representation from the American College of Physicians. J Am Coll Cardiol. 2007;49(6):734–739. , , , et al.
- Perioperative management of antithrombotic therapy: antithrombotic therapy and prevention of thrombosis, 9th ed: American College of Chest Physicians evidence‐based clinical practice guidelines. Chest. 2012;141(2 Suppl):e326S–e350S. , , , et al.
- Definition of major bleeding in clinical investigations of antihemostatic medicinal products in surgical patients. J Thromb Haemost. 2010;8(1):202–204. , , , et al.
- Clinical outcomes with unfractionated heparin or low‐molecular‐weight heparin as bridging therapy in patients on long‐term oral anticoagulants: the REGIMEN registry. J Thromb Haemost. 2006;4(6):1246–1252. , , , et al.
- Assessment of bleeding risk of interventional techniques: a best evidence synthesis of practice patterns and perioperative management of anticoagulant and antithrombotic therapy. Pain Physician. 2013;16(2 suppl):Se261–Se318. , , , et al.
- Perioperative management of patients receiving oral anticoagulants: a systematic review. Arch Intern Med. 2003;163(8):901–908. , .
- Frequency of the bleeding risk in patients receiving warfarin submitted to arthrocentesis of the knee [in Italian]. Reumatismo. 2003;55(3):159–163. , , , et al.
- A prospective study of the safety of joint and soft tissue aspirations and injections in patients taking warfarin sodium. Arthritis Rheum. 1998;41(4):736–739. , .
- Safety of arthrocentesis and joint injection in patients receiving anticoagulation at therapeutic levels. Am J Med. 2012;125(3):265–269. , .
- Severe neurological complications after central neuraxial blockades in Sweden 1990–1999. Anesthesiology. 2004;101(4):950–959. , , .
- Managing anticoagulated patients during neuraxial anaesthesia. Br J Haematol. 2010;149(2):195–208. , .
- Impaired haemostasis and regional anaesthesia. Can J Anaesth. 1996;43(5 pt 2):R129–R141. .
- Cauda equina syndrome following a lumbar puncture. J Clin Neurosci. 2009;16(5):714–716. , , .
- United States Food and Drug Safety Communication: updated recommendations to decrease risk of spinal column bleeding and paralysis in patients on low molecular weight heparins. Available at: http://www.fda.gov/Drugs/DrugSafety/ucm373595.htm. Accessed January 6, 2014.
- Three‐times‐daily subcutaneous unfractionated heparin and neuraxial anesthesia: a retrospective review of 928 cases. Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2012;37(6):623–626. , , , , .
- Regional anaesthesia and antithrombotic agents: recommendations of the European Society of Anaesthesiology. Eur J Anaesthesiol. 2010;27(12):999–1015. , , , et al.
- Eisai Inc. Fragmin (dalteparin sodium injection) full prescribing information. 2009. Available at: http://us.eisai.com/wps/wcm/connect/Eisai/Home/Our+Products/FRAGMIN. Accessed January 6, 2014
- Sanofi‐Aventis. Lovenox (enoxaparin sodium injection) full prescribing information. 2013. Available at: http://products.sanofi.us/lovenox/lovenox.html. Accessed January 6, 2014.
- LEO Pharmaceutical Products. Innohep (tinzaparin sodium injection) full prescribing information. 2008. Available at: http://www.accessdata.fda.gov/drugsatfda_docs/label/2008/020484s011lbl.pdf. Accessed January 6, 2014.
- Preoperative antiplatelet therapy does not increase the risk of spinal hematoma associated with regional anesthesia. Anesth Analg. 1995;80(2):303–309. , , , et al.
- Addendum of newer anticoagulants to the SIR consensus guideline. J Vasc Interv Radiol. 2013;24(5):641–645. , , , et al.
- Severe haemorrhage following abdominal paracentesis for ascites in patients with liver disease. Aliment Pharmacol Ther. 2005;21(5):525–529. , .
- Ultrasound guidance decreases complications and improves the cost of care among patients undergoing thoracentesis and paracentesis. Chest. 2013;143(2):532–538. , .
- Management of adult patients with ascites due to cirrhosis. Hepatology. 2004;39(3):841–856. .
- The coagulopathy of chronic liver disease. N Engl J Med. 2011;365(2):147–156. , .
- Necessity of routine chest roentgenography after thoracentesis. Ann Intern Med. 1996;124(9):816–820. , , , , .
- Pleural procedures and pleuroscopy. Respirology. 2009;14(6):796–807. , , , , .
- Ultrasonography guidance reduces complications and costs associated with thoracentesis procedures. J Clin Ultrasound. 2012;40(3):135–141. , , .
- Reducing iatrogenic risk in thoracentesis: establishing best practice via experiential training in a zero‐risk environment. Chest. 2009;135(5):1315–1320. , , , .
- Improving the safety of thoracentesis. Curr Opin Pulm Med. 2011;17(4):232–236. , .
- The safety of thoracentesis in patients with uncorrected bleeding risk. Ann Am Thorac Soc. 2013;10(4):336–341. , , , , .
- Safety of ultrasound‐guided thoracentesis in patients with abnormal preprocedural coagulation parameters. Chest. 2013;144(2):456–463. , , , et al.
- Abnormal preprocedural international normalized ratio and platelet counts are not associated with increased bleeding complications after ultrasound‐guided thoracentesis. AJR Am J Roentgenol. 2011;197(1):W164–W168. , .
- Lack of increased bleeding after paracentesis and thoracentesis in patients with mild coagulation abnormalities. Transfusion. 1991;31(2):164–171. , .
- Safety of ultrasound‐guided small‐bore chest tube insertion in patients on clopidogrel. J Bronchology Interv Pulmonol. 2013;20(1):16–20. , , .
- Effect of routine clopidogrel use on bleeding complications after ultrasound‐guided thoracentesis. J Bronchology Interv Pulmonol. 2012;19(4):284–287. , , , .
- Preventing complications of central venous catheterization. N Engl J Med. 2003;348(12):1123–1133. , .
- Complications of central venous catheters: internal jugular versus subclavian access—a systematic review. Crit Care Med. 2002;30(2):454–460. , , .
- Risk factors for acute adverse events during ultrasound‐guided central venous cannulation in the emergency department. Acad Emerg Med. 2010;17(10):1055–1061. , , , .
- Complications of central venous catheterization. J Am Coll Surg. 2007;204(4):681–696. .
- Real‐time two‐dimensional ultrasound guidance for central venous cannulation: a meta‐analysis. Anesthesiology. 2013;118(2):361–375. , , , , , .
- Central venous catheter placement in patients with disorders of hemostasis. Chest. 1996;110(1):185–188. , , .
- Invasive line placement in critically ill patients: do hemostatic defects matter? Transfusion. 1996;36(9):827–831. , , , .
- Bleeding complications after central line insertions: relevance of pre‐procedure coagulation tests and institutional transfusion policy. Acta Anaesthesiol Scand. 2013;57(5):573–579. , , , , , .
- Low levels of prothrombin time (INR) and platelets do not increase the risk of significant bleeding when placing central venous catheters. Med Klin (Munich). 2009;104(5):331–335. , , , et al.
- Coagulation disorders in patients with cancer: nontunneled central venous catheter placement with US guidance—a single‐institution retrospective analysis. Radiology. 2009;253(1):249–252. , , , et al.
- US‐guided placement of central vein catheters in patients with disorders of hemostasis. Eur J Radiol. 2008;65(2):253–256. , , .
- Central line placement in patients with and without prophylactic plasma. J Crit Care. 2012;27(5):529.e529–e513. , , .
- How I treat: target specific oral anticoagulant associated bleeding [published online ahead of print January 2, 2014]. Blood. doi: 10.1182/blood‐2013‐09‐529784. , , .
- The perioperative management of antithrombotic therapy: American College of Chest Physicians evidence‐based clinical practice guidelines (8th edition). Chest. 2008;133(6 suppl):299S–339S. , , , et al.
- Management of anticoagulation before and after elective surgery. N Engl J Med. 1997;336(21):1506–1511. , .
- RIsk of thromboembolism with short‐term interruption of warfarin therapy. Arch Intern Med. 2008;168(1):63–69. , , , et al.
- Periprocedural bleeding and thromboembolic events with dabigatran compared with warfarin: results from the Randomized Evaluation of Long‐Term Anticoagulation Therapy (RE‐LY) randomized trial. Circulation. 2012;126(3):343–348. , , , et al.
- Periprocedural heparin bridging in patients receiving vitamin K antagonists: systematic review and meta‐analysis of bleeding and thromboembolic rates. Circulation. 2012;126(13):1630–1639. , , , , , .
- Prevention of VTE in nonorthopedic surgical patients: antithrombotic therapy and prevention of thrombosis, 9th ed: American College of Chest Physicians evidence‐based clinical practice guidelines. Chest. 2012;141(2 Suppl):e227S–277S. , , , et al.
- Periprocedural anticoagulation management of patients with venous thromboembolism. Arterioscler Thromb Vasc Biol. 2010;30(3):442–448. , , , et al.
- Late coronary stent thrombosis. Circulation. 2007;116(17):1952–1965. , .
- Predictors of coronary stent thrombosis: the Dutch Stent Thrombosis Registry. J Am Coll Cardiol. 2009;53(16):1399–1409. , , , et al.
- Predictors of major bleeding in peri‐procedural anticoagulation management. J Thromb Haemost. 2012;10(2):261–267. , , , et al.
- Perioperative antiplatelet therapy: the case for continuing therapy in patients at risk of myocardial infarction. Br J Anaesth. 2007;99(3):316–328. , , .
- Effectiveness of bridging anticoagulation for surgery (the BRIDGE Study). Available at: www.ClinicalTrials.gov. Identifier: NCT00786474. Accessed October 22, 2013. , .
- A safety and effectiveness study of LMWH bridging therapy versus placebo bridging therapy for patients on long term warfarin and require temporary interruption of their warfarin (PERIOP2). Available at: www.ClinicalTrials.gov. Identifier: NCT00432796. Accessed October 20, 2013. .
- Outcomes of a preoperative “bridging” strategy with glycoprotein IIb/IIIa inhibitors to prevent perioperative stent thrombosis in patients with drug‐eluting stents who undergo surgery necessitating interruption of thienopyridine administration. EuroIntervention. 2013;9(2):204–211. , , , et al.
- Safety of “bridging” with eptifibatide for patients with coronary stents before cardiac and non‐cardiac surgery. Am J Cardiol. 2012;110(4):485–490. , , , et al.
- Hemostatic problems in surgical patients. In: Colman RW HJ, Marder VJ, Clowes AW, George JN, ed. Hemostasis and Thrombosis. 4th ed. Philadelphia, PA: Lippincott Williams 2001:1033. .
- Reversal of drug‐induced anticoagulation: old solutions and new problems. Transfusion. 2012;52:45S–55S. .
- A feasibility study of continuing dose‐reduced warfarin for invasive procedures in patients with high thromboembolic risk. Chest. 2005;127(3):922–927. , , .
- A simple and safe nomogram for the management of oral anticoagulation prior to minor surgery. Clin Lab Haematol. 2003;25(2):127–130. , , , et al.
- International normalized ratio versus plasma levels of coagulation factors in patients on vitamin K antagonist therapy. Arch Pathol Lab Med. 2011;135(4):490–494. , , , , .
- Parenteral anticoagulants: antithrombotic therapy and prevention of thrombosis, 9th ed: American College Of Chest Physicians evidence‐based clinical practice guidelines. Chest. 2012;141(2 suppl):e24S–e43S. , , , .
- Bridging anticoagulation with low‐molecular‐weight heparin after interruption of warfarin therapy is associated with a residual anticoagulant effect prior to surgery. Thromb Haemost. 2005;94(3):528–531. , , , .
- Brief communication: Preoperative anticoagulant activity after bridging low‐molecular‐weight heparin for temporary interruption of warfarin. Ann Intern Med. 2007;146(3):184–187. , , , et al.
- Regional anaesthesia in the patient receiving antithrombotic and antiplatelet therapy. Br J Anaesth. 2011;107(suppl 1):i96–i106. .
- Meta‐analysis: low‐molecular‐weight heparin and bleeding in patients with severe renal insufficiency. Ann Intern Med. 2006;144(9):673–684. , , , .
- Janssen Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Xarelto (rivaroxaban) full prescribing information. 2013. Available at: http://www.xareltohcp.com/sites/default/files/pdf/xarelto_0.pdf#zoom=100. Accessed October 1, 2013.
- Bristol Meyers Squibb, Inc. Eliquis (apixaban) full prescribing information. 2013. Available at: http://packageinserts.bms.com/pi/pi_eliquis.pdf. Accessed October 1, 2013.
- Boehringer Ingelheim Pharmaceuticals I. Pradaxa (dabigatran etexilate mesylate) full prescribing information. Available at: http://bidocs.boehringer‐ingelheim.com/BIWebAccess/ViewServlet.ser?docBase= renetnt11(2):245–252.
- The laboratory and the direct oral anticoagulants. Blood. 2013;121(20):4032–4035. .
- Assessment of the impact of rivaroxaban on coagulation assays: laboratory recommendations for the monitoring of rivaroxaban and review of the literature. Thromb Res. 2012;130(6):956–966. , , , , , .
- Antiplatelet drugs: antithrombotic therapy and prevention of thrombosis, 9th ed: American College of Chest Physicians evidence‐based clinical practice guidelines. Chest. 2012;141(2 suppl):e89S–119S. , , , , .
- Evidence‐based platelet transfusion guidelines. Hematology Am Soc Hematol Educ Program. 2007:172–178. .
- Platelet function testing and prediction of procedural bleeding risk. Thromb Haemost. 2013;109(5):817–824. , , .
- Perioperative management of antiplatelet therapy in patients with a coronary stent who need non‐cardiac surgery: a systematic review of clinical practice guidelines. Chest. 2013;144(6):1848–1856. , , , .
- Eli Lilly Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Effient (prasugrel) full prescribing information. 2012. Available at: http://pi.lilly.com/us/effient.pdf. Accessed October 1, 2013.
- Antiplatelet therapy and cardiac surgery: review of recent evidence and clinical implications. Can J Cardiol. 2013;29(9):1042–1047. , , , .
- AstraZeneca. Brilinta (ticagrelor) full prescribing information. 2013. Available at: http://www1.astrazeneca‐us.com/pi/brilinta.pdf. Accessed October 1, 2013.
- 2012 update to the Society of Thoracic Surgeons guideline on use of antiplatelet drugs in patients having cardiac and noncardiac operations. Ann Thorac Surg. 2012;94(5):1761–1781. , , , et al.
- How I treat anticoagulated patients undergoing an elective procedure or surgery. Blood. 2012;120(15):2954–2962. , .
- American College of Chest Physicians. Parenteral anticoagulants: antithrombotic therapy and prevention of thrombosis, 9th ed: American College of Chest Physicians evidence‐based clinical practice guidelines. Chest. 2012;141(2 suppl):e24S–e43S. , , , ,
The periprocedural management of antithrombotic medications is a common challenge for hospitalists, for which there is limited high‐quality evidence to guide clinical decision making. The introduction of third‐generation antiplatelet agents (prasugrel and ticagrelor) and the new oral anticoagulants (rivaroxaban, apixaban, and dabigatran), has added an additional layer of complexity to clinical management.
This article will provide a conceptual framework for the periprocedural management of antithrombotic therapy, with a particular focus on procedures that are considered core competencies by the Society of Hospital Medicine; these include: arthrocentesis, lumbar puncture, paracentesis, thoracentesis, and central line placement (Table 1).[1, 2] The recommendations in this article are based on a review of published guidelines and consensus statements and their supporting literature.[3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8] Additional articles were identified by performing a PubMed keyword search using the terms perioperative management or periprocedural management and anticoagulation or antithrombotic or antiplatelet in combination with keywords relevant to the content areas (eg, arthrocentesis, lumbar puncture). Articles for inclusion were chosen based on methodological quality and relevance to hospital medicine.
There are several questions that must be addressed when developing a periprocedural antithrombotic management strategy:
- What is the patient's risk of bleeding if antithrombotic therapy is continued?
- What is the patient's risk of thromboembolism if antithrombotic therapy is interrupted?
- Are there interventions that can decrease the risk of periprocedural bleeding and/or thromboembolism?
WHAT IS THE PATIENT'S RISK OF BLEEDING IF ANTITHROMBOTIC THERAPY IS CONTINUED?
Although the risk of bleeding is well described for many procedures, there are limited data on how that risk is affected by coagulopathy in general and antithrombotic medications in particular. When these data are available, they are largely derived from case series or bridging registries, which include heterogeneous patient populations and nonstandardized definitions of bleeding.[8, 9, 10] As such, few procedural or surgical professional societies have published guidelines on the periprocedural management of antithrombotic therapy,[3, 4, 5, 11]and guidelines from the American College of Chest Physicians (ACCP), the American College of Cardiology (ACC), and American Heart Association (AHA) only provide specific recommendations regarding minor ambulatory procedures.[6, 7, 8]
Procedures can be categorized as low or high risk for bleeding based on the following considerations: the extent of associated tissue injury, proximity to vital organs or vascular structures, the ability to readily detect and control bleeding, and the morbidity associated with a bleeding complication (eg, a small bleed into the epidural space is potentially catastrophic, whereas a large bleed from the colon often results in no permanent harm). For procedures with a high risk or consequence of bleeding, anticoagulants must be stopped, whereas in some cases antiplatelet agents can be safely continued. For procedures with a low risk or consequence of bleeding, it may be possible to continue both anticoagulant and antiplatelet agents.
Procedure | Antithrombotic Therapy | |||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Aspirin | Thienopyridines | Prophylactic UFH or LWMH | Therapeutic UFH or LMWH | Warfarin | NOACs | |
| ||||||
Arthrocentesis[12, 13, 14, 15] | + | + | + | + | + | + |
Lumbar puncture[3] | + | 5000 units UFH BID | ||||
Paracentesis[28, 29, 30] | + | + | + | |||
Thoracentesis[37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42] | + | + | + | |||
Central venous catheter insertion[48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53] | + | + | + |
Because procedures in hospitalized patients are most often performed for the purpose of diagnosing or treating an emergent condition, the risk of delaying the procedure while antithrombotic medications are held must be part of the overall risk‐benefit calculation.
Arthrocentesis
Bleeding complications from arthrocentesis are very rare, and there are few data on the additional risk associated with antithrombotic therapy.[12, 13, 14] In a retrospective cohort study, investigators determined the incidence of clinically significant bleeding (defined as bleeding requiring reversal of anticoagulation, prolonged manual pressure, surgical intervention, hospital admission, or delay in hospital discharge) and procedure‐related pain among 514 patients on antithrombotic therapy referred for arthrocentesis or injection of the hip, shoulder, or knee. Four hundred fifty‐six procedures were performed in patients without interrupting warfarin therapy, all of whom maintained an international normalized ratio (INR)2, and 184 procedures were performed in patients who had stopped their warfarin to achieve an INR <2. Antiplatelet therapy was routinely continued in both groups, with 48% of patients taking aspirin and 9% clopidogrel. There was 1 bleeding complication (0.2%) in a patient with an INR of 2.3 who was also taking aspirin, and 2 patients developed procedure‐related pain (INR 3.3 and 5.3, neither taking antiplatelet medications).[15]
Based on the available evidence, arthrocentesis appears to be safe in patients on therapeutic warfarin, with or without aspirin and/or clopidogrel. At present, there are no published studies that address the risk of arthrocentesis in patients taking other antiplatelet or anticoagulant medications, but given the low overall risk of this procedure, it is reasonable to infer that these medications can also be safely continued.
Lumbar Puncture
The incidence of bleeding complications from diagnostic lumbar puncture is unknown, but is likely similar to that seen with spinal anesthesia, where in a large retrospective observational study, spinal hematoma occurred in 1:165,000 spinal block procedures.[16] Factors associated with an increased risk of spinal hematoma include traumatic tap, advanced age, female gender, spinal cord or vertebral column abnormalities, coagulopathy, and not allowing sufficient time between stopping and restarting antithrombotic therapy.[3, 17, 18, 19, 20]
Therapeutic anticoagulation must be stopped and prophylactic anticoagulation delayed before performing a lumbar puncture. The 1 exception is low‐dose unfractionated heparin (UFH), which the American Society for Regional Anesthesia (ARSA) recommends continuing in patients undergoing neuraxial procedures, provided the total dose is 5000 U twice daily. This assessment is based on observational data, surveys of practice patterns, and decades of use without evidence of complications; in fact, there are only 5 case reports of spinal hematomas in this population.[3] However, because these data are from surgical populations, in which heparin thromboprophylaxis is typically dosed at 5000 units twice daily, there are limited data on the safety of higher or more frequent doses of heparin. In a retrospective cohort study of 928 patients who received thoracic epidural analgesia in conjunction with UFH dosed at 5000 U, 3 times daily, there were no cases of neuraxial bleeding, but given the rarity of neuraxial hematoma, it is not possible to draw any conclusions from this relatively small sample size.[21]
In November 2013, based on surveillance data showing increased risk for spinal or epidural hematoma associated with low‐molecular‐weight heparin (LMWH), the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) issued a drug safety communication recommending that neuraxial procedures be delayed for 12 hours after prophylactic LMWH and 24 hours after therapeutic LMWH, and that LMWH not be restarted for at least 4 hours after catheter removal.[20] These recommendations are largely consistent with existing guidelines[3, 22] but are not explicitly stated in the package insert for any of the LMWHs available in the United States,[23, 24, 25] and the FDA is working with the manufacturers to add this information.
Nonsteroidal anti‐inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs), dipyridamole, and aspirin do not appear to increase the risk of spinal hematoma and are considered safe to continue.[11, 26] There are limited data on the safety of thienopyridine medications in neuraxial anesthesia, but based on case reports and increased bleeding rates seen in surgical populations, it is generally recommended that these medications be discontinued before performing a lumbar puncture.[3, 22, 27]
The optimal time to restart anticoagulation after a lumbar puncture is unknown. The ARSA recommends a minimum of 1 hour for UFH and 2 hours for LMWH after neuraxial catheter removal, and provides no specific guidance about other anticoagulants,[3] whereas the European Society of Anesthesiology recommends a minimum of 1 hour for UFH, 4 hours for LMWH, 4 to 6 hours for rivaroxaban and apixiban, and 6 hours for dabigatran and fondaparinux.[22] Longer time periods should be considered after a traumatic tap, and postprocedure monitoring of neurological function is recommended for all patients.
The available evidence suggests that lumbar puncture can be safely performed in patients being treated with aspirin, NSAIDs, and UFH dosed at 5000 U twice daily; the safety of higher or more frequent doses of UFH is not known. Lumbar puncture should be delayed 12 hours after prophylactic LMWH and 24 hours after therapeutic LMWH, and LMWH should not be restarted for at least 4 hours after the procedure.[20] There are limited data on the safety of thienopyridines, but they should generally be discontinued, and all other prophylactic or therapeutic anticoagulation must be stopped prior to the procedure.
Paracentesis
Bleeding complications from paracentesis are uncommon, with abdominal wall hematoma and hemoperitoneum complicating 1% and 0.01% of procedures, respectively.[28, 29, 30] Whether antithrombotic therapy increases the risk of bleeding during paracentesis is unknown, primarily because most patients for whom the procedure is indicated have coagulopathy and thrombocytopenia from liver disease, and are therefore rarely treated with these medications.
Although patients with liver disease often have an elevated INR due to impaired hepatic synthesis of clotting factors, it is incorrect to generalize the observed rate of bleeding in this population to patients with an elevated INR from warfarin therapy who may require paracentesis for reasons unrelated to liver disease (eg, malignancy or infection). The coagulopathy of liver disease reflects deficiencies in the hepatic production of both pro‐ and anticoagulant proteins, and these patients develop both thrombotic and hemorrhagic complications irrespective of their in vitro coagulation indices.[31]
Although the available evidence suggests that paracentesis can be safely performed in patients with coagulopathy from liver disease, regardless of the INR,[30] little is known about the bleeding risk in other patients, with or without antithrombotic therapy. Based on indirect evidence, it is reasonable to assume that prophylactic UFH or LWMH or antiplatelet therapy would confer minimal additional risk, whereas the safety of continuing therapeutic anticoagulation is unknown.
Thoracentesis
Bleeding complications from thoracentesis are uncommon, generally occurring in <1% of procedures.[32, 33, 34] Factors associated with increased risk of overall complications include operator inexperience, large volume drainage, and lack of ultrasound guidance.[34, 35, 36] There are no studies that specifically address the risk of bleeding in patients on anticoagulant therapy, but such patients are included in studies on the risk of bleeding with coagulopathy.[37, 38, 39, 40]
In a retrospective cohort study of 1076 ultrasound‐guided thoracenteses performed by radiologists on patients with coagulopathy (defined as thrombocytopenia or an elevated INR from any cause), there were no bleeding complications (defined as anything other than minimal symptoms not requiring intervention). Among the patients in this study, 497 (46%) patients had a preprocedure INR >1.5; 198 (24%) had an INR between 2 and 3, and 32 (4%) had an INR >3.[39]
A similar study, which compared outcomes in patients with corrected and uncorrected coagulopathy, included 744 patients with an INR >1.6 (from any cause), of which 167 received preprocedural fresh‐frozen plasma (FFP) and 577 did not. There was 1 (0.1%) bleeding complication in a patient who received prophylactic FFP and none in the group that was not transfused.[38]
In a prospective cohort of 312 patients at increased risk for bleeding (from coagulopathy or antithrombotic medications) who underwent ultrasound‐guided thoracentesis by a pulmonologist or physician's assistant, 44 (34%) had an INR >1.5 (secondary to liver disease or warfarin therapy), 15 (12%) were taking clopidogrel, and 14 (11%) were treated with therapeutic LMWH within 12 hours or therapeutic UFH within 4.5 hours of the procedure. There were no bleeding complications in any of the patients (defined as mean change in hematocrit, chest x‐ray abnormalities, hemothorax, or requirement for transfusion).[37]
Although there are no studies that specifically address the use of aspirin and bleeding complications in thoracentesis, it is generally considered safe to continue this medication,[5] and there are small studies that show that thoracentesis and small‐bore chest tubes can be safely placed in patients taking clopidogrel.[41, 42]
Thoracentesis is associated with a low rate of bleeding complications, and when performed by an experienced operator using ultrasound, warfarin does not appear to increase this risk. However, given the low overall complication rate, it is not known whether patients on warfarin would have worse outcomes in the event of more serious complications (eg, intercostal artery laceration). At present, there are no published studies that address the risk of thoracentesis in patients taking new oral anticoagulants (NOACs).
Central Venous Catheter Insertion
The incidence of bleeding complications from central venous catheter (CVC) placement varies depending on the site of insertion and definition of bleeding, with hematoma and hemothorax occurring in 0.1% to 6.9%, and 0.4% to 1.3% of procedures, respectively.[43, 44, 45] Factors that increase the likelihood of complications include operator inexperience, multiple needle passes, and lack of ultrasound guidance.[46, 47] There are no studies that specifically address the risk of bleeding from CVC placement in patients on anticoagulant therapy, but such patients are included in studies of CVC placement in patients with coagulopathy, which report similar complication rates as seen in patients with normal hemostasis.[48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53]
In a retrospective cohort study, investigators collected information on CVC‐associated bleeding complications in 281 medical and surgical intensive care patients with coagulopathy (INR 1.5 from any cause) after they adopted a more conservative approach to plasma transfusion in their intensive care unit; specifically, the routine use of prophylactic FFP to correct coagulopathy was discouraged for patients with an INR <3 (vs usual practice using an INR cutoff of 1.5), but the final decision was left to the discretion of the attending performing or supervising the procedure. Bleeding was defined as insertion‐site hematoma, interventions other than local manual pressure, and the need for blood transfusion. One case of bleeding (hematoma) was observed in a patient with an INR of 3.9, who received FFP before the procedure. There were no complications among those with uncorrected coagulopathy, including 66 patients with an INR between 1.5 and 2.9, and 6 with an INR 3.0. Ultrasound guidance was used in 50% of CVCs placed in the internal jugular vein.[54]
Although there are no studies that specifically address the use of antiplatelet drugs and bleeding complications in CVC placement, aspirin is generally considered safe to continue,[5] and by inference, thienopyridines are expected to add minimal additional risk.
CVC placement is associated with a variable rate of bleeding complications, with hematoma being relatively common. Based on the available literature, warfarin does not appear to increase this risk, but there are limited data from which to draw firm conclusions. A femoral or jugular approach may be preferable because they allow for ultrasound visualization and are amenable to manual compression. There are no published studies that address the risk of CVC placement in patients taking NOACs, and although the risk of bleeding is probably similar to patients receiving warfarin, the lack of effective reversal agents for these medications should be part of any risk‐benefit calculation.[55]
WHAT IS THE PATIENT'S RISK OF THROMBOEMBOLISM IF ANTITHROMBOTIC THERAPY IS INTERRUPTED?
Anticoagulants
If it is determined that a procedure cannot safely be performed while continuing antithrombotic therapy, one must then consider the patient's risk of thromboembolism if these therapies are temporarily interrupted. Unfortunately, there are few robust clinical studies from which to make this assessment, and therefore most clinicians rely on the risk stratification model proposed by the ACCP, which divides patients into 3 tiers (low, moderate, high), based on their indication for anticoagulation and risk factors for thromboembolism (Table 2)[8]. The ACCP model is largely based on indirect evidence from antithrombotic therapy trials in nonoperative patients, and its application to perioperative patients necessitates several assumptions that may not hold true in practice.
Indication for Anticoagulant Therapy | |||
---|---|---|---|
Risk Stratum | Mechanical Heart Valve | Atrial Fibrillation | VTE |
| |||
High Thrombotic Risk |
|
|
|
Moderate Thrombotic Risk |
|
|
|
Low Thrombotic Risk |
|
|
|
First, it assumes that the annualized risk of a thrombotic event in nonoperative patients can be prorated to determine the short‐term risk of discontinuing antithrombotic therapy in the perioperative period. For example, it has been estimated that the risk for perioperative stroke in a patient with atrial fibrillation who temporarily interrupts anticoagulation for 1 week would be 0.1% (5% per year 52 weeks),[56, 57]and yet we know from observational data that the actual risk of perioperative stroke in similar patients is 5 to 7 times higher.[58, 59] Second, it assumes that bridging therapy will decrease the risk of thromboembolism in high‐risk patients when warfarin therapy is interrupted, a premise that is logical but has not been subject to randomized controlled trials.[60] Third, it does not take into account the surgery‐specific risk for thromboembolism, which varies significantly, with arterial thromboembolism being more common in cardiac valve, vascular, and neurologic procedures, and venous thromboembolism (VTE) being more likely in orthopedic, trauma, and cancer surgery.[61, 62] These limitations notwithstanding, the ACCP model still offers the best available framework for thrombotic risk assessment and a reasonable starting point for clinical decision making.
Antiplatelet Agents
Patients with coronary artery stents who undergo noncardiac surgery are at increased risk for adverse cardiovascular events, including acute stent thrombosis, which carries a risk of myocardial infarction and death of 70% and 30%, respectively.[63] This risk is highest during the period between stent implantation and endothelialization, a process that takes 4 to 6 weeks for bare‐metal stents (BMS) and 6 to 12 months for drug‐eluting stents (DES). Premature discontinuation of dual antiplatelet therapy is the most important risk factor for stent thrombosis during this time.[64] Although the optimal perioperative strategy for these patients is unknown, there is general agreement that elective surgery should be delayed for at least 4 weeks in patients with a BMS and 12 months for patients with a DES. If a procedure or surgery is required during this time period, every effort should be made to continue dual antiplatelet therapy; if this is not possible, aspirin should be continued, and thienopyridine therapy should be interrupted as briefly as possible (Table 3).
Recommended Interval Between Last Dose of Medication and Procedure | Recommended Interval Between Procedure and First Dose of Medication, h | ||
---|---|---|---|
Low Risk or Consequence of Postprocedure Bleeding | High Risk or Consequence of Postprocedure Bleeding | ||
| |||
Antiplatelet Medicationsa | |||
Aspirin (81325 mg dailydipyridamole) | 710 days (skip 69 doses) | 24 | 48 |
Ticlodipine (250 mg twice daily) | 1014 days (skip 1926 doses) | 24 | 48 |
Clopidogrel (75 mg once daily) | 710 days (skip 69 doses)b | 24 | 48 |
Prasugrel (10 mg once daily) | 710 days (skip 69 dose)c | 24 | 48 |
Ticagrelor (90 mg twice daily; t =8 hours) | 5 days (skip 8 doses) | 24 | 48 |
Cilostazol (100 mg twice daily; t =11 hours) | 3 days (skip 4 doses) | 24 | 48 |
Anticoagulant Medicationse | |||
Warfarin (t =3642 hours, but highly variable) | 6 days (skip 5 doses)f | 12 | 24 |
Intravenous UFH (t 60 minutes) | 46 hours | 24 | 4872 |
LMWH (t =37 hours) | |||
Prophylactic dosing | 12 hours# | 12 | 2436 |
Therapeutic dosing | |||
Once daily | 24 hours (give 50% of last total dose)# | 24 | 4872 |
Twice daily | 24 hours (skip 1 dose)# | 24 | 4872 |
Fondaparinux (t =17 hours, any dose) | 34 days (skip 23 doses)h | 24 | 4872 |
Dabigatran (150 mg twice daily) | |||
CrCl>50 mL/min (t =1417 hours) | 3 days (skip 4 doses) | 24 | 4872 |
CrCl 3050 mL/min (t =1618 hours) | 45 days (skip 68 doses) | 24 | 4872 |
CrCl 1530 mL/min (t =1618 hours)i | 45 days (skip 68 doses) | 24 | 4872 |
Rivaroxaban (20 mg once daily) | |||
CrCl>50 mL/min (t =89 hours) | 3 days (skip 2 doses) | 24 | 4872 |
CrCl 3050 mL/min (t =9 hours) | 3 days (skip 2 doses) | 24 | 4872 |
CrCl 1529.9 mL/min (t =910 hours)j | 4 days (skip 3 doses) | 24 | 4872 |
Apixiban (5 mg twice daily) | |||
CrCl>50 mL/min (t =78 hours) | 3 days (skip 4 doses) | 24 | 4872 |
CrCl 3050 mL/min (t =1718 hours) | 4 days (skip 6 doses) | 24 | 4872 |
ARE THERE INTERVENTIONS THAT CAN DECREASE THE RISK OF PERIPROCEDURAL BLEEDING AND/OR THROMBOEMBOLISM?
Mitigating the Risk of Bleeding
Bleeding complications can be reduced by allowing a sufficient time for the effects of antithrombotic medications to wear off before performing a procedure. This requires an understanding of the pharmacology of these medications, with particular attention to patients in whom these medications are less well studied, including the elderly, patients with renal insufficiency, and those with very high or low body mass index. Table 3 provides recommendations for when to stop antithrombotic therapy prior to an invasive procedure. The intervals are based on the time needed to achieve a minimal antithrombotic effect, which is generally 4 to 5 half‐lives for anticoagulants and 7 to 10 days for irreversible antiplatelet agents. Shorter intervals may be appropriate for procedures with low risk or consequence of bleeding, but there are insufficient data to make specific recommendations regarding this strategy.
It is equally important to ensure that there is adequate time for postoperative hemostasis prior to restarting antithrombotic therapy. Data from VTE prophylaxis trials and bridging studies consistently show that bleeding complications occur more frequently when anticoagulation is started too early, and antithrombotic therapy should generally be delayed 24 hours in patients at average risk and 48 to 72 hours in patients at high risk or consequence for postoperative bleeding.[8, 60, 65]
Aspirin increases the risk of surgical blood loss and transfusion by up to 20%, and by up to 50% when given in combination with clopidogrel, but with the exception of intracranial surgery, there does not appear to be an increase in perioperative morbidity or mortality with either of these agents.[66]
Mitigating the Risk of Thromboembolism
Once the decision has been made to temporarily discontinue warfarin, the next consideration is whether to bridge with a short acting anticoagulant (typically subcutaneous LMWH or intravenous UFH) during the period of time when the INR is subtherapeutic. Conceptually, one would expect this strategy would minimize the risk of thromboembolism, but its efficacy has never been clearly demonstrated. In fact, in a systematic review and meta‐analysis of 34 studies that compared the rates of thromboembolism among bridged and nonbridged patients, heparin therapy did not reduce the risk of thromboembolic events (odds ratio: 0.80; 95% confidence interval: 0.421.54), but did result in higher rates of periprocedural bleeding.[60]
The applicability of these results to clinical practice are limited by the heterogeneity of the data used in the analysis; specifically, bridging strategies varied (including therapeutic, intermediate, and prophylactic dose regimens), there was wide variation in the types of surgery (and therefore bleeding risk), and because the majority of studies were observational, there is a significant likelihood of confounding by indication (ie, patients at high risk for thromboembolism are more likely to receive bridging therapy), and thus the benefit of this strategy may be underestimated. It is also important to note that in the majority studies anticoagulation was restarted <24 hours after the procedure, which likely contributed to the increased rate of bleeding.
Therefore, although bridging therapy is not indicated for patients at low risk, it is premature to conclude that it should be avoided in patients at moderate or high risk for thromboembolism. The results of 2 ongoing, randomized, placebo‐controlled trials of bridging therapy in patients taking warfarin for atrial fibrillation (Effectiveness of Bridging Anticoagulation for Surgery [BRIDGE]) or mechanical heart values (A Double Blind Randomized Control Trial of Post‐Operative Low Molecular Weight Heparin Bridging Therapy Versus Placebo Bridging Therapy for Patients Who Are at High Risk for Arterial Thromboembolism [PERIOP‐2]) should help to answer this question.[67, 68]
The uncertainty regarding the benefits of bridging therapy is reflected in the changes to the most recent ACCP guidelines. In 2008, the ACCP recommended low‐dose LMWH or no bridging for patients at low risk (grade 2C), therapeutic‐dose bridging for patients at moderate risk (grade 2C), and therapeutic‐dose bridging for patients at high risk for thromboembolism (Grade 1C).[56] In 2012, the ACCP recommended against bridging for low‐risk patients (grade 2C), made no specific recommendation regarding moderate‐risk patients, and offered a less robust recommendation for bridging in high‐risk patients (grade 2C).[8]
Until the results of the BRIDGE and PERIOP‐2 trials are available, the author still favors therapeutic bridging for patients at high risk and selected patients at moderate risk for thromboembolism, provided sufficient time is allowed for postoperative hemostasis before anticoagulation is restarted. For procedures with a high risk or consequence of bleeding, intravenous UFH (without a bolus) is a reasonable initial postoperative strategy to insure that anticoagulation is tolerated before committing to LMWH. Indirect evidence supports the use of prophylactic or intermediate‐dose bridging regimens in patients for whom the primary consideration is the prevention of recurrent VTE, but data to show that this strategy is effective for the prevention of arterial thromboembolism are lacking.
Intravenous glycoprotein IIb/IIIa inhibitors are sometimes used to bridge high‐risk patients with coronary artery stents who must stop antiplatelet therapy prior to a procedure, but the data to support this practice are limited and observational in nature.[69, 70]
STARTING AND STOPPING ANTITHROMBOTIC THERAPY
Warfarin
For patients on warfarin, the INR at which it is safe to perform invasive procedures is unknown. Normal hemostasis requires clotting factor levels of approximately 20% to 40% of normal,[71] which generally corresponds to an INR of <1.5, whereas for most indications, therapeutic anticoagulation is achieved when the INR is between 2.0 and 3.5. However, because the relationship between the INR and the levels of clotting factors is nonlinear, for a given patient, the INR may be abnormal (ie, >1) despite levels of clotting factors that are sufficient for periprocedural hemostasis.[72, 73, 74, 75] Because of its relatively long half‐life (3642 hours), warfarin should be stopped 6 days (skip 5 doses) prior to a procedure to achieve an INR of <1.5, but can safely be restarted the same day in most patients.
Heparins
The half‐life of intravenous heparin is dose dependent, and at therapeutic levels is approximately 60 minutes; therefore, it should be discontinued 4 to 6 hours (5 half‐lives) before performing an invasive procedure.[76] The half‐life of subcutaneous LMWHs ranges from 3 to 7 hours in healthy volunteers,[23, 24, 25] and is often longer in patients for whom these medications are commonly prescribed.[77, 78] Therefore, when administered at therapeutic doses twice daily, the last dose should be given in the morning the day before the procedure, and for therapeutic once‐daily regimens, the last dose should be reduced by 50%.[8] The optimal time to discontinue prophylactic doses of LWMH prior to an invasive procedure is unclear, but a minimum of 12 hours is recommended.[22, 79] Because LWMHs are renally cleared, longer intervals are needed for patients with impaired renal function.[76, 80]
New Oral Anticoagulants
The manufacturer of rivaroxaban recommends that if anticoagulation must be discontinued, it be stopped at least 24 hours before the procedure.[81] Although this may be sufficient for procedures with a low risk or consequence of bleeding, the half‐life of rivaroxaban is between 8 and 10 hours, and therefore 48 hours (45 half‐lives) is required to ensure minimal residual anticoagulant effect.
Apixaban has a clearance half‐life of 6 hours, but displays prolonged absorption such that its effective half‐life is 12 hours after repeated dosing. The manufacturer recommends that it be stopped at least 24 hours prior to a procedure with a low risk or consequence of bleeding, and 48 hours prior to a procedure with a high risk or consequence of bleeding.[82]
The manufacturer of dabigatran recommends that the drug be discontinued 1 to 2 days (creatinine clearance (CrCl) 50 mL/min) or 3 to 5 days (CrCl <50 mL/min) before invasive or surgical procedures, and that longer times be considered when complete hemostasis is required.[83] Given that the half‐life of dabigatran is 14 to 17 hours, the author recommends that it be stopped at least 2 days (3 half‐lives) prior to a procedure with a low risk or consequence of bleeding, and 3 days (45 half‐lives) prior to a procedure with a high risk or consequence of bleeding.
The clearance of all the NOACs is significantly prolonged in patients with renal impairment, and a longer interval between the last dose and the procedure is necessary in patients with renal failure to ensure normal hemostasis (Table 3).
The effect of the NOACs on the standard clotting assays are complex and vary depending on drug dose, the type of reagents used, and the calibration of the equipment. For dabigatran, the activated partial thromboplastin time (aPTT) and the thrombin time (TT) are sufficiently sensitive to allow for a qualitative assessment of drug effect, such that a normal aPTT indicates the absence, or a very low level of an anticoagulant effect, and a normal TT essentially rules out an effect. Accurate quantitative testing of dabigatran requires an appropriately calibrated dilute thrombin test or ecarin clotting time assay.[84, 85]
Depending on the thromboplastin reagent used, the prothrombin time (PT) may be sufficiently sensitive to rivaroxaban that a normal level rules out a residual drug effect,[86] but this does not hold true for apixaban, which has minimal effect on the PT at therapeutic concentrations. The aPTT is insensitive to both rivaroxaban and apixaban and cannot be used for assessing residual drug effect. Accurate quantitative testing of rivaroxaban or apixaban requires an anti‐factor Xa assay calibrated for use with these agents.[84]
Antiplatelet Agents
Aspirin irreversibly inhibits platelet cyclooxygenase activity, and the thienopyridines clopidogrel and prasugrel, irreversibly inhibit the platelet P2Y12 receptor. As such, the biological effects of these medications persist until the platelet pool has turned over, a process that occurs at 10% to 12% per day and takes 7 to 10 days to complete.[87] The minimum number of functional platelets required to ensure adequate periprocedural hemostasis is unknown, but is likely between 50 and 100,000/L.[88] Therefore, assuming a platelet pool of 200,000/L, most patients will regenerate an adequate number of functional platelets by 5 days after discontinuing therapy, and nearly all will have normal platelet function by 10 days. Determining the risk of bleeding prior to complete turnover of the platelet pool is further complicated by genetic variability between patients in drug metabolism and the degree of platelet inhibition by these agents.[89]
Owing to this complexity, guidelines and prescribing recommendations are inconsistent. The ACCP recommends stopping antiplatelet agents 7 to 10 days prior to an invasive procedure, and the ACC/AHA makes no specific recommendations at all.[90] Based on data from patients undergoing cardiac bypass surgery, it is recommended that clopidogrel be stopped 5 days, and prasugrel 7 days, prior to an invasive procedure.[91, 92] The elimination half‐life of ticlodipine is sufficiently long (up to 96 hours after repeated dosing) that it should be stopped 10 to 14 days prior to an invasive procedure.[87] Ticagrelor is a reversible P2Y12 receptor inhibitor with a half‐life of approximately 8 hours and should therefore have minimal effect by 3 days after discontinuation; however, the manufacturer recommends that it be stopped 5 days prior to an invasive procedure.[93]
The optimal time to restart antiplatelet agents after an invasive procedure is also unknown. The 2008 ACCP guidelines recommended restarting aspirin and/or clopidogrel in 24 hours, or as hemostasis allows,[56] whereas neither the 2007 or 2009 ACC/AHA guidelines,[90] or the most recent 2012 ACCP guidelines,[8] offer specific recommendations. Aspirin, prasugrel, and ticagrelor have a rapid onset of action, whereas the full antiplatelet effect of clopidogrel does not occur for several days, and for patients in whom more rapid platelet inhibition is desired, a loading dose (300600 mg) may be appropriate.[87]
CONCLUSIONS
Deciding on an optimal periprocedural antithrombotic management strategy is a common challenge for hospitalists that requires careful consideration of both patient and procedure related‐risk factors for bleeding and thrombosis, as well as the consequences of delaying or forgoing the procedure altogether. For many procedures, there is evidence that antithrombotic therapy can be safely continued, thereby obviating the risk associated with interrupting therapy. When antithrombotic therapy must be stopped, it should be done in a manner that appropriately balances the risks and consequence of periprocedural bleeding and thromboembolism. Strategies to decrease the risk of perioperative bleeding include allowing sufficient time for the effects of antithrombotic therapy to subside before starting the procedure, and ensuring adequate time for hemostasis before restarting antithrombotic therapy. Bridging therapy may provide net clinical benefit for patients at moderate to high risk for thromboembolism, but this will not be clear until the results of several ongoing bridging trials are available. The periprocedural antithrombotic management strategy should be developed in collaboration with the relevant providers and with active participation by the patient in all decisions and treatment plans. Standardized protocols and documentation can help to minimize unintended variation in practice and improve information transfer during transitions of care.
Acknowledgements
The author would like to thank Shoshana and Lola Herzig for their support in the design and preparation of the manuscript.
Disclosure: Nothing to report.
The periprocedural management of antithrombotic medications is a common challenge for hospitalists, for which there is limited high‐quality evidence to guide clinical decision making. The introduction of third‐generation antiplatelet agents (prasugrel and ticagrelor) and the new oral anticoagulants (rivaroxaban, apixaban, and dabigatran), has added an additional layer of complexity to clinical management.
This article will provide a conceptual framework for the periprocedural management of antithrombotic therapy, with a particular focus on procedures that are considered core competencies by the Society of Hospital Medicine; these include: arthrocentesis, lumbar puncture, paracentesis, thoracentesis, and central line placement (Table 1).[1, 2] The recommendations in this article are based on a review of published guidelines and consensus statements and their supporting literature.[3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8] Additional articles were identified by performing a PubMed keyword search using the terms perioperative management or periprocedural management and anticoagulation or antithrombotic or antiplatelet in combination with keywords relevant to the content areas (eg, arthrocentesis, lumbar puncture). Articles for inclusion were chosen based on methodological quality and relevance to hospital medicine.
There are several questions that must be addressed when developing a periprocedural antithrombotic management strategy:
- What is the patient's risk of bleeding if antithrombotic therapy is continued?
- What is the patient's risk of thromboembolism if antithrombotic therapy is interrupted?
- Are there interventions that can decrease the risk of periprocedural bleeding and/or thromboembolism?
WHAT IS THE PATIENT'S RISK OF BLEEDING IF ANTITHROMBOTIC THERAPY IS CONTINUED?
Although the risk of bleeding is well described for many procedures, there are limited data on how that risk is affected by coagulopathy in general and antithrombotic medications in particular. When these data are available, they are largely derived from case series or bridging registries, which include heterogeneous patient populations and nonstandardized definitions of bleeding.[8, 9, 10] As such, few procedural or surgical professional societies have published guidelines on the periprocedural management of antithrombotic therapy,[3, 4, 5, 11]and guidelines from the American College of Chest Physicians (ACCP), the American College of Cardiology (ACC), and American Heart Association (AHA) only provide specific recommendations regarding minor ambulatory procedures.[6, 7, 8]
Procedures can be categorized as low or high risk for bleeding based on the following considerations: the extent of associated tissue injury, proximity to vital organs or vascular structures, the ability to readily detect and control bleeding, and the morbidity associated with a bleeding complication (eg, a small bleed into the epidural space is potentially catastrophic, whereas a large bleed from the colon often results in no permanent harm). For procedures with a high risk or consequence of bleeding, anticoagulants must be stopped, whereas in some cases antiplatelet agents can be safely continued. For procedures with a low risk or consequence of bleeding, it may be possible to continue both anticoagulant and antiplatelet agents.
Procedure | Antithrombotic Therapy | |||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Aspirin | Thienopyridines | Prophylactic UFH or LWMH | Therapeutic UFH or LMWH | Warfarin | NOACs | |
| ||||||
Arthrocentesis[12, 13, 14, 15] | + | + | + | + | + | + |
Lumbar puncture[3] | + | 5000 units UFH BID | ||||
Paracentesis[28, 29, 30] | + | + | + | |||
Thoracentesis[37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42] | + | + | + | |||
Central venous catheter insertion[48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53] | + | + | + |
Because procedures in hospitalized patients are most often performed for the purpose of diagnosing or treating an emergent condition, the risk of delaying the procedure while antithrombotic medications are held must be part of the overall risk‐benefit calculation.
Arthrocentesis
Bleeding complications from arthrocentesis are very rare, and there are few data on the additional risk associated with antithrombotic therapy.[12, 13, 14] In a retrospective cohort study, investigators determined the incidence of clinically significant bleeding (defined as bleeding requiring reversal of anticoagulation, prolonged manual pressure, surgical intervention, hospital admission, or delay in hospital discharge) and procedure‐related pain among 514 patients on antithrombotic therapy referred for arthrocentesis or injection of the hip, shoulder, or knee. Four hundred fifty‐six procedures were performed in patients without interrupting warfarin therapy, all of whom maintained an international normalized ratio (INR)2, and 184 procedures were performed in patients who had stopped their warfarin to achieve an INR <2. Antiplatelet therapy was routinely continued in both groups, with 48% of patients taking aspirin and 9% clopidogrel. There was 1 bleeding complication (0.2%) in a patient with an INR of 2.3 who was also taking aspirin, and 2 patients developed procedure‐related pain (INR 3.3 and 5.3, neither taking antiplatelet medications).[15]
Based on the available evidence, arthrocentesis appears to be safe in patients on therapeutic warfarin, with or without aspirin and/or clopidogrel. At present, there are no published studies that address the risk of arthrocentesis in patients taking other antiplatelet or anticoagulant medications, but given the low overall risk of this procedure, it is reasonable to infer that these medications can also be safely continued.
Lumbar Puncture
The incidence of bleeding complications from diagnostic lumbar puncture is unknown, but is likely similar to that seen with spinal anesthesia, where in a large retrospective observational study, spinal hematoma occurred in 1:165,000 spinal block procedures.[16] Factors associated with an increased risk of spinal hematoma include traumatic tap, advanced age, female gender, spinal cord or vertebral column abnormalities, coagulopathy, and not allowing sufficient time between stopping and restarting antithrombotic therapy.[3, 17, 18, 19, 20]
Therapeutic anticoagulation must be stopped and prophylactic anticoagulation delayed before performing a lumbar puncture. The 1 exception is low‐dose unfractionated heparin (UFH), which the American Society for Regional Anesthesia (ARSA) recommends continuing in patients undergoing neuraxial procedures, provided the total dose is 5000 U twice daily. This assessment is based on observational data, surveys of practice patterns, and decades of use without evidence of complications; in fact, there are only 5 case reports of spinal hematomas in this population.[3] However, because these data are from surgical populations, in which heparin thromboprophylaxis is typically dosed at 5000 units twice daily, there are limited data on the safety of higher or more frequent doses of heparin. In a retrospective cohort study of 928 patients who received thoracic epidural analgesia in conjunction with UFH dosed at 5000 U, 3 times daily, there were no cases of neuraxial bleeding, but given the rarity of neuraxial hematoma, it is not possible to draw any conclusions from this relatively small sample size.[21]
In November 2013, based on surveillance data showing increased risk for spinal or epidural hematoma associated with low‐molecular‐weight heparin (LMWH), the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) issued a drug safety communication recommending that neuraxial procedures be delayed for 12 hours after prophylactic LMWH and 24 hours after therapeutic LMWH, and that LMWH not be restarted for at least 4 hours after catheter removal.[20] These recommendations are largely consistent with existing guidelines[3, 22] but are not explicitly stated in the package insert for any of the LMWHs available in the United States,[23, 24, 25] and the FDA is working with the manufacturers to add this information.
Nonsteroidal anti‐inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs), dipyridamole, and aspirin do not appear to increase the risk of spinal hematoma and are considered safe to continue.[11, 26] There are limited data on the safety of thienopyridine medications in neuraxial anesthesia, but based on case reports and increased bleeding rates seen in surgical populations, it is generally recommended that these medications be discontinued before performing a lumbar puncture.[3, 22, 27]
The optimal time to restart anticoagulation after a lumbar puncture is unknown. The ARSA recommends a minimum of 1 hour for UFH and 2 hours for LMWH after neuraxial catheter removal, and provides no specific guidance about other anticoagulants,[3] whereas the European Society of Anesthesiology recommends a minimum of 1 hour for UFH, 4 hours for LMWH, 4 to 6 hours for rivaroxaban and apixiban, and 6 hours for dabigatran and fondaparinux.[22] Longer time periods should be considered after a traumatic tap, and postprocedure monitoring of neurological function is recommended for all patients.
The available evidence suggests that lumbar puncture can be safely performed in patients being treated with aspirin, NSAIDs, and UFH dosed at 5000 U twice daily; the safety of higher or more frequent doses of UFH is not known. Lumbar puncture should be delayed 12 hours after prophylactic LMWH and 24 hours after therapeutic LMWH, and LMWH should not be restarted for at least 4 hours after the procedure.[20] There are limited data on the safety of thienopyridines, but they should generally be discontinued, and all other prophylactic or therapeutic anticoagulation must be stopped prior to the procedure.
Paracentesis
Bleeding complications from paracentesis are uncommon, with abdominal wall hematoma and hemoperitoneum complicating 1% and 0.01% of procedures, respectively.[28, 29, 30] Whether antithrombotic therapy increases the risk of bleeding during paracentesis is unknown, primarily because most patients for whom the procedure is indicated have coagulopathy and thrombocytopenia from liver disease, and are therefore rarely treated with these medications.
Although patients with liver disease often have an elevated INR due to impaired hepatic synthesis of clotting factors, it is incorrect to generalize the observed rate of bleeding in this population to patients with an elevated INR from warfarin therapy who may require paracentesis for reasons unrelated to liver disease (eg, malignancy or infection). The coagulopathy of liver disease reflects deficiencies in the hepatic production of both pro‐ and anticoagulant proteins, and these patients develop both thrombotic and hemorrhagic complications irrespective of their in vitro coagulation indices.[31]
Although the available evidence suggests that paracentesis can be safely performed in patients with coagulopathy from liver disease, regardless of the INR,[30] little is known about the bleeding risk in other patients, with or without antithrombotic therapy. Based on indirect evidence, it is reasonable to assume that prophylactic UFH or LWMH or antiplatelet therapy would confer minimal additional risk, whereas the safety of continuing therapeutic anticoagulation is unknown.
Thoracentesis
Bleeding complications from thoracentesis are uncommon, generally occurring in <1% of procedures.[32, 33, 34] Factors associated with increased risk of overall complications include operator inexperience, large volume drainage, and lack of ultrasound guidance.[34, 35, 36] There are no studies that specifically address the risk of bleeding in patients on anticoagulant therapy, but such patients are included in studies on the risk of bleeding with coagulopathy.[37, 38, 39, 40]
In a retrospective cohort study of 1076 ultrasound‐guided thoracenteses performed by radiologists on patients with coagulopathy (defined as thrombocytopenia or an elevated INR from any cause), there were no bleeding complications (defined as anything other than minimal symptoms not requiring intervention). Among the patients in this study, 497 (46%) patients had a preprocedure INR >1.5; 198 (24%) had an INR between 2 and 3, and 32 (4%) had an INR >3.[39]
A similar study, which compared outcomes in patients with corrected and uncorrected coagulopathy, included 744 patients with an INR >1.6 (from any cause), of which 167 received preprocedural fresh‐frozen plasma (FFP) and 577 did not. There was 1 (0.1%) bleeding complication in a patient who received prophylactic FFP and none in the group that was not transfused.[38]
In a prospective cohort of 312 patients at increased risk for bleeding (from coagulopathy or antithrombotic medications) who underwent ultrasound‐guided thoracentesis by a pulmonologist or physician's assistant, 44 (34%) had an INR >1.5 (secondary to liver disease or warfarin therapy), 15 (12%) were taking clopidogrel, and 14 (11%) were treated with therapeutic LMWH within 12 hours or therapeutic UFH within 4.5 hours of the procedure. There were no bleeding complications in any of the patients (defined as mean change in hematocrit, chest x‐ray abnormalities, hemothorax, or requirement for transfusion).[37]
Although there are no studies that specifically address the use of aspirin and bleeding complications in thoracentesis, it is generally considered safe to continue this medication,[5] and there are small studies that show that thoracentesis and small‐bore chest tubes can be safely placed in patients taking clopidogrel.[41, 42]
Thoracentesis is associated with a low rate of bleeding complications, and when performed by an experienced operator using ultrasound, warfarin does not appear to increase this risk. However, given the low overall complication rate, it is not known whether patients on warfarin would have worse outcomes in the event of more serious complications (eg, intercostal artery laceration). At present, there are no published studies that address the risk of thoracentesis in patients taking new oral anticoagulants (NOACs).
Central Venous Catheter Insertion
The incidence of bleeding complications from central venous catheter (CVC) placement varies depending on the site of insertion and definition of bleeding, with hematoma and hemothorax occurring in 0.1% to 6.9%, and 0.4% to 1.3% of procedures, respectively.[43, 44, 45] Factors that increase the likelihood of complications include operator inexperience, multiple needle passes, and lack of ultrasound guidance.[46, 47] There are no studies that specifically address the risk of bleeding from CVC placement in patients on anticoagulant therapy, but such patients are included in studies of CVC placement in patients with coagulopathy, which report similar complication rates as seen in patients with normal hemostasis.[48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53]
In a retrospective cohort study, investigators collected information on CVC‐associated bleeding complications in 281 medical and surgical intensive care patients with coagulopathy (INR 1.5 from any cause) after they adopted a more conservative approach to plasma transfusion in their intensive care unit; specifically, the routine use of prophylactic FFP to correct coagulopathy was discouraged for patients with an INR <3 (vs usual practice using an INR cutoff of 1.5), but the final decision was left to the discretion of the attending performing or supervising the procedure. Bleeding was defined as insertion‐site hematoma, interventions other than local manual pressure, and the need for blood transfusion. One case of bleeding (hematoma) was observed in a patient with an INR of 3.9, who received FFP before the procedure. There were no complications among those with uncorrected coagulopathy, including 66 patients with an INR between 1.5 and 2.9, and 6 with an INR 3.0. Ultrasound guidance was used in 50% of CVCs placed in the internal jugular vein.[54]
Although there are no studies that specifically address the use of antiplatelet drugs and bleeding complications in CVC placement, aspirin is generally considered safe to continue,[5] and by inference, thienopyridines are expected to add minimal additional risk.
CVC placement is associated with a variable rate of bleeding complications, with hematoma being relatively common. Based on the available literature, warfarin does not appear to increase this risk, but there are limited data from which to draw firm conclusions. A femoral or jugular approach may be preferable because they allow for ultrasound visualization and are amenable to manual compression. There are no published studies that address the risk of CVC placement in patients taking NOACs, and although the risk of bleeding is probably similar to patients receiving warfarin, the lack of effective reversal agents for these medications should be part of any risk‐benefit calculation.[55]
WHAT IS THE PATIENT'S RISK OF THROMBOEMBOLISM IF ANTITHROMBOTIC THERAPY IS INTERRUPTED?
Anticoagulants
If it is determined that a procedure cannot safely be performed while continuing antithrombotic therapy, one must then consider the patient's risk of thromboembolism if these therapies are temporarily interrupted. Unfortunately, there are few robust clinical studies from which to make this assessment, and therefore most clinicians rely on the risk stratification model proposed by the ACCP, which divides patients into 3 tiers (low, moderate, high), based on their indication for anticoagulation and risk factors for thromboembolism (Table 2)[8]. The ACCP model is largely based on indirect evidence from antithrombotic therapy trials in nonoperative patients, and its application to perioperative patients necessitates several assumptions that may not hold true in practice.
Indication for Anticoagulant Therapy | |||
---|---|---|---|
Risk Stratum | Mechanical Heart Valve | Atrial Fibrillation | VTE |
| |||
High Thrombotic Risk |
|
|
|
Moderate Thrombotic Risk |
|
|
|
Low Thrombotic Risk |
|
|
|
First, it assumes that the annualized risk of a thrombotic event in nonoperative patients can be prorated to determine the short‐term risk of discontinuing antithrombotic therapy in the perioperative period. For example, it has been estimated that the risk for perioperative stroke in a patient with atrial fibrillation who temporarily interrupts anticoagulation for 1 week would be 0.1% (5% per year 52 weeks),[56, 57]and yet we know from observational data that the actual risk of perioperative stroke in similar patients is 5 to 7 times higher.[58, 59] Second, it assumes that bridging therapy will decrease the risk of thromboembolism in high‐risk patients when warfarin therapy is interrupted, a premise that is logical but has not been subject to randomized controlled trials.[60] Third, it does not take into account the surgery‐specific risk for thromboembolism, which varies significantly, with arterial thromboembolism being more common in cardiac valve, vascular, and neurologic procedures, and venous thromboembolism (VTE) being more likely in orthopedic, trauma, and cancer surgery.[61, 62] These limitations notwithstanding, the ACCP model still offers the best available framework for thrombotic risk assessment and a reasonable starting point for clinical decision making.
Antiplatelet Agents
Patients with coronary artery stents who undergo noncardiac surgery are at increased risk for adverse cardiovascular events, including acute stent thrombosis, which carries a risk of myocardial infarction and death of 70% and 30%, respectively.[63] This risk is highest during the period between stent implantation and endothelialization, a process that takes 4 to 6 weeks for bare‐metal stents (BMS) and 6 to 12 months for drug‐eluting stents (DES). Premature discontinuation of dual antiplatelet therapy is the most important risk factor for stent thrombosis during this time.[64] Although the optimal perioperative strategy for these patients is unknown, there is general agreement that elective surgery should be delayed for at least 4 weeks in patients with a BMS and 12 months for patients with a DES. If a procedure or surgery is required during this time period, every effort should be made to continue dual antiplatelet therapy; if this is not possible, aspirin should be continued, and thienopyridine therapy should be interrupted as briefly as possible (Table 3).
Recommended Interval Between Last Dose of Medication and Procedure | Recommended Interval Between Procedure and First Dose of Medication, h | ||
---|---|---|---|
Low Risk or Consequence of Postprocedure Bleeding | High Risk or Consequence of Postprocedure Bleeding | ||
| |||
Antiplatelet Medicationsa | |||
Aspirin (81325 mg dailydipyridamole) | 710 days (skip 69 doses) | 24 | 48 |
Ticlodipine (250 mg twice daily) | 1014 days (skip 1926 doses) | 24 | 48 |
Clopidogrel (75 mg once daily) | 710 days (skip 69 doses)b | 24 | 48 |
Prasugrel (10 mg once daily) | 710 days (skip 69 dose)c | 24 | 48 |
Ticagrelor (90 mg twice daily; t =8 hours) | 5 days (skip 8 doses) | 24 | 48 |
Cilostazol (100 mg twice daily; t =11 hours) | 3 days (skip 4 doses) | 24 | 48 |
Anticoagulant Medicationse | |||
Warfarin (t =3642 hours, but highly variable) | 6 days (skip 5 doses)f | 12 | 24 |
Intravenous UFH (t 60 minutes) | 46 hours | 24 | 4872 |
LMWH (t =37 hours) | |||
Prophylactic dosing | 12 hours# | 12 | 2436 |
Therapeutic dosing | |||
Once daily | 24 hours (give 50% of last total dose)# | 24 | 4872 |
Twice daily | 24 hours (skip 1 dose)# | 24 | 4872 |
Fondaparinux (t =17 hours, any dose) | 34 days (skip 23 doses)h | 24 | 4872 |
Dabigatran (150 mg twice daily) | |||
CrCl>50 mL/min (t =1417 hours) | 3 days (skip 4 doses) | 24 | 4872 |
CrCl 3050 mL/min (t =1618 hours) | 45 days (skip 68 doses) | 24 | 4872 |
CrCl 1530 mL/min (t =1618 hours)i | 45 days (skip 68 doses) | 24 | 4872 |
Rivaroxaban (20 mg once daily) | |||
CrCl>50 mL/min (t =89 hours) | 3 days (skip 2 doses) | 24 | 4872 |
CrCl 3050 mL/min (t =9 hours) | 3 days (skip 2 doses) | 24 | 4872 |
CrCl 1529.9 mL/min (t =910 hours)j | 4 days (skip 3 doses) | 24 | 4872 |
Apixiban (5 mg twice daily) | |||
CrCl>50 mL/min (t =78 hours) | 3 days (skip 4 doses) | 24 | 4872 |
CrCl 3050 mL/min (t =1718 hours) | 4 days (skip 6 doses) | 24 | 4872 |
ARE THERE INTERVENTIONS THAT CAN DECREASE THE RISK OF PERIPROCEDURAL BLEEDING AND/OR THROMBOEMBOLISM?
Mitigating the Risk of Bleeding
Bleeding complications can be reduced by allowing a sufficient time for the effects of antithrombotic medications to wear off before performing a procedure. This requires an understanding of the pharmacology of these medications, with particular attention to patients in whom these medications are less well studied, including the elderly, patients with renal insufficiency, and those with very high or low body mass index. Table 3 provides recommendations for when to stop antithrombotic therapy prior to an invasive procedure. The intervals are based on the time needed to achieve a minimal antithrombotic effect, which is generally 4 to 5 half‐lives for anticoagulants and 7 to 10 days for irreversible antiplatelet agents. Shorter intervals may be appropriate for procedures with low risk or consequence of bleeding, but there are insufficient data to make specific recommendations regarding this strategy.
It is equally important to ensure that there is adequate time for postoperative hemostasis prior to restarting antithrombotic therapy. Data from VTE prophylaxis trials and bridging studies consistently show that bleeding complications occur more frequently when anticoagulation is started too early, and antithrombotic therapy should generally be delayed 24 hours in patients at average risk and 48 to 72 hours in patients at high risk or consequence for postoperative bleeding.[8, 60, 65]
Aspirin increases the risk of surgical blood loss and transfusion by up to 20%, and by up to 50% when given in combination with clopidogrel, but with the exception of intracranial surgery, there does not appear to be an increase in perioperative morbidity or mortality with either of these agents.[66]
Mitigating the Risk of Thromboembolism
Once the decision has been made to temporarily discontinue warfarin, the next consideration is whether to bridge with a short acting anticoagulant (typically subcutaneous LMWH or intravenous UFH) during the period of time when the INR is subtherapeutic. Conceptually, one would expect this strategy would minimize the risk of thromboembolism, but its efficacy has never been clearly demonstrated. In fact, in a systematic review and meta‐analysis of 34 studies that compared the rates of thromboembolism among bridged and nonbridged patients, heparin therapy did not reduce the risk of thromboembolic events (odds ratio: 0.80; 95% confidence interval: 0.421.54), but did result in higher rates of periprocedural bleeding.[60]
The applicability of these results to clinical practice are limited by the heterogeneity of the data used in the analysis; specifically, bridging strategies varied (including therapeutic, intermediate, and prophylactic dose regimens), there was wide variation in the types of surgery (and therefore bleeding risk), and because the majority of studies were observational, there is a significant likelihood of confounding by indication (ie, patients at high risk for thromboembolism are more likely to receive bridging therapy), and thus the benefit of this strategy may be underestimated. It is also important to note that in the majority studies anticoagulation was restarted <24 hours after the procedure, which likely contributed to the increased rate of bleeding.
Therefore, although bridging therapy is not indicated for patients at low risk, it is premature to conclude that it should be avoided in patients at moderate or high risk for thromboembolism. The results of 2 ongoing, randomized, placebo‐controlled trials of bridging therapy in patients taking warfarin for atrial fibrillation (Effectiveness of Bridging Anticoagulation for Surgery [BRIDGE]) or mechanical heart values (A Double Blind Randomized Control Trial of Post‐Operative Low Molecular Weight Heparin Bridging Therapy Versus Placebo Bridging Therapy for Patients Who Are at High Risk for Arterial Thromboembolism [PERIOP‐2]) should help to answer this question.[67, 68]
The uncertainty regarding the benefits of bridging therapy is reflected in the changes to the most recent ACCP guidelines. In 2008, the ACCP recommended low‐dose LMWH or no bridging for patients at low risk (grade 2C), therapeutic‐dose bridging for patients at moderate risk (grade 2C), and therapeutic‐dose bridging for patients at high risk for thromboembolism (Grade 1C).[56] In 2012, the ACCP recommended against bridging for low‐risk patients (grade 2C), made no specific recommendation regarding moderate‐risk patients, and offered a less robust recommendation for bridging in high‐risk patients (grade 2C).[8]
Until the results of the BRIDGE and PERIOP‐2 trials are available, the author still favors therapeutic bridging for patients at high risk and selected patients at moderate risk for thromboembolism, provided sufficient time is allowed for postoperative hemostasis before anticoagulation is restarted. For procedures with a high risk or consequence of bleeding, intravenous UFH (without a bolus) is a reasonable initial postoperative strategy to insure that anticoagulation is tolerated before committing to LMWH. Indirect evidence supports the use of prophylactic or intermediate‐dose bridging regimens in patients for whom the primary consideration is the prevention of recurrent VTE, but data to show that this strategy is effective for the prevention of arterial thromboembolism are lacking.
Intravenous glycoprotein IIb/IIIa inhibitors are sometimes used to bridge high‐risk patients with coronary artery stents who must stop antiplatelet therapy prior to a procedure, but the data to support this practice are limited and observational in nature.[69, 70]
STARTING AND STOPPING ANTITHROMBOTIC THERAPY
Warfarin
For patients on warfarin, the INR at which it is safe to perform invasive procedures is unknown. Normal hemostasis requires clotting factor levels of approximately 20% to 40% of normal,[71] which generally corresponds to an INR of <1.5, whereas for most indications, therapeutic anticoagulation is achieved when the INR is between 2.0 and 3.5. However, because the relationship between the INR and the levels of clotting factors is nonlinear, for a given patient, the INR may be abnormal (ie, >1) despite levels of clotting factors that are sufficient for periprocedural hemostasis.[72, 73, 74, 75] Because of its relatively long half‐life (3642 hours), warfarin should be stopped 6 days (skip 5 doses) prior to a procedure to achieve an INR of <1.5, but can safely be restarted the same day in most patients.
Heparins
The half‐life of intravenous heparin is dose dependent, and at therapeutic levels is approximately 60 minutes; therefore, it should be discontinued 4 to 6 hours (5 half‐lives) before performing an invasive procedure.[76] The half‐life of subcutaneous LMWHs ranges from 3 to 7 hours in healthy volunteers,[23, 24, 25] and is often longer in patients for whom these medications are commonly prescribed.[77, 78] Therefore, when administered at therapeutic doses twice daily, the last dose should be given in the morning the day before the procedure, and for therapeutic once‐daily regimens, the last dose should be reduced by 50%.[8] The optimal time to discontinue prophylactic doses of LWMH prior to an invasive procedure is unclear, but a minimum of 12 hours is recommended.[22, 79] Because LWMHs are renally cleared, longer intervals are needed for patients with impaired renal function.[76, 80]
New Oral Anticoagulants
The manufacturer of rivaroxaban recommends that if anticoagulation must be discontinued, it be stopped at least 24 hours before the procedure.[81] Although this may be sufficient for procedures with a low risk or consequence of bleeding, the half‐life of rivaroxaban is between 8 and 10 hours, and therefore 48 hours (45 half‐lives) is required to ensure minimal residual anticoagulant effect.
Apixaban has a clearance half‐life of 6 hours, but displays prolonged absorption such that its effective half‐life is 12 hours after repeated dosing. The manufacturer recommends that it be stopped at least 24 hours prior to a procedure with a low risk or consequence of bleeding, and 48 hours prior to a procedure with a high risk or consequence of bleeding.[82]
The manufacturer of dabigatran recommends that the drug be discontinued 1 to 2 days (creatinine clearance (CrCl) 50 mL/min) or 3 to 5 days (CrCl <50 mL/min) before invasive or surgical procedures, and that longer times be considered when complete hemostasis is required.[83] Given that the half‐life of dabigatran is 14 to 17 hours, the author recommends that it be stopped at least 2 days (3 half‐lives) prior to a procedure with a low risk or consequence of bleeding, and 3 days (45 half‐lives) prior to a procedure with a high risk or consequence of bleeding.
The clearance of all the NOACs is significantly prolonged in patients with renal impairment, and a longer interval between the last dose and the procedure is necessary in patients with renal failure to ensure normal hemostasis (Table 3).
The effect of the NOACs on the standard clotting assays are complex and vary depending on drug dose, the type of reagents used, and the calibration of the equipment. For dabigatran, the activated partial thromboplastin time (aPTT) and the thrombin time (TT) are sufficiently sensitive to allow for a qualitative assessment of drug effect, such that a normal aPTT indicates the absence, or a very low level of an anticoagulant effect, and a normal TT essentially rules out an effect. Accurate quantitative testing of dabigatran requires an appropriately calibrated dilute thrombin test or ecarin clotting time assay.[84, 85]
Depending on the thromboplastin reagent used, the prothrombin time (PT) may be sufficiently sensitive to rivaroxaban that a normal level rules out a residual drug effect,[86] but this does not hold true for apixaban, which has minimal effect on the PT at therapeutic concentrations. The aPTT is insensitive to both rivaroxaban and apixaban and cannot be used for assessing residual drug effect. Accurate quantitative testing of rivaroxaban or apixaban requires an anti‐factor Xa assay calibrated for use with these agents.[84]
Antiplatelet Agents
Aspirin irreversibly inhibits platelet cyclooxygenase activity, and the thienopyridines clopidogrel and prasugrel, irreversibly inhibit the platelet P2Y12 receptor. As such, the biological effects of these medications persist until the platelet pool has turned over, a process that occurs at 10% to 12% per day and takes 7 to 10 days to complete.[87] The minimum number of functional platelets required to ensure adequate periprocedural hemostasis is unknown, but is likely between 50 and 100,000/L.[88] Therefore, assuming a platelet pool of 200,000/L, most patients will regenerate an adequate number of functional platelets by 5 days after discontinuing therapy, and nearly all will have normal platelet function by 10 days. Determining the risk of bleeding prior to complete turnover of the platelet pool is further complicated by genetic variability between patients in drug metabolism and the degree of platelet inhibition by these agents.[89]
Owing to this complexity, guidelines and prescribing recommendations are inconsistent. The ACCP recommends stopping antiplatelet agents 7 to 10 days prior to an invasive procedure, and the ACC/AHA makes no specific recommendations at all.[90] Based on data from patients undergoing cardiac bypass surgery, it is recommended that clopidogrel be stopped 5 days, and prasugrel 7 days, prior to an invasive procedure.[91, 92] The elimination half‐life of ticlodipine is sufficiently long (up to 96 hours after repeated dosing) that it should be stopped 10 to 14 days prior to an invasive procedure.[87] Ticagrelor is a reversible P2Y12 receptor inhibitor with a half‐life of approximately 8 hours and should therefore have minimal effect by 3 days after discontinuation; however, the manufacturer recommends that it be stopped 5 days prior to an invasive procedure.[93]
The optimal time to restart antiplatelet agents after an invasive procedure is also unknown. The 2008 ACCP guidelines recommended restarting aspirin and/or clopidogrel in 24 hours, or as hemostasis allows,[56] whereas neither the 2007 or 2009 ACC/AHA guidelines,[90] or the most recent 2012 ACCP guidelines,[8] offer specific recommendations. Aspirin, prasugrel, and ticagrelor have a rapid onset of action, whereas the full antiplatelet effect of clopidogrel does not occur for several days, and for patients in whom more rapid platelet inhibition is desired, a loading dose (300600 mg) may be appropriate.[87]
CONCLUSIONS
Deciding on an optimal periprocedural antithrombotic management strategy is a common challenge for hospitalists that requires careful consideration of both patient and procedure related‐risk factors for bleeding and thrombosis, as well as the consequences of delaying or forgoing the procedure altogether. For many procedures, there is evidence that antithrombotic therapy can be safely continued, thereby obviating the risk associated with interrupting therapy. When antithrombotic therapy must be stopped, it should be done in a manner that appropriately balances the risks and consequence of periprocedural bleeding and thromboembolism. Strategies to decrease the risk of perioperative bleeding include allowing sufficient time for the effects of antithrombotic therapy to subside before starting the procedure, and ensuring adequate time for hemostasis before restarting antithrombotic therapy. Bridging therapy may provide net clinical benefit for patients at moderate to high risk for thromboembolism, but this will not be clear until the results of several ongoing bridging trials are available. The periprocedural antithrombotic management strategy should be developed in collaboration with the relevant providers and with active participation by the patient in all decisions and treatment plans. Standardized protocols and documentation can help to minimize unintended variation in practice and improve information transfer during transitions of care.
Acknowledgements
The author would like to thank Shoshana and Lola Herzig for their support in the design and preparation of the manuscript.
Disclosure: Nothing to report.
- Core competencies in hospital medicine: development and methodology. J Hosp Med. 2006;1(suppl 1):48–56. , , , , .
- Procedures performed by hospitalist and non‐hospitalist general internists. J Gen Int Med. 2010;25(5):448–452. , , , , .
- Regional anesthesia in the patient receiving antithrombotic or thrombolytic therapy: American Society of Regional Anesthesia and Pain Medicine evidence‐based guidelines (Third Edition). Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2010;35(1):64–101. , , , et al.
- ASGE Standards of Practice Committee, , , , et al. Management of antithrombotic agents for endoscopic procedures. Gastrointest Endosc. 2009;70(6):1060–1070.
- Consensus guidelines for periprocedural management of coagulation status and hemostasis risk in percutaneous image‐guided interventions. J Vasc Interv Radiol. 2012;23(6):727–736. , , , et al.
- 2008 Focused update incorporated into the ACC/AHA 2006 guidelines for the management of patients with valvular heart disease: a report of the American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association Task Force on Practice Guidelines (Writing Committee to Revise the 1998 Guidelines for the Management of Patients With Valvular Heart Disease): endorsed by the Society of Cardiovascular Anesthesiologists, Society for Cardiovascular Angiography and Interventions, and Society of Thoracic Surgeons. Circulation. 2008;118(15):e523–e661. , , , et al.
- Prevention of premature discontinuation of dual antiplatelet therapy in patients with coronary artery stents: a science advisory from the American Heart Association, American College of Cardiology, Society for Cardiovascular Angiography and Interventions, American College of Surgeons, and American Dental Association, with representation from the American College of Physicians. J Am Coll Cardiol. 2007;49(6):734–739. , , , et al.
- Perioperative management of antithrombotic therapy: antithrombotic therapy and prevention of thrombosis, 9th ed: American College of Chest Physicians evidence‐based clinical practice guidelines. Chest. 2012;141(2 Suppl):e326S–e350S. , , , et al.
- Definition of major bleeding in clinical investigations of antihemostatic medicinal products in surgical patients. J Thromb Haemost. 2010;8(1):202–204. , , , et al.
- Clinical outcomes with unfractionated heparin or low‐molecular‐weight heparin as bridging therapy in patients on long‐term oral anticoagulants: the REGIMEN registry. J Thromb Haemost. 2006;4(6):1246–1252. , , , et al.
- Assessment of bleeding risk of interventional techniques: a best evidence synthesis of practice patterns and perioperative management of anticoagulant and antithrombotic therapy. Pain Physician. 2013;16(2 suppl):Se261–Se318. , , , et al.
- Perioperative management of patients receiving oral anticoagulants: a systematic review. Arch Intern Med. 2003;163(8):901–908. , .
- Frequency of the bleeding risk in patients receiving warfarin submitted to arthrocentesis of the knee [in Italian]. Reumatismo. 2003;55(3):159–163. , , , et al.
- A prospective study of the safety of joint and soft tissue aspirations and injections in patients taking warfarin sodium. Arthritis Rheum. 1998;41(4):736–739. , .
- Safety of arthrocentesis and joint injection in patients receiving anticoagulation at therapeutic levels. Am J Med. 2012;125(3):265–269. , .
- Severe neurological complications after central neuraxial blockades in Sweden 1990–1999. Anesthesiology. 2004;101(4):950–959. , , .
- Managing anticoagulated patients during neuraxial anaesthesia. Br J Haematol. 2010;149(2):195–208. , .
- Impaired haemostasis and regional anaesthesia. Can J Anaesth. 1996;43(5 pt 2):R129–R141. .
- Cauda equina syndrome following a lumbar puncture. J Clin Neurosci. 2009;16(5):714–716. , , .
- United States Food and Drug Safety Communication: updated recommendations to decrease risk of spinal column bleeding and paralysis in patients on low molecular weight heparins. Available at: http://www.fda.gov/Drugs/DrugSafety/ucm373595.htm. Accessed January 6, 2014.
- Three‐times‐daily subcutaneous unfractionated heparin and neuraxial anesthesia: a retrospective review of 928 cases. Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2012;37(6):623–626. , , , , .
- Regional anaesthesia and antithrombotic agents: recommendations of the European Society of Anaesthesiology. Eur J Anaesthesiol. 2010;27(12):999–1015. , , , et al.
- Eisai Inc. Fragmin (dalteparin sodium injection) full prescribing information. 2009. Available at: http://us.eisai.com/wps/wcm/connect/Eisai/Home/Our+Products/FRAGMIN. Accessed January 6, 2014
- Sanofi‐Aventis. Lovenox (enoxaparin sodium injection) full prescribing information. 2013. Available at: http://products.sanofi.us/lovenox/lovenox.html. Accessed January 6, 2014.
- LEO Pharmaceutical Products. Innohep (tinzaparin sodium injection) full prescribing information. 2008. Available at: http://www.accessdata.fda.gov/drugsatfda_docs/label/2008/020484s011lbl.pdf. Accessed January 6, 2014.
- Preoperative antiplatelet therapy does not increase the risk of spinal hematoma associated with regional anesthesia. Anesth Analg. 1995;80(2):303–309. , , , et al.
- Addendum of newer anticoagulants to the SIR consensus guideline. J Vasc Interv Radiol. 2013;24(5):641–645. , , , et al.
- Severe haemorrhage following abdominal paracentesis for ascites in patients with liver disease. Aliment Pharmacol Ther. 2005;21(5):525–529. , .
- Ultrasound guidance decreases complications and improves the cost of care among patients undergoing thoracentesis and paracentesis. Chest. 2013;143(2):532–538. , .
- Management of adult patients with ascites due to cirrhosis. Hepatology. 2004;39(3):841–856. .
- The coagulopathy of chronic liver disease. N Engl J Med. 2011;365(2):147–156. , .
- Necessity of routine chest roentgenography after thoracentesis. Ann Intern Med. 1996;124(9):816–820. , , , , .
- Pleural procedures and pleuroscopy. Respirology. 2009;14(6):796–807. , , , , .
- Ultrasonography guidance reduces complications and costs associated with thoracentesis procedures. J Clin Ultrasound. 2012;40(3):135–141. , , .
- Reducing iatrogenic risk in thoracentesis: establishing best practice via experiential training in a zero‐risk environment. Chest. 2009;135(5):1315–1320. , , , .
- Improving the safety of thoracentesis. Curr Opin Pulm Med. 2011;17(4):232–236. , .
- The safety of thoracentesis in patients with uncorrected bleeding risk. Ann Am Thorac Soc. 2013;10(4):336–341. , , , , .
- Safety of ultrasound‐guided thoracentesis in patients with abnormal preprocedural coagulation parameters. Chest. 2013;144(2):456–463. , , , et al.
- Abnormal preprocedural international normalized ratio and platelet counts are not associated with increased bleeding complications after ultrasound‐guided thoracentesis. AJR Am J Roentgenol. 2011;197(1):W164–W168. , .
- Lack of increased bleeding after paracentesis and thoracentesis in patients with mild coagulation abnormalities. Transfusion. 1991;31(2):164–171. , .
- Safety of ultrasound‐guided small‐bore chest tube insertion in patients on clopidogrel. J Bronchology Interv Pulmonol. 2013;20(1):16–20. , , .
- Effect of routine clopidogrel use on bleeding complications after ultrasound‐guided thoracentesis. J Bronchology Interv Pulmonol. 2012;19(4):284–287. , , , .
- Preventing complications of central venous catheterization. N Engl J Med. 2003;348(12):1123–1133. , .
- Complications of central venous catheters: internal jugular versus subclavian access—a systematic review. Crit Care Med. 2002;30(2):454–460. , , .
- Risk factors for acute adverse events during ultrasound‐guided central venous cannulation in the emergency department. Acad Emerg Med. 2010;17(10):1055–1061. , , , .
- Complications of central venous catheterization. J Am Coll Surg. 2007;204(4):681–696. .
- Real‐time two‐dimensional ultrasound guidance for central venous cannulation: a meta‐analysis. Anesthesiology. 2013;118(2):361–375. , , , , , .
- Central venous catheter placement in patients with disorders of hemostasis. Chest. 1996;110(1):185–188. , , .
- Invasive line placement in critically ill patients: do hemostatic defects matter? Transfusion. 1996;36(9):827–831. , , , .
- Bleeding complications after central line insertions: relevance of pre‐procedure coagulation tests and institutional transfusion policy. Acta Anaesthesiol Scand. 2013;57(5):573–579. , , , , , .
- Low levels of prothrombin time (INR) and platelets do not increase the risk of significant bleeding when placing central venous catheters. Med Klin (Munich). 2009;104(5):331–335. , , , et al.
- Coagulation disorders in patients with cancer: nontunneled central venous catheter placement with US guidance—a single‐institution retrospective analysis. Radiology. 2009;253(1):249–252. , , , et al.
- US‐guided placement of central vein catheters in patients with disorders of hemostasis. Eur J Radiol. 2008;65(2):253–256. , , .
- Central line placement in patients with and without prophylactic plasma. J Crit Care. 2012;27(5):529.e529–e513. , , .
- How I treat: target specific oral anticoagulant associated bleeding [published online ahead of print January 2, 2014]. Blood. doi: 10.1182/blood‐2013‐09‐529784. , , .
- The perioperative management of antithrombotic therapy: American College of Chest Physicians evidence‐based clinical practice guidelines (8th edition). Chest. 2008;133(6 suppl):299S–339S. , , , et al.
- Management of anticoagulation before and after elective surgery. N Engl J Med. 1997;336(21):1506–1511. , .
- RIsk of thromboembolism with short‐term interruption of warfarin therapy. Arch Intern Med. 2008;168(1):63–69. , , , et al.
- Periprocedural bleeding and thromboembolic events with dabigatran compared with warfarin: results from the Randomized Evaluation of Long‐Term Anticoagulation Therapy (RE‐LY) randomized trial. Circulation. 2012;126(3):343–348. , , , et al.
- Periprocedural heparin bridging in patients receiving vitamin K antagonists: systematic review and meta‐analysis of bleeding and thromboembolic rates. Circulation. 2012;126(13):1630–1639. , , , , , .
- Prevention of VTE in nonorthopedic surgical patients: antithrombotic therapy and prevention of thrombosis, 9th ed: American College of Chest Physicians evidence‐based clinical practice guidelines. Chest. 2012;141(2 Suppl):e227S–277S. , , , et al.
- Periprocedural anticoagulation management of patients with venous thromboembolism. Arterioscler Thromb Vasc Biol. 2010;30(3):442–448. , , , et al.
- Late coronary stent thrombosis. Circulation. 2007;116(17):1952–1965. , .
- Predictors of coronary stent thrombosis: the Dutch Stent Thrombosis Registry. J Am Coll Cardiol. 2009;53(16):1399–1409. , , , et al.
- Predictors of major bleeding in peri‐procedural anticoagulation management. J Thromb Haemost. 2012;10(2):261–267. , , , et al.
- Perioperative antiplatelet therapy: the case for continuing therapy in patients at risk of myocardial infarction. Br J Anaesth. 2007;99(3):316–328. , , .
- Effectiveness of bridging anticoagulation for surgery (the BRIDGE Study). Available at: www.ClinicalTrials.gov. Identifier: NCT00786474. Accessed October 22, 2013. , .
- A safety and effectiveness study of LMWH bridging therapy versus placebo bridging therapy for patients on long term warfarin and require temporary interruption of their warfarin (PERIOP2). Available at: www.ClinicalTrials.gov. Identifier: NCT00432796. Accessed October 20, 2013. .
- Outcomes of a preoperative “bridging” strategy with glycoprotein IIb/IIIa inhibitors to prevent perioperative stent thrombosis in patients with drug‐eluting stents who undergo surgery necessitating interruption of thienopyridine administration. EuroIntervention. 2013;9(2):204–211. , , , et al.
- Safety of “bridging” with eptifibatide for patients with coronary stents before cardiac and non‐cardiac surgery. Am J Cardiol. 2012;110(4):485–490. , , , et al.
- Hemostatic problems in surgical patients. In: Colman RW HJ, Marder VJ, Clowes AW, George JN, ed. Hemostasis and Thrombosis. 4th ed. Philadelphia, PA: Lippincott Williams 2001:1033. .
- Reversal of drug‐induced anticoagulation: old solutions and new problems. Transfusion. 2012;52:45S–55S. .
- A feasibility study of continuing dose‐reduced warfarin for invasive procedures in patients with high thromboembolic risk. Chest. 2005;127(3):922–927. , , .
- A simple and safe nomogram for the management of oral anticoagulation prior to minor surgery. Clin Lab Haematol. 2003;25(2):127–130. , , , et al.
- International normalized ratio versus plasma levels of coagulation factors in patients on vitamin K antagonist therapy. Arch Pathol Lab Med. 2011;135(4):490–494. , , , , .
- Parenteral anticoagulants: antithrombotic therapy and prevention of thrombosis, 9th ed: American College Of Chest Physicians evidence‐based clinical practice guidelines. Chest. 2012;141(2 suppl):e24S–e43S. , , , .
- Bridging anticoagulation with low‐molecular‐weight heparin after interruption of warfarin therapy is associated with a residual anticoagulant effect prior to surgery. Thromb Haemost. 2005;94(3):528–531. , , , .
- Brief communication: Preoperative anticoagulant activity after bridging low‐molecular‐weight heparin for temporary interruption of warfarin. Ann Intern Med. 2007;146(3):184–187. , , , et al.
- Regional anaesthesia in the patient receiving antithrombotic and antiplatelet therapy. Br J Anaesth. 2011;107(suppl 1):i96–i106. .
- Meta‐analysis: low‐molecular‐weight heparin and bleeding in patients with severe renal insufficiency. Ann Intern Med. 2006;144(9):673–684. , , , .
- Janssen Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Xarelto (rivaroxaban) full prescribing information. 2013. Available at: http://www.xareltohcp.com/sites/default/files/pdf/xarelto_0.pdf#zoom=100. Accessed October 1, 2013.
- Bristol Meyers Squibb, Inc. Eliquis (apixaban) full prescribing information. 2013. Available at: http://packageinserts.bms.com/pi/pi_eliquis.pdf. Accessed October 1, 2013.
- Boehringer Ingelheim Pharmaceuticals I. Pradaxa (dabigatran etexilate mesylate) full prescribing information. Available at: http://bidocs.boehringer‐ingelheim.com/BIWebAccess/ViewServlet.ser?docBase= renetnt11(2):245–252.
- The laboratory and the direct oral anticoagulants. Blood. 2013;121(20):4032–4035. .
- Assessment of the impact of rivaroxaban on coagulation assays: laboratory recommendations for the monitoring of rivaroxaban and review of the literature. Thromb Res. 2012;130(6):956–966. , , , , , .
- Antiplatelet drugs: antithrombotic therapy and prevention of thrombosis, 9th ed: American College of Chest Physicians evidence‐based clinical practice guidelines. Chest. 2012;141(2 suppl):e89S–119S. , , , , .
- Evidence‐based platelet transfusion guidelines. Hematology Am Soc Hematol Educ Program. 2007:172–178. .
- Platelet function testing and prediction of procedural bleeding risk. Thromb Haemost. 2013;109(5):817–824. , , .
- Perioperative management of antiplatelet therapy in patients with a coronary stent who need non‐cardiac surgery: a systematic review of clinical practice guidelines. Chest. 2013;144(6):1848–1856. , , , .
- Eli Lilly Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Effient (prasugrel) full prescribing information. 2012. Available at: http://pi.lilly.com/us/effient.pdf. Accessed October 1, 2013.
- Antiplatelet therapy and cardiac surgery: review of recent evidence and clinical implications. Can J Cardiol. 2013;29(9):1042–1047. , , , .
- AstraZeneca. Brilinta (ticagrelor) full prescribing information. 2013. Available at: http://www1.astrazeneca‐us.com/pi/brilinta.pdf. Accessed October 1, 2013.
- 2012 update to the Society of Thoracic Surgeons guideline on use of antiplatelet drugs in patients having cardiac and noncardiac operations. Ann Thorac Surg. 2012;94(5):1761–1781. , , , et al.
- How I treat anticoagulated patients undergoing an elective procedure or surgery. Blood. 2012;120(15):2954–2962. , .
- American College of Chest Physicians. Parenteral anticoagulants: antithrombotic therapy and prevention of thrombosis, 9th ed: American College of Chest Physicians evidence‐based clinical practice guidelines. Chest. 2012;141(2 suppl):e24S–e43S. , , , ,
- Core competencies in hospital medicine: development and methodology. J Hosp Med. 2006;1(suppl 1):48–56. , , , , .
- Procedures performed by hospitalist and non‐hospitalist general internists. J Gen Int Med. 2010;25(5):448–452. , , , , .
- Regional anesthesia in the patient receiving antithrombotic or thrombolytic therapy: American Society of Regional Anesthesia and Pain Medicine evidence‐based guidelines (Third Edition). Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2010;35(1):64–101. , , , et al.
- ASGE Standards of Practice Committee, , , , et al. Management of antithrombotic agents for endoscopic procedures. Gastrointest Endosc. 2009;70(6):1060–1070.
- Consensus guidelines for periprocedural management of coagulation status and hemostasis risk in percutaneous image‐guided interventions. J Vasc Interv Radiol. 2012;23(6):727–736. , , , et al.
- 2008 Focused update incorporated into the ACC/AHA 2006 guidelines for the management of patients with valvular heart disease: a report of the American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association Task Force on Practice Guidelines (Writing Committee to Revise the 1998 Guidelines for the Management of Patients With Valvular Heart Disease): endorsed by the Society of Cardiovascular Anesthesiologists, Society for Cardiovascular Angiography and Interventions, and Society of Thoracic Surgeons. Circulation. 2008;118(15):e523–e661. , , , et al.
- Prevention of premature discontinuation of dual antiplatelet therapy in patients with coronary artery stents: a science advisory from the American Heart Association, American College of Cardiology, Society for Cardiovascular Angiography and Interventions, American College of Surgeons, and American Dental Association, with representation from the American College of Physicians. J Am Coll Cardiol. 2007;49(6):734–739. , , , et al.
- Perioperative management of antithrombotic therapy: antithrombotic therapy and prevention of thrombosis, 9th ed: American College of Chest Physicians evidence‐based clinical practice guidelines. Chest. 2012;141(2 Suppl):e326S–e350S. , , , et al.
- Definition of major bleeding in clinical investigations of antihemostatic medicinal products in surgical patients. J Thromb Haemost. 2010;8(1):202–204. , , , et al.
- Clinical outcomes with unfractionated heparin or low‐molecular‐weight heparin as bridging therapy in patients on long‐term oral anticoagulants: the REGIMEN registry. J Thromb Haemost. 2006;4(6):1246–1252. , , , et al.
- Assessment of bleeding risk of interventional techniques: a best evidence synthesis of practice patterns and perioperative management of anticoagulant and antithrombotic therapy. Pain Physician. 2013;16(2 suppl):Se261–Se318. , , , et al.
- Perioperative management of patients receiving oral anticoagulants: a systematic review. Arch Intern Med. 2003;163(8):901–908. , .
- Frequency of the bleeding risk in patients receiving warfarin submitted to arthrocentesis of the knee [in Italian]. Reumatismo. 2003;55(3):159–163. , , , et al.
- A prospective study of the safety of joint and soft tissue aspirations and injections in patients taking warfarin sodium. Arthritis Rheum. 1998;41(4):736–739. , .
- Safety of arthrocentesis and joint injection in patients receiving anticoagulation at therapeutic levels. Am J Med. 2012;125(3):265–269. , .
- Severe neurological complications after central neuraxial blockades in Sweden 1990–1999. Anesthesiology. 2004;101(4):950–959. , , .
- Managing anticoagulated patients during neuraxial anaesthesia. Br J Haematol. 2010;149(2):195–208. , .
- Impaired haemostasis and regional anaesthesia. Can J Anaesth. 1996;43(5 pt 2):R129–R141. .
- Cauda equina syndrome following a lumbar puncture. J Clin Neurosci. 2009;16(5):714–716. , , .
- United States Food and Drug Safety Communication: updated recommendations to decrease risk of spinal column bleeding and paralysis in patients on low molecular weight heparins. Available at: http://www.fda.gov/Drugs/DrugSafety/ucm373595.htm. Accessed January 6, 2014.
- Three‐times‐daily subcutaneous unfractionated heparin and neuraxial anesthesia: a retrospective review of 928 cases. Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2012;37(6):623–626. , , , , .
- Regional anaesthesia and antithrombotic agents: recommendations of the European Society of Anaesthesiology. Eur J Anaesthesiol. 2010;27(12):999–1015. , , , et al.
- Eisai Inc. Fragmin (dalteparin sodium injection) full prescribing information. 2009. Available at: http://us.eisai.com/wps/wcm/connect/Eisai/Home/Our+Products/FRAGMIN. Accessed January 6, 2014
- Sanofi‐Aventis. Lovenox (enoxaparin sodium injection) full prescribing information. 2013. Available at: http://products.sanofi.us/lovenox/lovenox.html. Accessed January 6, 2014.
- LEO Pharmaceutical Products. Innohep (tinzaparin sodium injection) full prescribing information. 2008. Available at: http://www.accessdata.fda.gov/drugsatfda_docs/label/2008/020484s011lbl.pdf. Accessed January 6, 2014.
- Preoperative antiplatelet therapy does not increase the risk of spinal hematoma associated with regional anesthesia. Anesth Analg. 1995;80(2):303–309. , , , et al.
- Addendum of newer anticoagulants to the SIR consensus guideline. J Vasc Interv Radiol. 2013;24(5):641–645. , , , et al.
- Severe haemorrhage following abdominal paracentesis for ascites in patients with liver disease. Aliment Pharmacol Ther. 2005;21(5):525–529. , .
- Ultrasound guidance decreases complications and improves the cost of care among patients undergoing thoracentesis and paracentesis. Chest. 2013;143(2):532–538. , .
- Management of adult patients with ascites due to cirrhosis. Hepatology. 2004;39(3):841–856. .
- The coagulopathy of chronic liver disease. N Engl J Med. 2011;365(2):147–156. , .
- Necessity of routine chest roentgenography after thoracentesis. Ann Intern Med. 1996;124(9):816–820. , , , , .
- Pleural procedures and pleuroscopy. Respirology. 2009;14(6):796–807. , , , , .
- Ultrasonography guidance reduces complications and costs associated with thoracentesis procedures. J Clin Ultrasound. 2012;40(3):135–141. , , .
- Reducing iatrogenic risk in thoracentesis: establishing best practice via experiential training in a zero‐risk environment. Chest. 2009;135(5):1315–1320. , , , .
- Improving the safety of thoracentesis. Curr Opin Pulm Med. 2011;17(4):232–236. , .
- The safety of thoracentesis in patients with uncorrected bleeding risk. Ann Am Thorac Soc. 2013;10(4):336–341. , , , , .
- Safety of ultrasound‐guided thoracentesis in patients with abnormal preprocedural coagulation parameters. Chest. 2013;144(2):456–463. , , , et al.
- Abnormal preprocedural international normalized ratio and platelet counts are not associated with increased bleeding complications after ultrasound‐guided thoracentesis. AJR Am J Roentgenol. 2011;197(1):W164–W168. , .
- Lack of increased bleeding after paracentesis and thoracentesis in patients with mild coagulation abnormalities. Transfusion. 1991;31(2):164–171. , .
- Safety of ultrasound‐guided small‐bore chest tube insertion in patients on clopidogrel. J Bronchology Interv Pulmonol. 2013;20(1):16–20. , , .
- Effect of routine clopidogrel use on bleeding complications after ultrasound‐guided thoracentesis. J Bronchology Interv Pulmonol. 2012;19(4):284–287. , , , .
- Preventing complications of central venous catheterization. N Engl J Med. 2003;348(12):1123–1133. , .
- Complications of central venous catheters: internal jugular versus subclavian access—a systematic review. Crit Care Med. 2002;30(2):454–460. , , .
- Risk factors for acute adverse events during ultrasound‐guided central venous cannulation in the emergency department. Acad Emerg Med. 2010;17(10):1055–1061. , , , .
- Complications of central venous catheterization. J Am Coll Surg. 2007;204(4):681–696. .
- Real‐time two‐dimensional ultrasound guidance for central venous cannulation: a meta‐analysis. Anesthesiology. 2013;118(2):361–375. , , , , , .
- Central venous catheter placement in patients with disorders of hemostasis. Chest. 1996;110(1):185–188. , , .
- Invasive line placement in critically ill patients: do hemostatic defects matter? Transfusion. 1996;36(9):827–831. , , , .
- Bleeding complications after central line insertions: relevance of pre‐procedure coagulation tests and institutional transfusion policy. Acta Anaesthesiol Scand. 2013;57(5):573–579. , , , , , .
- Low levels of prothrombin time (INR) and platelets do not increase the risk of significant bleeding when placing central venous catheters. Med Klin (Munich). 2009;104(5):331–335. , , , et al.
- Coagulation disorders in patients with cancer: nontunneled central venous catheter placement with US guidance—a single‐institution retrospective analysis. Radiology. 2009;253(1):249–252. , , , et al.
- US‐guided placement of central vein catheters in patients with disorders of hemostasis. Eur J Radiol. 2008;65(2):253–256. , , .
- Central line placement in patients with and without prophylactic plasma. J Crit Care. 2012;27(5):529.e529–e513. , , .
- How I treat: target specific oral anticoagulant associated bleeding [published online ahead of print January 2, 2014]. Blood. doi: 10.1182/blood‐2013‐09‐529784. , , .
- The perioperative management of antithrombotic therapy: American College of Chest Physicians evidence‐based clinical practice guidelines (8th edition). Chest. 2008;133(6 suppl):299S–339S. , , , et al.
- Management of anticoagulation before and after elective surgery. N Engl J Med. 1997;336(21):1506–1511. , .
- RIsk of thromboembolism with short‐term interruption of warfarin therapy. Arch Intern Med. 2008;168(1):63–69. , , , et al.
- Periprocedural bleeding and thromboembolic events with dabigatran compared with warfarin: results from the Randomized Evaluation of Long‐Term Anticoagulation Therapy (RE‐LY) randomized trial. Circulation. 2012;126(3):343–348. , , , et al.
- Periprocedural heparin bridging in patients receiving vitamin K antagonists: systematic review and meta‐analysis of bleeding and thromboembolic rates. Circulation. 2012;126(13):1630–1639. , , , , , .
- Prevention of VTE in nonorthopedic surgical patients: antithrombotic therapy and prevention of thrombosis, 9th ed: American College of Chest Physicians evidence‐based clinical practice guidelines. Chest. 2012;141(2 Suppl):e227S–277S. , , , et al.
- Periprocedural anticoagulation management of patients with venous thromboembolism. Arterioscler Thromb Vasc Biol. 2010;30(3):442–448. , , , et al.
- Late coronary stent thrombosis. Circulation. 2007;116(17):1952–1965. , .
- Predictors of coronary stent thrombosis: the Dutch Stent Thrombosis Registry. J Am Coll Cardiol. 2009;53(16):1399–1409. , , , et al.
- Predictors of major bleeding in peri‐procedural anticoagulation management. J Thromb Haemost. 2012;10(2):261–267. , , , et al.
- Perioperative antiplatelet therapy: the case for continuing therapy in patients at risk of myocardial infarction. Br J Anaesth. 2007;99(3):316–328. , , .
- Effectiveness of bridging anticoagulation for surgery (the BRIDGE Study). Available at: www.ClinicalTrials.gov. Identifier: NCT00786474. Accessed October 22, 2013. , .
- A safety and effectiveness study of LMWH bridging therapy versus placebo bridging therapy for patients on long term warfarin and require temporary interruption of their warfarin (PERIOP2). Available at: www.ClinicalTrials.gov. Identifier: NCT00432796. Accessed October 20, 2013. .
- Outcomes of a preoperative “bridging” strategy with glycoprotein IIb/IIIa inhibitors to prevent perioperative stent thrombosis in patients with drug‐eluting stents who undergo surgery necessitating interruption of thienopyridine administration. EuroIntervention. 2013;9(2):204–211. , , , et al.
- Safety of “bridging” with eptifibatide for patients with coronary stents before cardiac and non‐cardiac surgery. Am J Cardiol. 2012;110(4):485–490. , , , et al.
- Hemostatic problems in surgical patients. In: Colman RW HJ, Marder VJ, Clowes AW, George JN, ed. Hemostasis and Thrombosis. 4th ed. Philadelphia, PA: Lippincott Williams 2001:1033. .
- Reversal of drug‐induced anticoagulation: old solutions and new problems. Transfusion. 2012;52:45S–55S. .
- A feasibility study of continuing dose‐reduced warfarin for invasive procedures in patients with high thromboembolic risk. Chest. 2005;127(3):922–927. , , .
- A simple and safe nomogram for the management of oral anticoagulation prior to minor surgery. Clin Lab Haematol. 2003;25(2):127–130. , , , et al.
- International normalized ratio versus plasma levels of coagulation factors in patients on vitamin K antagonist therapy. Arch Pathol Lab Med. 2011;135(4):490–494. , , , , .
- Parenteral anticoagulants: antithrombotic therapy and prevention of thrombosis, 9th ed: American College Of Chest Physicians evidence‐based clinical practice guidelines. Chest. 2012;141(2 suppl):e24S–e43S. , , , .
- Bridging anticoagulation with low‐molecular‐weight heparin after interruption of warfarin therapy is associated with a residual anticoagulant effect prior to surgery. Thromb Haemost. 2005;94(3):528–531. , , , .
- Brief communication: Preoperative anticoagulant activity after bridging low‐molecular‐weight heparin for temporary interruption of warfarin. Ann Intern Med. 2007;146(3):184–187. , , , et al.
- Regional anaesthesia in the patient receiving antithrombotic and antiplatelet therapy. Br J Anaesth. 2011;107(suppl 1):i96–i106. .
- Meta‐analysis: low‐molecular‐weight heparin and bleeding in patients with severe renal insufficiency. Ann Intern Med. 2006;144(9):673–684. , , , .
- Janssen Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Xarelto (rivaroxaban) full prescribing information. 2013. Available at: http://www.xareltohcp.com/sites/default/files/pdf/xarelto_0.pdf#zoom=100. Accessed October 1, 2013.
- Bristol Meyers Squibb, Inc. Eliquis (apixaban) full prescribing information. 2013. Available at: http://packageinserts.bms.com/pi/pi_eliquis.pdf. Accessed October 1, 2013.
- Boehringer Ingelheim Pharmaceuticals I. Pradaxa (dabigatran etexilate mesylate) full prescribing information. Available at: http://bidocs.boehringer‐ingelheim.com/BIWebAccess/ViewServlet.ser?docBase= renetnt11(2):245–252.
- The laboratory and the direct oral anticoagulants. Blood. 2013;121(20):4032–4035. .
- Assessment of the impact of rivaroxaban on coagulation assays: laboratory recommendations for the monitoring of rivaroxaban and review of the literature. Thromb Res. 2012;130(6):956–966. , , , , , .
- Antiplatelet drugs: antithrombotic therapy and prevention of thrombosis, 9th ed: American College of Chest Physicians evidence‐based clinical practice guidelines. Chest. 2012;141(2 suppl):e89S–119S. , , , , .
- Evidence‐based platelet transfusion guidelines. Hematology Am Soc Hematol Educ Program. 2007:172–178. .
- Platelet function testing and prediction of procedural bleeding risk. Thromb Haemost. 2013;109(5):817–824. , , .
- Perioperative management of antiplatelet therapy in patients with a coronary stent who need non‐cardiac surgery: a systematic review of clinical practice guidelines. Chest. 2013;144(6):1848–1856. , , , .
- Eli Lilly Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Effient (prasugrel) full prescribing information. 2012. Available at: http://pi.lilly.com/us/effient.pdf. Accessed October 1, 2013.
- Antiplatelet therapy and cardiac surgery: review of recent evidence and clinical implications. Can J Cardiol. 2013;29(9):1042–1047. , , , .
- AstraZeneca. Brilinta (ticagrelor) full prescribing information. 2013. Available at: http://www1.astrazeneca‐us.com/pi/brilinta.pdf. Accessed October 1, 2013.
- 2012 update to the Society of Thoracic Surgeons guideline on use of antiplatelet drugs in patients having cardiac and noncardiac operations. Ann Thorac Surg. 2012;94(5):1761–1781. , , , et al.
- How I treat anticoagulated patients undergoing an elective procedure or surgery. Blood. 2012;120(15):2954–2962. , .
- American College of Chest Physicians. Parenteral anticoagulants: antithrombotic therapy and prevention of thrombosis, 9th ed: American College of Chest Physicians evidence‐based clinical practice guidelines. Chest. 2012;141(2 suppl):e24S–e43S. , , , ,
Development and Implementation of the Coordinated-Transitional Care (C-TraC) Program
Creating an ‘inexhaustible’ supply of platelets
Scientists say they’ve discovered a way to create a potentially inexhaustible supply of functional platelets.
The researchers used human induced pluripotent stem cells (iPSCs) to create immortalized megakaryocyte progenitor cell lines (imMKCLs). And by manipulating the cell lines, the team produced platelets.
These imMKCL-derived platelets were functional, although not as functional as donor-derived platelets.
On the other hand, the imMKCL-derived cells offer an advantage over donated platelets—namely, the imMKCLs can be expanded in culture for up to 5 months, even after cryopreservation.
“[W]e established a method to achieve the long-term self-replication of megakaryocyte progenitors as an immortalized cell line, which could eventually contribute to large-scale cultivation and production of platelets,” said senior study author Koji Eto, MD, PhD, of Kyoto University and the University of Tokyo in Japan.
He and his colleagues believe this work, published in Cell Stem Cell, could eventually help us eliminate platelet shortages. The supply of donated platelets, which have a short shelf-life and must be kept at room temperature, is often insufficient to meet clinical needs.
With that in mind, Dr Eto’s team set out to create large quantities of functional platelets. They first generated stable imMKCLs from iPSC-derived hematopoietic progenitors.
They accomplished this by inducing overexpression of BMI1 and BCL-XL to suppress senescence and apoptosis. They also induced constrained overexpression of c-MYC to promote proliferation, as they found too-high c-MYC expression led to caspase-dependent MKCL apoptosis.
When the researchers turned off expression of c-MYC, BMI1, and BCL-XL, they saw an increase in CD42b+ platelet yield from the imMKCLs and upregulated CD42b expression in CD41a+ platelets. They noted that expression of CD42b is required for clotting initiation and bacterial clearance in vivo.
The team then conducted in vitro and in vivo experiments to test the functionality of their platelets. Most of the in vitro functional parameters indicated that imMKCL-derived platelets produced less robust responses than donor platelets.
But the imMKCL-derived platelets were functional enough to be useful and produced promising results in vivo. In mouse models of thrombocytopenia, the imMKCL-derived platelets contributed to thrombi development better than human endogenous pooled platelets.
Scientists say they’ve discovered a way to create a potentially inexhaustible supply of functional platelets.
The researchers used human induced pluripotent stem cells (iPSCs) to create immortalized megakaryocyte progenitor cell lines (imMKCLs). And by manipulating the cell lines, the team produced platelets.
These imMKCL-derived platelets were functional, although not as functional as donor-derived platelets.
On the other hand, the imMKCL-derived cells offer an advantage over donated platelets—namely, the imMKCLs can be expanded in culture for up to 5 months, even after cryopreservation.
“[W]e established a method to achieve the long-term self-replication of megakaryocyte progenitors as an immortalized cell line, which could eventually contribute to large-scale cultivation and production of platelets,” said senior study author Koji Eto, MD, PhD, of Kyoto University and the University of Tokyo in Japan.
He and his colleagues believe this work, published in Cell Stem Cell, could eventually help us eliminate platelet shortages. The supply of donated platelets, which have a short shelf-life and must be kept at room temperature, is often insufficient to meet clinical needs.
With that in mind, Dr Eto’s team set out to create large quantities of functional platelets. They first generated stable imMKCLs from iPSC-derived hematopoietic progenitors.
They accomplished this by inducing overexpression of BMI1 and BCL-XL to suppress senescence and apoptosis. They also induced constrained overexpression of c-MYC to promote proliferation, as they found too-high c-MYC expression led to caspase-dependent MKCL apoptosis.
When the researchers turned off expression of c-MYC, BMI1, and BCL-XL, they saw an increase in CD42b+ platelet yield from the imMKCLs and upregulated CD42b expression in CD41a+ platelets. They noted that expression of CD42b is required for clotting initiation and bacterial clearance in vivo.
The team then conducted in vitro and in vivo experiments to test the functionality of their platelets. Most of the in vitro functional parameters indicated that imMKCL-derived platelets produced less robust responses than donor platelets.
But the imMKCL-derived platelets were functional enough to be useful and produced promising results in vivo. In mouse models of thrombocytopenia, the imMKCL-derived platelets contributed to thrombi development better than human endogenous pooled platelets.
Scientists say they’ve discovered a way to create a potentially inexhaustible supply of functional platelets.
The researchers used human induced pluripotent stem cells (iPSCs) to create immortalized megakaryocyte progenitor cell lines (imMKCLs). And by manipulating the cell lines, the team produced platelets.
These imMKCL-derived platelets were functional, although not as functional as donor-derived platelets.
On the other hand, the imMKCL-derived cells offer an advantage over donated platelets—namely, the imMKCLs can be expanded in culture for up to 5 months, even after cryopreservation.
“[W]e established a method to achieve the long-term self-replication of megakaryocyte progenitors as an immortalized cell line, which could eventually contribute to large-scale cultivation and production of platelets,” said senior study author Koji Eto, MD, PhD, of Kyoto University and the University of Tokyo in Japan.
He and his colleagues believe this work, published in Cell Stem Cell, could eventually help us eliminate platelet shortages. The supply of donated platelets, which have a short shelf-life and must be kept at room temperature, is often insufficient to meet clinical needs.
With that in mind, Dr Eto’s team set out to create large quantities of functional platelets. They first generated stable imMKCLs from iPSC-derived hematopoietic progenitors.
They accomplished this by inducing overexpression of BMI1 and BCL-XL to suppress senescence and apoptosis. They also induced constrained overexpression of c-MYC to promote proliferation, as they found too-high c-MYC expression led to caspase-dependent MKCL apoptosis.
When the researchers turned off expression of c-MYC, BMI1, and BCL-XL, they saw an increase in CD42b+ platelet yield from the imMKCLs and upregulated CD42b expression in CD41a+ platelets. They noted that expression of CD42b is required for clotting initiation and bacterial clearance in vivo.
The team then conducted in vitro and in vivo experiments to test the functionality of their platelets. Most of the in vitro functional parameters indicated that imMKCL-derived platelets produced less robust responses than donor platelets.
But the imMKCL-derived platelets were functional enough to be useful and produced promising results in vivo. In mouse models of thrombocytopenia, the imMKCL-derived platelets contributed to thrombi development better than human endogenous pooled platelets.
Department of Veterans Affairs Center for Integrated Healthcare
Omacetaxine mepesuccinate gets full FDA approval
Credit: Bill Branson
The US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) has granted full approval of omacetaxine mepesuccinate (Synribo) for the treatment of chronic myeloid leukemia (CML).
The drug received accelerated approval in October 2012 to treat adults with chronic phase (CP) or accelerated phase (AP) CML who were resistant to or could not tolerate 2 or more tyrosine kinase inhibitors (TKIs).
But additional clinical trial data were required before the FDA could grant the drug full approval.
Now, the agency has granted that approval based on the final analysis of two phase 2 trials.
The original approval of omacetaxine mepesuccinate was based on an analysis of combined data subsets from these trials. The pooled analysis included patients who had received 2 or more approved TKIs and, at a minimum, had evidence of resistance or intolerance to dasatinib and/or nilotinib.
Forty-seven percent of patients with CP CML and 63% of patients with AP CML had failed treatment with 3 TKIs—imatinib, dasatinib, and nilotinib. The majority of patients had also received other treatments, including hydroxyurea, interferon, and cytarabine.
Among CP patients, 18% (14/76) achieved a major cytogenetic response (MCyR). The mean time to MCyR onset was 3.5 months, and the median duration of MCyR was 12.5 months.
Among AP Patients, 14% (5/35) achieved a major hematologic response (MaHR). The mean time to MaHR onset was 2.3 months, and the median duration of MaHR was 4.7 months.
The most common adverse events for AP and CP patients (occurring in 20% or more) were thrombocytopenia, anemia, neutropenia, diarrhea, nausea, fatigue, asthenia, injection site reaction, pyrexia, infection, and lymphopenia.
Omacetaxine mepesuccinate is the first protein synthesis inhibitor for CML. Although the drug’s mechanism of action is not fully understood, it is known to prevent the production of Bcr-Abl and Mcl-1, which help drive CML.
For more details on omacetaxine mepesuccinate, see the full prescribing information.
Credit: Bill Branson
The US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) has granted full approval of omacetaxine mepesuccinate (Synribo) for the treatment of chronic myeloid leukemia (CML).
The drug received accelerated approval in October 2012 to treat adults with chronic phase (CP) or accelerated phase (AP) CML who were resistant to or could not tolerate 2 or more tyrosine kinase inhibitors (TKIs).
But additional clinical trial data were required before the FDA could grant the drug full approval.
Now, the agency has granted that approval based on the final analysis of two phase 2 trials.
The original approval of omacetaxine mepesuccinate was based on an analysis of combined data subsets from these trials. The pooled analysis included patients who had received 2 or more approved TKIs and, at a minimum, had evidence of resistance or intolerance to dasatinib and/or nilotinib.
Forty-seven percent of patients with CP CML and 63% of patients with AP CML had failed treatment with 3 TKIs—imatinib, dasatinib, and nilotinib. The majority of patients had also received other treatments, including hydroxyurea, interferon, and cytarabine.
Among CP patients, 18% (14/76) achieved a major cytogenetic response (MCyR). The mean time to MCyR onset was 3.5 months, and the median duration of MCyR was 12.5 months.
Among AP Patients, 14% (5/35) achieved a major hematologic response (MaHR). The mean time to MaHR onset was 2.3 months, and the median duration of MaHR was 4.7 months.
The most common adverse events for AP and CP patients (occurring in 20% or more) were thrombocytopenia, anemia, neutropenia, diarrhea, nausea, fatigue, asthenia, injection site reaction, pyrexia, infection, and lymphopenia.
Omacetaxine mepesuccinate is the first protein synthesis inhibitor for CML. Although the drug’s mechanism of action is not fully understood, it is known to prevent the production of Bcr-Abl and Mcl-1, which help drive CML.
For more details on omacetaxine mepesuccinate, see the full prescribing information.
Credit: Bill Branson
The US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) has granted full approval of omacetaxine mepesuccinate (Synribo) for the treatment of chronic myeloid leukemia (CML).
The drug received accelerated approval in October 2012 to treat adults with chronic phase (CP) or accelerated phase (AP) CML who were resistant to or could not tolerate 2 or more tyrosine kinase inhibitors (TKIs).
But additional clinical trial data were required before the FDA could grant the drug full approval.
Now, the agency has granted that approval based on the final analysis of two phase 2 trials.
The original approval of omacetaxine mepesuccinate was based on an analysis of combined data subsets from these trials. The pooled analysis included patients who had received 2 or more approved TKIs and, at a minimum, had evidence of resistance or intolerance to dasatinib and/or nilotinib.
Forty-seven percent of patients with CP CML and 63% of patients with AP CML had failed treatment with 3 TKIs—imatinib, dasatinib, and nilotinib. The majority of patients had also received other treatments, including hydroxyurea, interferon, and cytarabine.
Among CP patients, 18% (14/76) achieved a major cytogenetic response (MCyR). The mean time to MCyR onset was 3.5 months, and the median duration of MCyR was 12.5 months.
Among AP Patients, 14% (5/35) achieved a major hematologic response (MaHR). The mean time to MaHR onset was 2.3 months, and the median duration of MaHR was 4.7 months.
The most common adverse events for AP and CP patients (occurring in 20% or more) were thrombocytopenia, anemia, neutropenia, diarrhea, nausea, fatigue, asthenia, injection site reaction, pyrexia, infection, and lymphopenia.
Omacetaxine mepesuccinate is the first protein synthesis inhibitor for CML. Although the drug’s mechanism of action is not fully understood, it is known to prevent the production of Bcr-Abl and Mcl-1, which help drive CML.
For more details on omacetaxine mepesuccinate, see the full prescribing information.